Boiler Water & Feedwater Test & Treatment
Boiler Water & Feedwater Test & Treatment
Boiler Water & Feedwater Test & Treatment
REVISION 8
31 DEC 2000
TITLE-1 / (TITLE-2 Blank)@@FIpgtype@@TITLE@@!FIpgtype@@
@@FIpgtype@@TITLE@@!FIpgtype@@
TITLE-2
@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter/Paragraph Page
220-21.21 Saltwater Feed Heater Drains (First Effect Tube Nest Drains) and Evaporator Air
Ejector Condenser Drains. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-8
i
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
220-21.55 Fuel, Lubricating Oil and Preservatives (Deposits and Carryover). . . . . . . . . . . 220-18
ii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
iii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
220-22.18 SHORE STEAM AND CONDENSED SHORE STEAM USED AS FEEDWATER. . 220-36
iv
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
v
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
vi
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
vii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
viii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
ix
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
x
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xi
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
SECTION 26. FEEDWATER AND BOILER WATER SAMPLING AND TESTING . . . . . . .220-137
220-26.10 DFT Sampling for the Dissolved Oxygen and Hydrazine Tests. . . . . . . . . . . . .220-139
xii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xiii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xiv
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xv
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xvi
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xvii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xviii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
SECTION 30. WATER REQUIREMENTS FOR WASTE HEAT BOILER SYSTEMS . . . . .220-235
xix
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xx
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
220-30.72 WASTE HEAT BOILER FEEDWATER AND BOILER WATER SAMPLING AND
TESTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-262
xxi
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
220-31.12 The Significance of Free Caustic (Corrosion and Brittle Failures). . . . . . . . . . .220-276
xxii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xxiii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xxiv
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xxv
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xxvi
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xxvii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xxviii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xxix
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xxx
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
xxxi
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chapter/Paragraph Page
GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gloss-1
xxxii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
LIST OF TABLES
xxxiii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
xxxiv
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
xxxv
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-32-2. Waste Heat Boiler Water Chelant Treatment Control Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-398
220-32-3. Initial Dosage for Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-399
220-32-4. Chemical Weights Needed to Fill the Continuous Injection Tank . . . . . . . . . . .220-401
220-32-5. Batch Chemical Dosages for Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment . . . . . . . . . .220-404
220-32-6. Waste Heat Boiler, Recommended Onboard Stock for 6-Month Deployment . . . . .220-422
xxxvi
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
220-22-8. Logic Chart for Choosing Boiler Layup Method (Sheet 1 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-67
220-22-8. Logic Chart for Choosing Boiler Layup Method (Sheet 2 of 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . 220-68
xxxvii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29-3. Logic Chart for Treatment Action of Steaming Auxiliary Boilers . . . . . . . . . . .220-207
220-30-4 Logic Chart for Treatment Action of Steaming Waste Heat Boilers . . . . . . . . . .220-251
xxxviii
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31-5 Logic Chart for Chemical Treatment of Seriously Contaminated Boiler Water (1 of
2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-314
220-31-5 Logic Chart for Chemical Treatment of Seriously Contaminated Boiler Water (2 of
2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-315
220-31-6 Coordinated Phosphate Treatment Zone Chart for Type A Boilers . . . . . . . . . . .220-321
220-31-7 Coordinated Phosphate Treatment Zone Chart for Type A Boilers . . . . . . . . . . .220-322
220-31-8 Coordinated Phosphate Treatment Zone Chart for Type B Boilers (1 of 2) . . . . . .220-323
220-31-8 Coordinated Phosphate Treatment Zone Chart for Type B Boilers (2 of 2) . . . . . .220-324
220-31-9 Example for Determining Minimum Phosphate Required if Water is in the Free
Caustic Region . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .220-325
220-31-10 Coordinated Phosohate Treatment Zone Chart for Chemical Hideout Limits . . . . .220-336
220-32-2. Logic Chart for Treatment Action of Steaming Waste Heat Boiler (Chelant) . . . . .220-402
220-32.4. Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment - Feedwater Log (Sheet 1 of 4) . . . . . . . .220-418
220-32.4. Waste Heat Bailer Chelant Treatment - Feedwater Log (Sheet 2 of 4). . . . . . . . .220-419
220-32.4. Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment - Boiler Water Log (Sheet 3 of 4). . . . . . . .220-420
220-32.4. Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment - Boiler Water Log (Sheet 4 of 4). . . . . . . .220-421
xxxix
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-A-20 Boiler Water/Feedwater test and Treatment Chemical Inventory Log . . . . . . . . . A-21
220-A-21 Boiler Water/Feedwater test and Treatment Chemical Inventory Log . . . . . . . . . A-22
xl
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
CHAPTER 220
SECTION 20.
INTRODUCTION
220-20.1 PURPOSE
220-20.2
Shipboard water chemistry control requirements for propulsion, and auxiliary and waste heat steam generat-
ing systems are described in this volume. The theories of water treatment upon which the controls are based are
included also. In many instances, information is given to provide engineering guidance to operating forces and
industrial activities should a situation be encountered that is not specifically addressed by the chemistry control
requirements.
220-20.3
Wherever guidance data and information to aid personnel in making sound engineering judgments is included
(as differentiated from mandatory requirements amplifying Navy instructions), it is identified as such to eliminate
confusion.
220-20.4
Mandatory requirements specified in this volume shall be met. Request for deviation from the specific
requirements shall be made in writing to the Type Commander with an information copy to the immediate supe-
rior in the chain of command (ISIC), the Carderock Division Naval Surface Warfare Center (NSWCCD-SSES),
and the Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA). In extreme situations, deviations are authorized by the Com-
manding Officer and shall be reported. The requirements of this chapter apply during industrial availabilities. The
Commander, Naval Shipyard, or Supervisor of Shipbuilding, Conversion, and Repair shall submit requests for
deviation from the specific requirements to NSWCCD-SSES with information copies to the cognizant Type
Commander, ISIC, the ship, and NAVSEA. The Type Commander, ISIC, and NSWCCD-SSES should be advised
and assistance should be requested whenever unusual conditions arise which are not covered in this volume.
220-20.5 SCOPE
220-20.6
This volume contains instructions and guidance for maintenance of proper water chemistry in non-nuclear
steam generating systems. The steam generating systems included herein are of three types:
1. Propulsion boilers.
2. Auxiliary boilers.
3. Waste heat boilers.
220-1
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-20.7 BACKGROUND
220-20.8
The control of steam plant water chemistry is necessary for the reliability of the entire main propulsion sys-
tem. This control involves performing the following actions:
220-20.9
Improper water conditions, resulting in boiler failures, are characterized by waterside deposits, corrosion, and
carryover. Waterside deposits restrict heat transfer through the boiler tube metal which in turn leads eventually to
tube failure. Sludge buildup from inadequate blowdowns and scaling from boiler water chemical undertreatment
result in waterside deposits. Corrosion and general boiler waterside metal thinning are caused in several ways:
1. Chemical undertreatment.
2. Chemical overtreatment.
3. Waterside deposits.
4. Oxygen in boiler water.
220-20.10
Superheater steamside failure can occur from boiler water carryover with the saturated steam. Carryover leads
to steamside deposits and improper heat transfer or stress corrosion cracking of stainless steel.
220-20.11 FEEDBACK
220-20.12
Ships, training activities, supply points, depots, Naval Shipyards and Supervisors of Shipbuilding are
requested to arrange for the maximum practical use and evaluation of NAVSEA technical manuals. All errors,
omissions, discrepancies, and suggestions for improvement to NAVSEA technical manuals shall be forwarded on
NAVSEA Technical Manual Deficiency/Evaluation Report, form NAVSEA 4160/1, to:
COMMANDER
CODE 5B00
NAVSURFWARCENDIV
4363 MISSILE WAY
PORT HUENEME, CA 93043-4307
To facilitate such reporting, three copies of form NAVSEA 4160/1 are included at the end of each bound part
of each technical manual. All feedback comments shall be thoroughly investigated and originators will be advised
220-2
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
of action resulting therefrom. Extra copies of form NAVSEA 4160/1 may be requisitioned from the Standardiza-
tion Documents Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111-5094.
SECTION 21.
STEAM PLANT WATER CHEMISTRY PRINCIPLES
220-21.2
Effective steam plant water chemistry control requires an understanding of the shipboard water cycle, the
importance of good quality feedwater, and the ultimate damages that feedwater contaminants cause to boiler
watersides and steamsides. Equally important is the development of an appreciation for the principles that gov-
ern the boiler water and feedwater treatments designed to prevent scale, corrosion, and carryover. The informa-
tion presented in Section 21 is background material intended to aid in understanding the requirements set forth
in Section 22 through Section 30.
220-21.4 SUMMARY.
The overall shipboard water cycle is a closed system in which feedwater is fed to the boiler, the water is
heated to generate steam, the steam does work in turbines, and is then condensed and returned to the feedwater
system. Water for the cycle is obtained from seawater, which is taken into a distiller and evaporated to produce
distillate. The distillate is stored in reserve feedwater tanks until needed as makeup feed. When needed to replace
system losses, it is pumped or vacuum dragged to the condensate system where it is mixed with the condensate.
The condensate then is pumped to the deaerating feed tank (DFT) where dissolved oxygen and other gases are
removed. This deaerated water, now called feedwater, is pumped to the boiler where heat is applied. The boiler
water is converted to steam and then it is used to drive turbines, operate auxiliary equipment, and provide heat
energy to different parts of the ship. When most of the heat energy has been removed, the steam is condensed in
the condenser, where it is ready to be recycled once again.
220-21.5
Because the cycle is continuous and closed, the same water remains in the system except for non-recoverable
losses such as boiler blowdowns, steam catapults, laundry presses, steam atomizing burners, and miscellaneous
leaks. Makeup feedwater is required to compensate for these system losses.
220-21.6
Auxiliary and waste heat boiler systems have essentially the same boiler water-steam-condensate-feedwater
cycle except that the extent of deaeration varies with the feedwater heating equipment installed.
220-21.7
Figure 220-21-1 shows the feedwater and boiler water systems in the shipboard water cycle.
220-3
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.8 TERMINOLOGY.
Although the shipboard water cycle is continuous, different terminology is used to describe the water at dif-
ferent points. These distinctions are necessary because water quality standards vary throughout the system. The
following terms identify the water at various points.
220-21.9 Distillate.
Distillate is the evaporated water that is discharged from the ship’s distilling plant. Water in the shipboard
water cycle normally begins as distillate. This distillate is stored in the reserve feedwater tanks until needed as
makeup feedwater.
220-4
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.11 Condensate
After steam has done work, it is returned to the liquid state by cooling in a condenser. The condenser is a
heat exchanger in which steam, under vacuum, flows over and is condensed on tubes through which seawater
flows. The liquid condensed from steam is called condensate. Water from other sources (such as makeup feed-
water and low pressure drains) is mixed with and becomes part of the condensate.
220-21.12
The principal sources of condensate are the main and auxiliary condensers. Other sources of condensate
include the gland exhaust system, heating drains, distilling unit drains, steam coils, and other miscellaneous or
service steam system drains. The condensate from various sources in the system is combined with makeup feed-
water to maintain the proper quantity of water in the system. This composite is then sent to a DFT where dis-
solved oxygen and other gases are removed from the water. The discharge from the DFT is called deaerated
feedwater. The DFT is designed to maintain the dissolved oxygen content of the deaerated feedwater at or below
15 ppb.
220-21.16 Freshwater.
The term freshwater is generally used aboard ship to refer to potable water. However, certain steam drains
returned to the condensate system are called freshwater drains. To avoid confusion, the term freshwater will not
be used in this chapter except where the meaning is clear.
220-5
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
by natural convection throughout the boiler circuits, that is, hot boiling water rises and cool or non-boiling water
descends. The relatively cool or non-boiling water in the steam drum descends via the downcomers to the water
drum and the headers. The water drum and the headers act to equalize the distribution of water to the generat-
ing tubes and provide a place for the accumulation of sludge, as discussed in paragraph 220-21.84. Boiler water
circulates from the water drum and the headers to the boiler tubes, where saturated steam is formed. The steam/
water mixture in the tubes rises to the steam drum. This mixture enters the steam drum beneath the manifold
baffle plates (also known as girth plates or apron plates) where it is directed to steam separators and scrubbers.
The liquid is separated from the steam by centrifugal action, returns to the central portion of the steam drum
where it mixes with entering feedwater, and circulates again through the boiler circuits. The dried steam leaves
the boiler via the dry pipe and steam drum outlet. This steam then passes through the superheater where it is
heated to several hundred degrees Fahrenheit above saturation temperature. Most of this superheated steam goes
to the main steam system and operates the main engine and principle auxiliary machinery. Some of the super-
heated steam flows through the desuperheater, which is a tube bank submerged beneath the water in either the
steam drum or the water drum, and becomes desuperheated steam which is used to operate certain auxiliary
equipment.
220-6
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Service steam (low-pressure) drains and freshwater drains are not strictly part of the feedwater systems;
however, these drains, including the saltwater feed heater drains and air ejector condenser drains of the distilling
plant, are important elements affecting condensate and feedwater quality.
The service steam drain system collects drainage from steam piping systems and steam equipment outside
the machinery spaces that operate at pressures under 150 psi. These include services such as water heaters, space
heaters, laundry, and food services equipment. The service steam drains discharge into the freshwater drain col-
lecting tanks. On aircraft carriers the service steam drains discharge into service steam drain collecting tanks. The
220-7
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
contents of the tanks are discharged by float-operated pumps to the condensate discharge system or are vacuum
dragged into the main and auxiliary condensers. These service steam drains are subject to shore water and other
types of contamination from hotel services.
220-21.21 Saltwater Feed Heater Drains (First Effect Tube Nest Drains) and Evaporator Air Ejector
Condenser Drains.
The saltwater feed heater drains and air ejector condenser drains of the distilling plant discharge to the main
condensate system and the freshwater drain tank, respectively. These drains are subject to seawater contamina-
tion because of tube leakage or brine carryover in the evaporator.
220-21.23 GENERAL.
The nature of any water depends upon its past history. The chemistry of water is influenced by the amount
and type of dissolved solids, suspended solids, and dissolved gases that contaminate it. Water is known as the
universal solvent whose solvent action is so great that it tends to dissolve everything that it touches including
any container holding it. Additionally, water will dissolve gases such as ammonia, hydrogen sulfide, oxygen, and
carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. Water is the working fluid that transmits the energy by which steam-
propelled ships operate. Propulsion plant water chemistry control is vital to prevent damage to boilers and other
plant components by corrosion, fouling of heat transfer surfaces, and carryover of water with steam.
220-21.25
After completion of this initial reaction, the metal is passivated and further corrosion is minimal. Any chemi-
cal or mechanical damage to the magnetite layer allows corrosion to advance until the protective layer repairs
itself or until the tube fails. The symbol ( ↑ ) means that the product is a gas. In addition, the feedwater treat-
ment chemicals EDTA and hydrazine actively promote the formation of magnetitie. This results in a more pro-
tective magnetite layer and reduced corrosion.
220-8
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.27
Anything that interferes with the free flow of water to the tube surface prevents the less concentrated boiler
water from washing the metal. Porous deposits, crevices, pits, and leakage sites interfere and create low-flow
areas. In effect, miniature boilers develop within the boiler and two boiler waters exist: the bulk of the fluid
whose constituents are controlled by test and treatment, and the concentrated water at the tube surface. In boiler
water treatment, the bulk boiler water chemistry must be controlled so that corrosive conditions or fouling can-
not result when the water is concentrated at the tube surface.
Modern naval boilers cannot be operated safely and efficiently without careful attention to and control of
feedwater and boiler water quality. With proper control of water chemistry, proper plant operation, and proper
layup during idle periods, naval boilers should last the life of the ship with no need to renew boiler tubes. If water
conditions are not controlled within allowable limits, the high steam generation rates and temperatures will lead
to rapid deterioration of waterside surfaces, scale formation, and carryover. All of the above conditions lead to
serious boiler casualties. Because boilers concentrate all feedwater contaminants as steam is generated, boiler
water quality and reliable boiler operation depend directly upon control of feedwater quality.
220-21.30
Because of ship operations, propulsion systems use water from distinctly variable sources. These can be clas-
sified into seawater and shore water.
220-21.31
Although the composition of seawater varies depending on location, the water of the different seas and oceans
varies in composition no more than 10 percent. Because seawater compositions are relatively constant, the
American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) has defined a reference composition for seawater given in
Table 220-21-1.
220-9
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.32
Both municipal water (tap, city, potable, fresh, dock) and water originating from rivers, lakes, or wells are
classified as shore water. Shore waters vary in composition among themselves and differ greatly from seawater.
Some shore water analyses are also included for illustration in Table 220-21-1.
220-21.33
The constituents listed in Table 220-21-1 are not all-inclusive but do contain major contaminants of interest.
Some are of serious significance in avoiding feed and boiler system failures through corrosion, scale, and carry-
over. If feed and boiler water controls are neglected, both minor and catastrophic casualties will occur because
chemical reactions will proceed as described in the following paragraphs.
The definition and mathematical treatment of molecule, ion, and pH are given in NSTM Chapter 220 Vol-
ume 1, Boiler Water/Feedwater - Water Chemistry . In the descriptive sense, pure water breaks apart (ionizes)
slightly, giving:
As shown, H2 O is HOH which ionizes to yield equivalent amounts of hydrogen ions (H+ ) and hydroxyl
ions (OH- ) (see NOTE). The reversing arrows signify that the water is in equilibrium with both ions. In pure
water there are far more water molecules than there are hydrogen ions and hydroxyl ions, hence the arrow points
strongly toward HOH. The concentration of hydrogen ions versus hydroxyl ions is determined by measuring pH.
The pH scale ranges from 0 to 14 with 7 signifying that the solution is neutral; that is, having equivalent amounts
of hydrogen ions and hydroxyl ions. If the pH is below 7, the water has more hydrogen ions and is acidic. If the
pH is above 7, the water has more hydroxyl ions and is alkaline.
220-10
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
The hydrogen ion in water is more correctly called the hydronium ion, repre-
sented by H3 O+ . Customary usage of the hydrogen ion implies H3 O+ . The
hydrogen ion is written H+ because it is understood that the hydrogen ion is
attached to water.
220-21.35
The pH value is logarithmic; that is, pH values change by 1 when concentrations change by a factor of 10.
Suppose that a pH of 7 means that one hydrogen ion and one hydroxyl ion are in solution. If the concentration
of hydrogen ions increases to 10, pH becomes 6. If hydrogen ions increase to 100, pH becomes 5. With 1,000
hydrogen ions, pH is 4. In other words, water at pH 4 is 100 times more acidic than at pH 6. In the same man-
ner, water at pH 11 has 100 times more hydroxyl ions in it than at pH 9, and is 100 times more alkaline (caus-
tic).
220-21.36
In order to make water acidic it is necessary to either increase hydrogen ions or decrease hydroxyl ions.
When the magnesium ion enters high-temperature water it reacts with the hydroxyl ion in the water and the solu-
tion becomes acidic. The reaction is:
The magnesium hydroxide precipitates as a scale and the hydrogen ions, now in excess, acidify the water.
The symbol ( ↓ ) means that the reaction product is a solid which comes out of solution. This effect occurs almost
exclusively with seawater because of the large amounts of magnesium in seawater. Acidic boiler water causes the
passive Fe3 O4 film on boiler metal to dissolve, resulting in further attack on the metal according to:
220-21.37
In addition, if porous deposits are present on metal surfaces, the acid can concentrate under deposits, as dis-
cussed in paragraph 220-21.27, to cause a brittle failure known as hydrogen damage. The very small hydrogen
gas molecules released during the corrosion process react with carbon in the metal to form a large molecule,
methane gas. Because the methane gas molecule is large and trapped, it permeates the metal, excessive pressure
develops, and the tube is weakened and eventually fails.
220-11
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.38
The effect of boiler water pH on the relative corrosion rate of boiler metal is illustrated in Figure 220-21-3.
Both high and low pH are detrimental to boiler tubing. In order to make water alkaline it is necessary to either
increase hydroxyl ions or decrease hydrogen ions. A condition of excessively high pH in the boiler water usually
has two sources. Excessive hydroxyl ions result directly from accidental overaddition of caustic soda (NaOH,
sodium hydroxide), or from shore water contamination. Shore water contamination increases the hydroxyl ion
concentration in the boiler water regardless of the pH of the raw shore water. Shore waters have relatively large
amounts of bicarbonate in comparison to acid-forming magnesium of seawater. In the boiler, bicarbonate breaks
down according to:
The hydroxyl ion increases pH while the carbon dioxide, a gas, is carried off with the steam. Whether the
source is caustic soda or shore water, excess hydroxyl ions in the boiler water can cause damage that is as severe
as the damage resulting from acidic water. The corrosion is called caustic corrosion, though caustic soda is not
the sole source of hydroxyl ions. The mechanism of caustic corrosion is discussed in paragraph 220-31.12.
220-21.39
Bicarbonate contamination also causes acid formation, not in boiler water, but in steam condensate. Accord-
ing to the previous equation, bicarbonate in boiler water, whether from seawater or shore water, forms not only
hydroxyl ions but also carbon dioxide. The carbon dioxide carries with the steam, then dissolves and reacts with
the steam condensate, forming the hydrogen and bicarbonate ions according to:
The hydrogen ion acidifies the condensate. Both the hydrogen ion and bicarbonate ion enter the boiler water
where the following occurs:
220-12
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
The carbon dioxide simply recycles in the system to acidify the condensate again. This acidic condensate
causes corrosion of the entire condensate and feed systems and is particularly harmful in the presence of any dis-
solved oxygen. Products of corrosion of the condensate and feed systems are then carried into the boiler where
they contribute to sludge formation.
220-13
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.41
All scale deposits act as insulators and reduce the heat transfer across the particular surface. Deposits will
cause the temperature of the metal to increase until overheating, metal softening, blistering, and failure occur.
Figure 220-21-4 illustrates such a situation in a boiler tube. In the illustration there is a 100°F drop across the
tube from the fireside to the waterside surface. As the deposit restricts heat transfer, the surface of the tube under
the deposit increases in temperature (to 800°F in this case). Eventually, as the deposit gets thicker, temperature
will increase, the metal will soften, and the tube will blister (dotted line, 950°F). Because of very high furnace
temperatures, modern naval boilers can tolerate no more than a few thousandths of an inch of scale on tube sur-
faces without suffering tube ruptures.
Water in contact with air will contain an amount of dissolved oxygen that is temperature and pressure depen-
dent. Figure 220-21-5 illustrates the oxygen-dissolving capabilities of water. It can be seen from this graph that
oxygen is more readily dissolved in water at lower temperatures. It also shows that oxygen solubility increases
as the external pressure, the pressure in contact with the surface of the water, increases. When dissolved oxygen
enters the boiler water, it causes localized corrosion and pitting of tube metal. The oxygen (O2 ) dissolved in the
boiler water will react with the iron (Fe) of the boiler waterside metal at selected surface points. At the anode,
the iron will dissolve and form a substance known as ferrous hydroxide [Fe(OH)2 ]. Some of this ferrous hydrox-
ide is converted to hydrated ferric oxide (Fe2 O3 •H2 O). The mixture of ferrous hydroxide and hydrated ferric
oxide is dehydrated and forms black iron oxide (Fe3 O4 , magnetite). This black iron oxide undergoes a change
on its surface, a further reaction with oxygen (O2 ), which results in a reddish iron oxide, Fe2 O3 .
220-21.43
As the oxygen attack continues over a period of time, the iron metal is dissolved and active oxygen scabs
appear at each point. Active oxygen attack causes tubercles (scabs) to develop on the tube metal surface. A
tubercle has a hard, reddish brown outer shell. The shell covers a pit in the boiler metal. There may be one iso-
lated point of attack on the metal surface, or many points. Once an active oxygen scab forms, the corrosion of
the metal continues, even though the condition causing dissolved oxygen contamination in the boiler water has
been corrected. As the pH of the boiler water decreases, the severity of the dissolved oxygen attack increases.
Boiler watersides which are open to the atmosphere are subject to oxygen corrosion if the surfaces are wet or if
the humidity is high. Idle boilers under wet layup are also subject to oxygen corrosion unless protective mea-
sures are instituted.
220-21.44
The presence of oxygen in the steam/condensate/feedwater systems also causes general corrosion of iron,
steel, copper, nickel, and various alloys in those systems whose corrosion products eventually reach the boiler.
Corrosion is particularly severe when steam condensate is acidic. Corrosion products from the piping systems are
carried into the boiler where they contribute to sludge formation.
220-14
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Because of the large amount of chloride present in the major source of distillate and seawater, chloride is
used primarily as an indicator of seawater contamination. Chloride is an aggressive ion which causes dissolution
of the protective magnetite layer on boiler metal and inhibits its reformation. Pitting corrosion rather than gen-
eral corrosion will occur. The sulfate ion, always present though not measured directly, tends to inhibit the
destructive effects of small amounts of chloride on generating tube surfaces. Chloride can cause stress corrosion
cracking of stainless steel components of propulsion systems.
220-21.46
Stainless steel, under stress, when subjected to chloride and oxygen, will suffer translational cracking of its
crystals. When chloride concentrates in the boiler water from seawater contamination of the feedwater, it is pos-
sible for the chloride to carry over with the saturated steam into the superheater where it will deposit out on the
superheater tube surfaces. If the superheater has stainless steel tubes, chloride stress corrosion can begin and may
eventually lead to failure of the tubes. Chloride stress corrosion of stainless steel components of the desuper-
heated steam system can also occur. If a submerged desuperheater develops a leak, boiler water containing chlo-
ride will seep into the desuperheater resulting in contamination of many systems in the steam/water cycle.
220-15
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.47
Conductivity (General Corrosion and Carryover). The ability to conduct an electrical current is called con-
ductivity and is expressed in micromhos per centimeter (µmho/cm). Conductivity and dissolved solids are inter-
related since, in general, one is a measure of the other. In order for a solution to conduct a current, ions must be
present. Virtually all materials dissolved in seawater, shore water, feedwater, and boiler water are ionic and do
conduct a current. An exception is silica which is a monodic dissolved solid and does not conduct electricity. The
feedwater treatment chemical, morpholine, contributes to conductivity but is a liquid, not a solid. (Refer to NSTM
Chapter 220, Volume 1.)
220-21.48
Boiler metal corrosion results from electrolytic action. Electrolytic action depends on the presence of anodes
and cathodes. (Refer to NSTM Chapter 220, Volume 1.) The chemical and physical variations in the boiler metal
surface generate anodic and cathodic areas on the metal so that the surface of the metal has slight differences in
electrical potential. In order for electrons to flow from the cathode to the anode, a conducting medium is needed.
Pure water has a high resistance and low conductivity (about 0.1µmho/cm) so metal corrosion rate is low in pure
water. As conductivity increases, the resistance to electron flow decreases and corrosion increases. Some ions in
boiler water, notably the controlled hydroxyl and phosphate ions, suppress corrosion. Others, particularly the
220-16
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
chloride and hydrogen (acid) ions, increase it. Most of the conductivity in feedwater results from the chloride,
sulfate and bicarbonate compounds of sodium, calcium, and magnesium. Boiler water conductivity results from
these contaminants and from treatment chemicals.
220-21.49
High conductivity water causes carryover. Boiling water produces bubbles that contain steam encircled by
the water. The bubbles break to release the steam and the water falls back into the vessel holding the water. If
the water is very pure, the steam bubbles break easily and an almost complete separation of water from steam is
achieved. As the concentrations of dissolved and suspended solids or oil increase in water, the steam bubbles
become stabilized and more difficult to break. The effectiveness of the separation of contaminated water from
steam then deteriorates. Dissolved solids and suspended solids in boiler water increases in concentration with
continued steaming. (They are controlled by blowdown.) The steam drum area above the surface of the boiler
water fills up with these stabilized bubbles. Thus, some boiler water is carried along with the saturated steam into
the dry pipe. This type of boiler water carryover is termed foaming . The boiler water entrained with the satu-
rated steam evaporates in the superheater because the stabilized bubbles break at high superheat temperatures.
Particles of material that were dissolved and suspended in the boiler water are carried by the velocity of the steam
to different parts of the superheater. They deposit on the superheater surfaces, primarily in the first pass. Restric-
tion of heat transfer, blistering, and eventual superheater failure can result whenever a deposit builds up. One of
the materials dissolved in the boiler water, sodium chloride, can cause chloride stress corrosion cracking if
deposited in stainless steel superheaters.
220-21.50
Another type of boiler water carryover is called priming . Priming is caused by high water level in the steam
drum, extreme rolling and pitching of the ship, or mechanical failure of the steam separators or other steam drum
internals. Priming consists of slugs of boiler water carried into the dry pipe. A slug of water may reach as far as
the turbine with resultant damage to the unit.
220-21.52
The desiccant used in dry layup is either silicic acid (silica gel) or an aluminum silicate (clay) which has been
treated with sulfuric acid. Both desiccants are solids which are slightly soluble in distilled water and form acid
solutions. In alkaline water, such as boiler water, both react with hydroxide ion to cause pH to decrease. Since
silica gel is composed entirely of an acid, it will continue to react with hydroxide ion as it is added until the acid
220-17
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
is neutralized and dissolved. The clay contains less acid so, initially, pH will decrease until sufficient hydroxide
ion is added to neutralize the acid. The remaining clay will slowly dissolve in alkaline boiler water without fur-
ther affecting pH meter readings or it will cake onto tube surfaces. One pound of either desiccant dissolved in
1,000 gallons of water contributes about 50 ppm of silica to the water. In order to avoid pH and silica control
problems caused by desiccant, the desiccant is removed from the boiler after dry layup.
Seawater and shore waters contain variable amounts of suspended materials. In the case of seawater, most of
the suspended solids are discharged overboard with the brine upon distillation of the water. Suspended solids are
generally removed from shore source potable water by municipal pretreatment. Most suspended solids in the
boiler result from corrosion and erosion of feed system metals when the water is not treated with morpholine.
Suspended solids in boiler water contribute to the tendency of the water to carryover as discussed in paragraph
220-21.49, and contribute to sludge formation.
220-21.54
When a feed system contains large amounts of rust, as is experienced after overhaul or long-term dry layup,
the rust can carry into boiler water upon system operation. The hydroxide ion in boiler water reacts with rust to
form magnetite. The pH of boiler water decreases because of loss of hydroxide ion.
Fuel oil and 2190 TEP lubricating oil accumulate in the steam drum to cause boiler water and oil to carry-
over with the steam. They also cause baked-on carbonaceous (carbon containing) deposits on the tubes and oily
deposits (sludge balls) in the drums and headers. Detergent lube oils like 9250 will not rise into the steam drum
but will emulsify throughout the boiler water and then will cause baked-on carbonaceous deposits, blistering and
eventually tube failure. Preservatives behave in a manner similar to detergent lube oils. Conductivity equipment
(which includes salinity indicators) and pH electrodes will not work when coated with oil.
The demineralizer contains both anion and cation exchange resins. Upon heating, the anion resin forms
mildly alkaline (caustic) decomposition products. The cation resin forms strongly acidic decomposition prod-
ucts .
In addition, all calcium, magnesium, chloride, sulfate, and bicarbonate previously removed from the makeup
water are released from the resin if it decomposes.
Dirt, debris, and other foreign matter can cause any of the previously described problems depending on the
chemical and physical characteristics of the dirt or debris. Water treatment may or may not be successful in com-
pensating for some oddities caused by an unanticipated chemical reaction. It will not compensate for handhole
plugs, flashlights, water jet lances, refractory brick, washers, wire brushes, welding rods, bags of desiccant, or
other such items left in the boiler. Various forms of dirt and debris interfere with flow and heat transfer to cause
overheat tube failures.
220-18
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.59 Seawater.
Seawater containing the detrimental materials described in paragraphs 220-21.28 through 220-21.49 can enter
the feedwater system from carryover in the distilling plant; from seawater leakage into the main and auxiliary
condensers; and from bilge water leakage into the tanks, piping, and pumps when the bilges contain seawater. It
can also result from malfunctioning or improper operation of units in the feedwater systems.
220-21.60
Seawater contamination of the feedwater requires increased chemical treatment of the boiler water. This
increases the amount of dissolved and suspended solids in the boiler water. The boiler then requires more fre-
quent blowdown. Excessive seawater contamination results in consumption of all the protective treatment chemi-
cals in the boiler water, thereby causing corrosion, scale formation, and sludge formation to occur. Carryover
results from the high concentrations of dissolved and suspended solids. If the problem continues unabated, gen-
erating and superheater tubes corrode, blister, and eventually rupture.
Shore water may contaminate the feedwater system by leakage through malfunctioning swing check valves,
galley mixing valves, laundry and scullery equipment and water heaters. Shore water contains high concentra-
tions of dissolved solids, hardness, and silica. It can have either high or low pH but, in the boiler, shore water
causes high pH. High concentrations of dissolved solids lead to boiler water carryover with the steam. Silica
deposits on the boiler watersides and also in the steam system as it volatilizes along with the steam. Hardness
leads to excessive usage of boiler water treatment chemicals and causes corrosion, scale, and sludge buildup.
Excessively high pH will cause boiler metal corrosion. Shore water contamination, which can occur undetected
during in-port cold iron periods, can result in contamination and deposit formation in a ship’s steam heating drain
system. These deposits result in contamination of steam heating drains for several days or more after steaming
is resumed.
220-21.62
Heat exchangers installed on Navy ships for service such as water heaters, dishwashing machines, and laun-
dry equipment are required to be of a steam heating coil or electric heater type. Substitution with direct contact
(mixing) type heaters will cause contamination of potable water with treatment chemicals and may also cause
contamination of steam chains with shore water and laundry detergent. Direct contact heaters shall be replaced
as soon as possible to avoid possible health hazards.
The metal surfaces of the feedwater system are sources for metal corrosion products in the feedwater. Water
in the feed system has a pH of approximately 5 if not treated, which tends to cause corrosion of the metal sur-
faces. Some erosion, mechanical washing of particles from the metal surface, also occurs. The metal corrosion
and erosion products contribute directly to sludge buildup in the boiler water.
220-19
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.67 Preservatives.
Metal preservative coatings are used to protect the boiler piping and system equipment during construction.
Contaminants of this type are generally found on new construction ships when the pre-boiler system is not prop-
erly flushed. Water contamination of this type can also result from the replacement of a system component with-
out removing the preservative. If not removed, these organic materials will bake on the waterside surfaces of
boiler tubes to cause blistering and, eventually, failure.
220-20
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
alkaline and acidic products, respectively, or leaving powdery residues. Boiler water pH will decrease. Calcium,
magnesium, chloride, sulfate, and bicarbonate are also released. Once resin contamination has occurred, flushing
and hand removal or vacuuming of the condensate system and boiler is required for correction. In severe cases,
water-jet cleaning of the boiler may be needed.
Poor housekeeping and lack of effective measures to exclude foreign materials lead to contamination with
dirt and debris. If a boiler or piping system is open, dirt can enter. Openings should be covered when not actu-
ally required to be open. Components must be properly cleaned before they are installed in boilers or piping sys-
tems. Care must also be taken to avoid contaminating treatment chemicals and to ensure the right chemicals are
always used. NSTM Chapter 505 (9480), Piping Systems , gives guidance for cleaning of piping systems.
Feedwater conditions must be controlled if corrosion and scale in the feed system are to be minimized. More
importantly, corrosion, scale, various deposits, and carryover in high-pressure boiler systems will advance if
feedwater purity is neglected. Boiler water treatment provides protection for the boiler against feed system upsets
from contamination. It does not replace proper pre-boiler plant operation. Feedwater having low concentrations
of dissolved and suspended solids, with oxygen eliminated, is considered good quality feedwater. This type of
feedwater can be obtained when all units in the pre-boiler system are functioning properly. Section 22 specifies
maximum contamination levels allowed for various feed system waters.
The quality of feedwater is determined by testing samples from various points in the system for chloride,
conductivity, salinity, hardness, dissolved oxygen, and pH. The tests required are governed by the equipment
installed. Chloride measures seawater contamination. Conductivity and salinity both indicate sea and shore water
contamination. Hardness determinations will detect shore water more rapidly than the chloride test will. A dis-
solved oxygen sample from the DFT indicates the condition of the DFT by measuring the oxygen level of the
DFT discharge. The corrosiveness of the water is related to pH. All of these tests are necessary for rapid loca-
tion and correction of contaminant sources.
Chelant treatment is injected at the DFT. At boiler operating temperatures, part of the treatment decomposes
to produce an alkaline steam, thereby reducing corrosion in the condensate and deaerated feedwater lines of the
pre-boiler system. Pre-boiler system corrosion is caused principally by the reaction of carbon dioxide (CO2 ) with
the water in which it is dissolved. The carbon dioxide originates from two sources. Air containing carbon diox-
ide can enter at almost all points in the pre-boiler system; however, the principal source for carbon dioxide is
bicarbonate ion in seawater which is released when heated in distilling plants, thereby acidifying reserve feed-
water.
220-21.73
Seawater and shore water are the major contributors of bicarbonate. Carbon dioxide reacts with water form-
ing carbonic acid (H2 CO3 ) which decreases the pH, making the water more acidic. By raising the pH or alka-
linity of the condensate and deaerated feedwater, corrosion in these parts of the pre-boiler system is reduced.
220-21
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Makeup feed of very high purity is produced by the use of a demineralizer. When taking on makeup feed,
reserve feedwater is passed through a demineralizer containing mixed bed ion exchange resin. The mixed bed ion
exchange resin consists of a chemically balanced mixture of both cation exchange resins and anion exchange res-
ins. The cation exchange resin, whose surface is rich in hydrogen ions (H+ ), exchanges with cations such as
magnesium (Mg2+ ) and calcium (Ca2+ ). The anion exchange resin, whose surface is rich in hydroxyl ions (OH-
), exchanges with anions such as chloride (Cl- ) and sulfate (SO4 2- ). As the water passes over the mixed bed
ion exchange resin, the dissolved cations and anions exchange with the hydrogen and hydroxyl ions and become
attached to the exchange resins. The hydrogen ions displaced from the cation exchange resin combine with the
hydroxyl ions displaced from the anion resin to form water (HOH). The mixed bed ion exchange resin removes
all the cations and anions from the reserve feedwater and exchanges them for pure water. Besides removing the
ions, the resin acts as a filter medium to remove the suspended solids from the reserve feedwater. This deminer-
alization (also called deionization) is an extremely useful process since it appreciably reduces the rate of sludge
buildup in the boiler water. As the resin bed exhausts its exchange capacity, the makeup feed conductivity will
quickly rise above 1.0 µmho/cm indicating that the resin is spent and has to be replaced. If the reserve feedwater
has a consistently high suspended solids content, the filtration action may clog the resin bed making premature
removal of the resin necessary.
220-21.76
The boiler acts as a receiver for all of the materials which the feed system pours into it. Only the water leaves
the boiler (unless carryover is occurring). All contaminants remain behind to advance the damaging conditions
(corrosion, scale formation, and carryover) already discussed. In order to minimize damage, boiler water treat-
ment programs have been established.
Chelant boiler feedwater treatment uses an automated treatment system to continuously inject treatment solu-
tion into the DFT. The treatment system is shown in Figure 220-21-6. The treatment solution is prepared using
trisodium EDTA, hydrazine and trisodium or disodium phosphate. Trisodium phosphate is used in 600 psig boil-
ers, while disodium phosphate is used in 1200 psig boilers. The treatment solution prepared from these chemi-
cals is automatically injected into the DFT at a rate which is proportional to the feedwater flow based on a signal
from the feed flow transmitter. Sodium phosphate is added to maintain a phosphate residual in the boiler water
as protection against excessive contamination. The continuous treatment system consists of a piercing apparatus,
a mixing tank and a control panel. The piercing apparatus is used to add the chemicals to the mixing tank. The
EDTA and the sodium phosphate are dissolved in hot feedwater and then poured into the open piercing appara-
tus and allowed to drain into the mixing tank. The sealed hydrazine bottle is then placed in the piercing appara-
tus, the piercing apparatus is closed and the hydrazone bottle is pierced by knife blades within the piercing appa-
ratus. After the hydrazine solution has drained into the mixing tank, condensate is used to flush the bottle and fill
the mixing tank to 30 gallons. This treatment solution is then placed under nitrogen pressure and fed to the DFT.
The control panel meters the flow of the treatment solution into the DFT proportionally to the feedflow transmit-
ter signals from all of the boilers in the space.
220-22
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-23
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.78
EDTA is one of a class of organic chemicals known as chelating agents or chelants. The term EDTA for boiler
feedwater treatment refers to trisodium ethylenediaminetetraacetate trihydrate (C10 H13 N2 Na3 O8 •3H2 O). Other
forms of EDTA are tetrasodium EDTA, used for boiler waterside cleaning, and disodium EDTA, used in the
hardness test titrant. These chemicals are characterized by a specific type of reaction known as chelation. EDTA
chelates dissolved metals, including the scale formers magnesium and calcium, by surrounding and bonding to
the metal at several places. The reaction is:
Thus, magnesium and calcium are prevented from forming scale on the boiler tube surfaces. Since the metal
chelates remain dissolved, they do not contribute to sludge formation in the boiler. The metal chelates are
removed from the boiler by continuous blowdown. Other dissolved metals from feedwater system corrosion and
erosion products also react with EDTA. This further reduces the amount of sludge formed in the boiler.
220-21.79
Another important property of EDTA is its ability to generate a protective film of magnetite on steel surfaces.
This protective layer forms directly in place and serves to prevent corrosion of the base metal. Unlike other boiler
water treatments where magnetite forms primarily as a result of temperature, EDTA directly participates in the
rapid formation of a continuous film of magnetite crystals that provide excellent protection to the base metal.
220-21.80
Untreated feedwater and condensate are slightly acidic due mostly to the absorption of carbon dioxide from
the air. This acidity increases pre-boiler system corrosion. Neutralizing amines, condensate and feedwater slightly
alkaline. Free EDTA (EDTA that has not reacted to form metal chelates) decomposes or hydrolyzes at boiler tem-
peratures. An alkaline, volatile product is produced which acts as a feedwater treatment similar to morpholine.
The breakdown product volatilizes with the steam and is returned to the boiler with the feedwater to be recycled.
Build up is controlled by losses which occur via the air ejectors, DFT vents and leaks. EDTA also decomposes
in the presence of dissolved oxygen. Solutions of EDTA at low concentrations must be protected from dissolved
oxygen through the use of an oxygen scavenger.
220-21.81
Catalyzed hydrazine is an alkaline, inorganic chemical used in boiler feedwater treatment as an oxygen scav-
enger. The catalyst is an organic chemical added to increase the rate of reaction between hydrazine and oxygen.
The small amount of oxygen that remains in feedwater after deaeration in the DFT still causes corrosion of boiler
metals, particularly the economizer tubes. The use of hydrazine, with a properly functioning DFT, results in
elimination of the dissolved oxygen. The reaction is:
220-24
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
The products of the reaction are nitrogen and water which do not contribute to the dissolved solids level of
the boiler water. Hydrazine also converts iron rust (hematite) to magnetic iron oxide (magnetite).
Thus hydrazine will enhance the protective magnetite layer that acts as a barrier to corrosion. Hydrazine is
volatile and does not concentrate to an appreciable amount in the boiler water. Hydrazine decomposes to ammo-
nia at temperatures over 600°F. Therefore, any hydrazine that volatilizes with the steam will be thermally decom-
posed in the superheater.
High levels of ammonia in steam can be corrosive to the copper alloys found in the condensate system when
oxygen is also present. Therefore, the treatment level of hydrazine is maintained with only a slight excess of that
required to eliminate the residual dissolved oxygen.
220-21.83
Scale prevention, with good quality feedwater, is controlled by the reaction of EDTA with magnesium and
calcium before entering the boiler, as discussed in paragraph 220-21.78. Scale prevention during higher levels of
contamination, that exceed the available EDTA, is accomplished by the alkaline boiler water with a residual
phosphate level. In this case, the magnesium and the calcium form precipitates.
220-25
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.84
Sludge in boiler water is an agglomeration of reaction products of boiler water treatment chemicals with cal-
cium and magnesium contaminants and also includes the suspended matter entering with the feedwater. A chemi-
cal analysis of a typical sludge is given in Table 220-21-2. Sludge, if allowed to accumulate in the headers and
water drum, will reach so large an amount that particles will circulate with the boiler water. As sludge circulates,
it begins to adhere physically to the generating surfaces. The adhering sludge is at first soft and is removable by
mechanical cleaning. If allowed to remain on generating surfaces, the soft sludge is converted by heat to hard,
baked-on sludge. The baked-on sludge is physically different from scale (scale forms in place; sludge is carried
to high heat transfer areas) but it acts just like scale in that it restricts heat transfer with resulting blistering of
the tube and eventual rupture. It also causes chemical concentrations as described in paragraph 220-21.27.
Mechanical cleaning of the watersides will not remove baked-on sludge or scale. Scale is prevented by proper
chemical treatment. Sludge is kept low in concentration by maintaining feedwater purity, by ensuring that chelant
treatment is continuously used, and by effective blowdown including both surface and continuous blowdown as
well as bottom blowdown on a secured boiler.
220-26
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
(TYPICAL) - Continued
220-21.85
The corrosion rate for boiler metal is minimized when the boiler water is maintained in a moderately alka-
line region. Three chemicals are used to provide the alkalinity under chelant treatment: trisodium EDTA, triso-
dium phosphate and sodium hydroxide (caustic soda). Under normal conditions with good quality feedwater the
continuous treatment solution maintains the required alkalinity. Trisodium EDTA forms alkaline solutions with
water. This provides some of the required alkalinity. When free EDTA decomposes at boiler temperatures the
alkalinity of the boiler water is increased. In 600 psig boilers the EDTA decomposition products do not provide
sufficient alkalinity. Trisodium phosphate is used in the continuous treatment solution fed to 600 psi boilers to
provide the required alkalinity. At 1200 psig the breakdown of EDTA provides sufficient alkalinity. Therefore,
disodium phosphate is added to the continuous treatment solution fed to 1200 psi boilers to provide the phos-
phate backup without additional alkalinity. Usually, chemical additions using the batch chemical injection tank,
are only used to provide alkalinity and phosphate for a freshly filled boiler and to adjust boiler chemistry during
contamination. Initial treatment is accomplished using trisodium phosphate alone to provide the alkalimity as well
as the phosphate. When the boiler water alkalinity or phosphate is depleted by serious contamination, batch treat-
ment with trisodium phosphate or caustic soda is required to restore proper alkalinity levels.
220-21.86
Chelant treatment does not maintain the boiler water parameters under the coordinated phosphate curve.
Phosphate levels required to maintain boiler water parameters under the curve cannot be used with chelant treat-
ment. At high phosphate levels used in COPHOS treatment, the scale formers would react with the phosphate
rather that the EDTA, and the sludge produced would cause waterside deposits and eventually require waterside
cleaning. Therefore, low phosphate levels must be maintained with chelant treatment. Caustic corrosion does not
occur with chelant treatment at normal treatment levels due to the enhanced magnetite film formed through the
reaction between EDTA and the steel surfaces. If boiler water alkalinity becomes excessive, caustic corrosion may
still occur. High levels of alkalinity are controlled by blowdown.
220-21.87
Overtreatment with EDTA has been reported to cause chelant corrosion. EDTA dosage has been calculated to
be slightly higher than the expected feedwater contamination level. Excessive amounts of EDTA can cause cor-
rosion of feed system piping and boiler metal surfaces. Under no circumstances should more EDTA than speci-
fied in the dosage table be added to the treatment tank. EDTA shall not be injected using the batch treatment sys-
tem under any circumstances. Only the continuous injection system may be used for EDTA/hydrazine treatment.
220-21.88
Carryover of the boiler water with the steam is minimized by control of the dissolved and suspended solids
level in the boiler water. Under normal conditions continuous blowdown maintains the dissolved solids level
within limits. Higher levels of dissolved solids, due to contamination or overtreatment, are controlled by surface
220-27
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
blowdown. Since chelant treatment is not a precipitation treatment, the amount of suspended solids found in the
boiler is greatly reduced. However, other sources of suspended solids such as dirt and debris, remain essentially
unchanged and are controlled by bottom blowdown. Continuous blowdown provides for some elimination of sus-
pended solids.
220-21.89
Operating ships using chelant treatment shall not use sodium nitrite. Hydrazine and sodium nitrite are incom-
patible. Operating ships using chelant treatment use hydrazine/morpholine for wet layup and feed quality water
for hydrostatic testing.
220-21.90
IMA and industrial activities are authorized to use sodium nitrite in chelant treated ships for water jet clean-
ing, hydrostatic tests, wet layup and prior to dry layup. Chelant treated boilers must be completely drained of all
hydrazine treated water prior to using sodium nitrite. Sodium nitrite treated boilers must be dumped and flushed
once with feed quality water to remove residual sodium nitrite prior to application of chelant treatment or hydra-
zine/morpholine layup.
220-21.92
As a matter of interest, addition of salt alone, sodium chloride, will increase chloride and conductivity but
will not affect alkalinity or phosphate. It is not sodium chloride nor chloride per se which causes scale formation
or acid attack.
220-21.95
If tube surfaces are smooth and free of deposits, boiler water circulates freely and is effective in continuously
washing tube metal. Porous deposits, crevices, pits and leakage sites interfere with circulation creating areas con-
ducive to concentration of boiler water. All of the normally soluble chemicals concentrate. If the interference is
220-28
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
severe, localized dry-out of boiler water treatment chemicals and contaminants can occur. Sodium chloride is
more soluble in high-temperature water than trisodium phosphate which is more soluble than disodium phos-
phate. When such localized concentration of boiler water is occurring, alkalinity, phosphate, and conductivity
decrease. A decrease in chloride may or may not be detected. As heat input to the boiler tubes increases, the con-
centrating effect at the metal increases. As heat transfer rate decreases, the chemicals return to the bulk boiler
water.
220-21.96
Reactive hideout occurs when the phosphate reacts directly with magnetite (Fe3 O4 ) to form a solid sodium
iron phosphate compound. This is a high-temperature reaction and the compound decomposes when temperatures
are reduced. If reaction with magnetite is occurring, alkalinity increases and phosphate decreases as steaming rate
increases. The reverse occurs when steaming rate decreases or the boiler is secured.
220-21.97
Many instances of chemical hideout in naval propulsion boilers are reported after the following events have
occurred:
1. Acid cleaning.
2. EDTA cleaning.
3. A contamination incident.
The events can all cause disruption of magnetite or generation of deposits in the boiler and the appearance
of hideout. Mechanical cleaning (via water-jet) alleviates the condition when caused by soft deposits. If contami-
nation has caused hard deposits, only acid cleaning will remove them. Hard deposits represent a hazard to boiler
operation and in themselves cause hideout.
220-21.98
The reason for development of hideout soon after acid cleaning is not clear, but either or both of the previ-
ously described mechanisms may be at work when sensitized metal surfaces and soft deposits are present.
220-21.99 BLOWDOWN.
Blowdown provides control of accumulated boiler water solids, both suspended and dissolved.
220-29
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-21.104
In a boiler with proper chemical treatment, the amount of sludge produced over a specified steaming period
is dependent upon the amount of makeup feedwater, the quality of the makeup feedwater, and the overall level
of seawater and shore water contamination of the feedwater. The appearance of a boiler water sample by itself
is not an indicator of whether a boiler does or does not need a bottom blowdown. A properly obtained boiler
water sample is representative only of the dissolved material present in the boiler water, not the suspended mat-
ter or sludge in the boiler. Refer to paragraph 220-22.59 for detailed bottom blowdown procedures.
SECTION 22.
WATER REQUIREMENTS FOR PROPULSION BOILER SYSTEMS
220-22.2
The feedwater requirements for propulsion boiler systems are based on a boiler water concentration factor of
10. This assumes that if a boiler is steaming at 50 percent load, the water in the boiler will concentrate all feed-
220-30
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
water contaminants 10 times an hour. If deaerated feedwater contains the maximum 0.02 epm chloride, the boiler
water will increase by 0.2 epm chloride each hour. If there is a constant rate of seawater contamination entering
the condensate system, boiler water contamination will increase at a constant rate regardless of boiler load.
220-22.3
The established feedwater limits are maximal. All plants can and should operate considerably below these
limits. The feedwater limits specify those levels at which it will be possible to maintain control of boiler water
alkalinity, phosphate, chloride, and conductivity during a normal boiler water sampling cycle.
220-22.4
In order to locate, isolate, and correct contaminant sources, plant operating personnel must be alert to
increases in salinity indicator and conductivity cell readings. The maximum limits for various feedwaters should
not be considered desirable for continuous operation. Readings should be maintained at the lowest possible level
for routine control of boiler water.
220-22.5
The sampling and testing requirements and the maximum limits for the various feedwater components are
listed in paragraphs 220-22.6 through 220-22.24. Ships with demineralizers must follow the requirements of
paragraph 220-22.26 for reserve and makeup feedwater. All requirements are summarized in Table 220-22-1 and
220-22–2. A log of feedwater conditions shall be maintained in accordance with Section 27.
1. If the difference between the chemical test result and the salinity/conductivity indicator reading is 0.02 or less,
the comparison is satisfactory.
2. If the chemical test result is higher than the salinity/conductivity indicator reading by more than 0.02, the
comparison is unsatisfactory and the salinity/conductivity indicator must be checked for malfunction (para-
graph 220-24.70).
3. If the chemical chloride test result is lower than the salinity indicator reading by more than 0.02 epm, check
the water for hardness (excluding distillate) * . If hardness is 0.02 epm or less, check the indicator for mal-
function. If the hardness is more than 0.02 epm, the indicator is functioning satisfactorily.
4. An indicator that consistently reads zero shall be checked for malfunction.
*
The comparison test for distillate is based only on chemical chloride because distillate is not affected by mor-
pholine and hardness testing may give false high results. If the chemical chloride test result is lower than the
salinity or conductivity indicator by more than 0.02 epm, check the indicator for malfunction.
220-31
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
220-22.7
Any chemical test result for chloride or hardness, which exceeds maximum contamination limits, requires
isolation of the contamination source. Sample and test any steaming boiler that could be affected by the contami-
nation. Appropriate treatment action will be based on the test results. Monitor the boiler continuous conductivity
meter for evidence of contamination. This applies whether the out-of-limits condition was discovered during
salinity/conductivity indicator checks or under other circumstances.
220-22.8
Comparison test requirements and examples are listed in Table 220-22-1. Sampling of the water and reading
of the salinity or conductivity indicator should be accomplished concurrently.
220-22.9
If feedwater quality (DFT outlet or similar monitoring point) can not be continuously monitored by salinity
or conductivity indicator, boiler water shall be sampled and tested every four hours. Whenever a salinity or con-
ductivity indicator which monitors points other than feedwater is malfunctioning, the water that is monitored by
the affected indicator shall be sampled and chemically tested for chloride (paragraph 220-22.17) at least every
four hours until the indicator is returned to service (except that reserve feed is chemically tested for chloride
within 30 minutes prior to placing a tank on makeup).
220-22.10 DISTILLATE.
The salinity of all distillate, measured by salinity indicator, shall not exceed 0.065 epm. If conductivity indi-
cators are installed, conductivity shall not exceed 10 µmho/cm. The limit by chemical test for distillate discharg-
ing to reserve feed is 0.07 epm chloride. Hardness test is not accomplished on distillate because distillate may
contain bicarbonate which interferes with the hardness test causing false high results. Modern distilling units have
a solenoid-controlled dump valve on the distillate discharge line, actuated by a salinity or conductivity cell that
continuously monitors distillate quality. A two-compartment measuring tank for distillate is provided on some
220-32
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
ships of older construction. A chemical test for the chloride content (paragraph 220-26.17) shall be performed
prior to transferring water from either compartment of the measuring tank.
The acceptability of the chemical tests and salinity/conductivity indicator comparison is based on the differ-
ence between the results obtained by performing the feedwater chloride test (CH) and reading the salinity indi-
cator (SI) or conductivity indicator (CC). Action taken depends on this difference. The comparison tests shall be
performed daily on all feedwater monitored by salinity and conductivity indicators, in accordance with paragraph
220-22.6, whenever a feedwater system is on-line.
220-33
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
SUMMARY - Continued
Maximum Limit.
Conductivity Salinity Chemical
Indicator Indicator Chloride Chemical
Source µmho/cm epm epm Hardness epm
Demineralized Makeup Feedwater 1.0 --- --- ---
Deaerated Feedwater, Condensate, Drains 3.0 0.020 0.02 0.02
Dissolved Oxy- Hydrazine, ppb
gen ppb (Range)
Deaerated Feedwater 15 10-40
NOTE
Salinity indicator alarm and dump valves shall be set as close to the above lim-
its as installed hardware permits. Replacement or modifications of installed hard-
ware is not authorized or required by this chapter. Updating of these systems is
only approved by ship alteration as authorized by the Type Commander and
NSWCCD on the distillate discharge line, actuated by a salinity or conductivity
cell that continuously monitors distillate quality. A two-compartment measuring
tank for distillate is provided on some ships of older construction. A chemical
test for the chloride content (paragraph 220-26.17) shall be performed prior to
transferring water from either compartment of the measuring tank.
220-34
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
Loss of electrical power to the distilling plant will sometimes cause evaporators
to flood with seawater. When flooding occurs, feedwater heater condenser drains
and air ejector drains may become contaminated. On ships not provided with
three-way dump valves on the feed heater or air ejector drains, this seawater
contamination may enter the condensate system and/or freshwater drain collect-
ing tank. Therefore, when electrical power is lost, prompt action shall be taken
to direct these drains to the bilge.
1. Daily while steaming in port with hotel drains aligned to the fresh water drain collecting tank.
2. Prior to alignment of hotel drains to the fresh water drain collecting tank following in-port periods.
220-35
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
accomplished on distiller air ejector drains. A chemical chloride test of distiller air ejector drains is required daily.
If the salinity/conductivity indicator malfunctions or indicates an out of limits condition and the drains are being
returned to the system, chemically test for chloride every four hours.
220-22.16
Deaerated feedwater shall be sampled and chemically tested for dissolved oxygen after DFT warmup prior to
feeding the boiler, two to three hours after the boiler is on-line, and daily while on-line. The dissolved oxygen
shall not exceed 15 parts per billion (ppb) after DFT warmup prior to feeding the boiler and from two hours after
the boiler is on-line until it is secured. This requirement does not apply during the first two hours after the boiler
is on-line because condensate and feed system warmup is necessary for proper deaeration after feeding the boiler.
While steaming at sea, the dissolved oxygen should be less than 10 ppb.
NOTE
The requirement to test the DFT for dissolved oxygen after DFT warmup, prior
to feeding the boiler, does not apply to ships which are not piped to allow DFT
recirculation through the DFT spray valves, or to ships that do not have certified
shore or ship’s steam available.
220-22.17
Deaerated feedwater shall be sampled and tested for hydrazine 8 to 10 hours after the continuous treatment
system is on-line and daily thereafter. Catalyzed hydrazine, together with the other treatment chemicals, is con-
tinuously fed at a controlled rate to the DFT to obtain a hydrazine range of 10 to 40 ppb in the deaerated feed-
water. Results outside of this range indicate the treatment system should be checked for proper operation. Low
results may also be caused by a malfunctioning deaerating feed tank due to depletion of the hydrazine by exces-
sive dissolved oxygen. Light off of a boiler after hydrazine/morpholine layup may result in high levels of hydra-
zine and morpholine. The results will return to normal with continued steaming.
220-36
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
Shore steam provided to Navy ships shall meet the requirements of paragraph 220-22.18. Facilities provid-
ing shore steam to Navy ships are required to sample and test shore steam and provide certification to the user
ships as follows:
NOTE
Shore steam not complying with the requirements of paragraph 220-22.18 shall
not be used. Violation of the requirements of paragraph 220-22.18 or the above
certification requirements shall be reported by message to the Type Commander
with info copy to ISIC, NSWCCD-SSES, and NAVSEA.
Feed-water produced by demineralization, reverse osmosis, or any process other than steam condensation
shall meet the following requirements:
220-37
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Feedwater Requirements
Constituent or Property Requirement
Conductivity 2.5 µmho/cm max (at point of delivery)
Silica 0.2 ppm max
220-22.21
To ensure that feedwater which is processed from shore water and provided to ships meets the above stan-
dards, the facility/contractor shall continuously monitor the conductivity of the feedwater being provided and
shall test the feedwater for silica before delivery to each ship. When any test result indicates that the effluent does
not meet the above standards, the facility/contractor shall test the water in all ship’s feed tanks which received
the water. Copies of all test results shall be provided by the facility/contractor to the ship receiving the water.
An analysis shall be obtained from the supplier of the shore steam condensate or feedwater certifying that a
sample of the shore steam condensate or feedwater meets the requirements in paragraph 220-22.18 or 220-22.20
as applicable. Prior to supplying water to the ship’s feed system, pierside demineralizers shall be flushed to waste,
and flowing effluent shall be tested and certified by the supplier (contractor or facility) as meeting the standards
of paragraph 220-22.20. This requirement applies any time pierside demineralizers are secured and restarted
regardless of how short the time. A manifold system shall be used such that continuous flowing pierside dem-
ineralizer effluent can be directed to waste or ship’s feed system without interrupting flow through the deminer-
alizer. A 100-mesh Y-type strainer shall be installed in the feed line to the ship to preclude resin contamination
of the ship system.
220-22.23
Ship’s force shall sample and test each shipment of shore source feedwater for agreement with the follow-
ing requirements:
220-22.24
When the feedwater source is a batch delivery, as by tank truck, ship’s force shall sample and test the water
in each tank prior to acceptance. When the source is a continuous process, as from a shore to ship pipeline or
mobile demineralizer, ship’s force shall sample and test the water prior to entry into ship’s systems, at the antici-
pated delivery midpoint, and prior to securing from receiving water. The requirements listed in paragraph
220-22.23 apply. The midpoint and final samples should be tested for silica only.
220-38
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-22.26
The quality of feedwater is improved by passing the makeup feedwater through a demineralizer (paragraph
220-21.74). A demineralizer is illustrated in Figure 220-22-1. The quality of the water entering and exiting the
demineralizer is monitored separately by in-line conductivity cells. A comparison test is not required for dem-
ineralizer outlet conductivity cell. The makeup feedwater conductivity shall be monitored immediately after plac-
ing a feedwater tank on suction. The maximum permissible makeup feedwater conductivity is 15 µmho/cm. If
the feedwater exceeds this requirement, a different tank shall be placed on suction. If an emergency exists or if
no reserve feedwater is available which meets the 15 µmho/cm limit, the water may still be sent through the
demineralizer. This situation may arise when using shore-source condensed steam as feedwater whose conductiv-
ity limit is 25 µmho/cm. The demineralizer will improve the quality of this water, but the useful life of the mixed
bed ion exchange resin will be shortened. The makeup feedwater conductivity of an operating ship will normally
be about 5 to 6 µmho/cm. The maximum permissible demineralized makeup feedwater conductivity is 1.0 µmho/
cm. If the demineralized makeup feedwater conductivity exceeds this limit, the resin is expended. The deminer-
alizer shall be bypassed immediately and the resin shall be replaced. Demineralized makeup feedwater conduc-
tivity will normally be about 0.2 µmho/cm. Detailed operating and maintenance instructions for demineralizer
systems are contained in NAVSEA Technical Manual S9255-AQ-MMO-010. Under chelant treatment, deminer-
alizers, if installed, shall continue to be operated.
220-39
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-40
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-22.28
The continuous treatment system is prepared for use prior to light off of the first boiler or as soon as good
quality condensate is available. The treatment tank holds 30 gallons of treatment solution. The system alarms
when the treatment tank level falls to 5 gallons to indicate that preparation of fresh treatment solution will be
required shortly. The continuous treatment tank is filled when the 2 gallon alarm sounds. The continuous treat-
ment tank shall be filled within an hour after reaching the 2 gallon level. When the treatment level reaches 2 gal-
lons, a solenoid valve closes, securing flow of treatment to the DFT. The treatment tank is prepared using hydra-
zine solution, EDTA and either trisodium or disodium phosphate. The amount of EDTA and disodium phosphate
required for 1200 psig is given in Table 220-22-3. The amount of EDTA and trisodium phosphate required for
600 psig is given in Table 220-22-4. The EDTA and phosphate are added to hot feedwater in the 10-liter safety
dispensing bottle and completely dissolved. One gallon of 7% hydrazine solution is added to each tank. The
chemicals are added using the enclosed transfer system. The procedure for preparation of the treatment solution
is given in Figure 220-22-2. The time of completion of preparation of continuous treatment solution with the
amounts of chemicals used is entered on the chelant feedwater log. The continuous treatment tank level is entered
daily in the chelant feedwater log.
220-22.29
Hydrazine is an extremely hazardous chemical and all personnel involved in its handling must be aware of
the proper handling procedures, including the emergency spill clean up procedures. The use of the enclosed
transfer system insures that personnel receive zero exposure to hydrazine solution or vapors. The sealed hydra-
zine bottle is never to be opened except by using the enclosed transfer system. Proper preparation of the treat-
ment solution will flush the hydrazine bottle with at least 25 gallons of condensate, thereby removing all residual
hydrazine and allowing safe handling of the empty bottle for disposal. Treatment flow shall be initiated within 30
minutes of when the first boiler in the space is placed on line and secured within 2 hours after fires are out on
the last boiler. The procedure for operation of the injection system is given in Figure 220-22-3.
220-41
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-22.30
The nitrogen pressure on the mixing tank is adjusted between 20 and 60 psig to achieve proper treatment
flow. The required pressure will vary between systems depending on the location of the mixing tank relative to
the DFT. For initial system operation, set the mixing tank nitrogen pressure as required to obtain the required
treatment flow given in Table 220-22-5 based on the indicated flowrate at the control panel rotameter. If after the
first day of steaming, the hydrazine level is above or below limits, decrease or increase the nitrogen pressure in
up to 5 psig increments until the hydrazine level remains within limits. The mixing tank pressure that maintains
the feedwater hydrazine within limits is the operating pressure for this system. This pressure is used whenever
the system is operated. Record the operating pressure in the chelant treatment feedwater chemistry worksheet/log
daily. Once the operating pressure is determined, further adjustment should not be necessary. Refer to Table
220-22-6 when hydrazine levels are out of limits. If the hydrazine level is out of limits, corrective action shall
be taken and the DFT hydrazine level retested within 4 hours. During normal at sea operations the hydrazine level
should not be continually at the upper or lower limits.
A boiler may be steamed when the continuous treatment system is secured for repair. This will require
steaming without EDTA or hydrazine. The boiler water limits shall be maintained using batch chemical injection,
paragraph 220-22.45. Continuous blowdown shall be secured while the treatment system is secured. If the con-
tinuous treatment system cannot be repaired within 168 steaming hours, notify the Type Commander and send an
information copy to ISIC, NAVSEA, and NSWCCD-SSES. If a boiler is steamed without continuous treatment
for more than 168 hours since the last waterside inspection, there shall be an inspection at the next availability
or within 2,000 steaming hours of the last inspection. The boiler may be steamed for less than 24 hours without
continuous treatment to minimize disposal of chemicals. For instance, when a fresh tank of treatment solution is
required within 24 hours of securing and the full tank would have to be dumped for hydrazine layup.
220-42
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-43
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-44
Table 220-22-5. APPROXIMATE CHELANT BOILER FEEDWATER TREATMENT FLOW
Approximate Chelant Treatment Flow Per Boiler (Rotameter Reading)
Percent Boiler Load
Ship Float* 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120
AD 37, 38, 41-44 A 1 1.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 4 4 4 4.5
AE 27-29, 32-35 A 1 1.5 2 2 2.5 3 3 3 3.5 3.5 4 4
AFS 1-7 A 1 1.5 2 2 2.5 3 3 3 3.5 3.5 4 4
AGF 3, 11 P 1.5 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 4.5 5 5.5 5.5 6 6
LPD 1, 4-10, 12-15 P 1.5 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 4.5 5 5.5 5.5 6 6
LPH 3, 7, 9-12 A 1 1.5 2 2.5 2.5 3 3 3.5 4 4 4 4.5
LSD 36-40 P 1.5 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 4.5 5 5.5 5.5 6 6
* Floats
P - black glass
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A - sapphire (red)
J - stainless steel
Rotator tube: 1/8-20-G-5
220-45
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
*
WARNING: The treatment solution is hazardous; avoid contact with skin or eyes. Relieve system pressure and
wear safety equipment when making repairs to solenoid valve, strainer, rotameter, or other system components.
See paragraph 220-25.11 for safety procedures. See 220-25.16 to correct treatment leakage.
220-46
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-22.33
Boiler water conditions under chelant treatment are controlled by maintaining alkalinity, phosphate, conduc-
tivity and chloride within specified limits. The boiler water control limits for chelant treatment are the same for
all propulsion boilers.
220-22.34
Normal control of the boiler water limits is through the continuous treatment system. Continuous injection of
trisodium EDTA and trisodium or disodium phosphate into the DFT, together with continuous blowdown, will
result in the alkalinity and phosphate being within limits when good quality feedwater is used. Continuous blow-
down system will also maintain boiler water chloride level within limits under normal conditions. Conductivity
reflects the other boiler water parameters and will be within limits when alkalinity, phosphate and chloride are
within limits and unusual contamination is not occurring.
220-22.35
Injection of treatment chemicals using the batch treatment system is primarily required for freshly filling the
boiler and when chemical casualties occur. Three chemicals are used to adjust the boiler water parameters; triso-
dium phosphate, disodium phosphate and caustic soda. Trisodium phosphates raises both alkalinity and phos-
phate. Disodium phosphate increases phosphate level without significantly affecting alkalinity. Caustic soda raises
alkalinity only. EDTA and hydrazine are never added through the batch treatment system.
220-22.36
The paramount aim of boiler water treatment using chelant treatment is to maintain boiler water within lim-
its. This accomplished by properly maintaining the continuous treatment feed rate and proper adjustment of the
continuous blowdown rate. A log of boiler water results shall be maintained in accordance with paragraph
220-27.42.
220-22.38
The following waters may not be used to fill a boiler in preparation for light-off:
220-47
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
2. Water used to hydrostatically test a boiler after an acid cleaning and any other water that contains sodium
nitrite.
3. Feedwater that does not meet the requirements of paragraph 220-22.22 for shore source feedwater or para-
graph 220-22.11 for reserve feedwater from the ship’s evaporates.
220-22.39
All the waters listed in paragraph 220-22.38 shall be dumped. Flushing of the watersides, steamsides, or feed
tanks that contained the water is required. If sodium nitrite was not properly dissolved in the water or drained
from the boiler, it can cause boiler water control problems.
220-22.40
The boiler is normally filled to the bottom of the direct reading gauge glass with deaerated feedwater (if
available). Feedwater, used in a hydrostatic test, or hydrazine/morpholine treated feed water used for layup, must
be drained to the bottom of the direct reading gauge glass. Trisodium phosphate is added using the batch chemi-
cal treatment system to bring alkalinity to 0.250 epm and phosphate to 25 ppm. The chemical is prepared as fol-
lows:
WARNING
1. Locate the boiler water volume for chemical treatment, in gallons, from Table 220-22-7.
2. Locate the weight of trisodium phosphate, in ounces, from Table 220-22-8.
3. Half fill the 10-liter safety dispensing bottle with feedwater at 50°C (122°F) or less.
4. Weigh the necessary amount of chemical and transfer to the 10-liter safety dispensing bottle. (See notes
below.)
5. Add feedwater to the shoulder of the bottle, cap the bottle and spout, then shake to dissolve.
220-48
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
The safety dispensing bottle shall be marked and used for boiler treatment chemi-
cals only.
NOTE
As the trisodium and disodium phosphate dissolve they generate heat, so water
temperature will increase slightly. Do not use very hot water to dissolve the
chemicals because the safety dispensing bottle is made from linear polyethylene
which has a maximum use temperature of 80°C (176°F). Trisodium phosphate
can be added to water or vice versa without difficulty.
NOTE
220-49
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-22.41
All propulsion boilers are equipped with a batch chemical injection system. The injection procedure, includ-
ing a schematic of the system, is shown in Figure 220-22-4. When an injection system is used, care must be
exercised to keep the amount of air introduced into the boiler to a minimum. The tank is overfilled slightly to
bleed air out of it. Overfilling must be minimized to avoid the loss of treatment chemicals. In addition, the tank
must be on-line for a least 10 minutes to ensure that all of the treatment is flushed into the boiler. Check boiler
water level to verify that chemicals are added to the boiler. It is permissible to inject chemicals at any time dur-
ing the boiler filling process. On some ships it may be preferable to add the chemicals before filling the boiler,
particularly if low test results for phosphate or alkalinity have been previously encountered in the after-on-line
sample. Upon completion of chemical addition, finish filling the boiler to the light-off level or, if the boiler has
been overfilled, drain until the proper water level is reached. A boiler water sample, obtained from a freshly filled,
chemically treated boiler prior to light-off, is not required because the sample is not representative and is there-
fore meaningless. Circulation of boiler water to distribute the chemicals is prohibited because boiler metal dam-
age through oxygen attack may result. The freshly filled and treated boiler should be lit off immediately, but not
later than 24 hours after being filled. Preferably, the boiler should not be filled unless it is expected that it will
be off within 24 hours. If the boiler cannot be lit off within 24 hours after filling, it shall be dumped and placed
under layup. A boiler is considered to be steaming (on-line) for boiler water chemistry purposes from the time
auxiliary or main steam stops are open until fires are secured. For calculation of steaming hours, a boiler is con-
sidered to be steaming when the fires are lit.
NOTE
Boiler Water
Constituent or Property Requirement
Alkalinity 0.100 to 1.000 epm
Phosphate 10 to 40 ppm
Conductivity 500 µmho/cm maximum
Chloride 1.0 epm maximum
220-22.43
Boiler water conditions are determined by obtaining a boiler water sample and testing for alkalinity and
phosphate (paragraph 220-26.28), conductivity (paragraph 220-26.30), and chloride (paragraph 220-26.31). Boiler
water samples shall be obtained from a steaming boiler in accordance with the following requirements:
1. Within 1/2 hour after the boiler is placed on-line (auxiliary or main steam stop open).
220-50
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
2. As often as required to maintain limits but at least every 24 hours (maximum of 24 hours between samples).
If the continuous boiler water conductivity indicating system is not operational, the maximum time between
samples is reduced to every 8 hours.
220-22.44
The above sampling frequencies apply to normal boiler water conditions. Under casualty control circum-
stances rapid response is needed in order to prevent boiler damage. When a boiler is secured as a result of a non-
chemistry related casualty, control of the casualty takes precedence over the requirements of paragraph 220-22.43.
In these cases, the prior to securing sample is not required. The sampling requirements during casualty control
drills are the same as those for the actual casualty. It is recommended that affected boilers be tested before initi-
ating the drill session to ensure boiler water is not contaminated. The salinity indicators are continuously moni-
tored during the drill for signs of contamination. Boiler samples are required regardless of how long the drill
continues. If an actual chemistry casualty occurs during the drill, terminate the drill and control the chemistry
casualty.
Under normal operations alkalinity and phosphate will be controlled by the continuous treatment system and
continuous blowdown. Batch chemical treatment should not be required except for freshly filling, occasionally
when coming on the line following wet layup, or due to contamination. Batch treatment is required when alka-
linity or phosphate is below the lower limits and to prevent alkalinity and phosphate from going below the lower
limit such as prior to surface blowdown. When boiler water sample results indicate that batch treatment is
required, the injection shall be initiated within 1 hour after sampling. Due to the wider range of alkalinity and
phosphate, adjustment can be accomplished using a single treatment chemical. Trisodium phosphate is added
when alkalinity and phosphate are required. Disodium phosphate is added when only phosphate is required and
caustic soda is added when only alkalinity is required. Caustic soda is required as a normal treatment chemical
and does not require the Engineer Officer’s permission for injection. These chemicals, especially caustic soda,
are hazardous. Personnel must be familiar with the safety and handling procedures in Section 25. The procedure
for batch chemical injection is as follows:
220-51
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-52
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
WARNING
Wear a face shield when mixing treatment chemicals and when treating the
boiler. Additionally, goggles, rubber or plastic gloves and an apron shall be
worn when handling caustic soda. Caustic soda and trisodium phosphate are
corrosive and cause burns to skin, eyes and body tissues. If treatment chemi-
cals or their solutions enter the eyes, flush with cold water for 15 minutes
lifting the upper and lower eye lids alternately and obtain immediate medi-
cal attention.
220-53
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Determine the alkalinity and phosphate concentrations in the boiler water from the sample results.
2. Locate the column for the boiler water alkalinity across the top of Table 220-22-9.
3. Within the alkalinity column, locate the sub-column for the boiler water phosphate.
4. Read down the sub-column to find the required chemical and the weight of the chemical for the appropriate
boiler water volume.
5. Weigh the chemical to the nearest half ounce, dissolve in feedwater in the 10-liter safety dispensing bottle,
and inject the solution into the boiler in accordance with paragraphs 220-22.40 and 220-22.41.
NOTE
220-22.46
Alkalinity and phosphate levels in boiler water will increase after light off until a balance is reached between
the incoming chemicals from the continuous treatment system and the loss of chemicals via continuous blow-
down. This level will vary depending on boiler load, makeup rate and quality of feedwater. The upper limits allow
room for the increase in chemical level. The trisodium phosphate dosage will bring the alkalinity to between
0.200 and 0.300 epm and the phosphate to over 20 ppm. The caustic soda dosage will increase the alkalinity to
between 0.200 and 0.300 epm. The disodium phosphate dosage will raise the phosphate to 25 to 30 ppm.
220-22.47
If alkalinity or phosphate is above the upper limits, the boiler must be surface blown to reduce the alkalin-
ity or phosphate. If alkalinity or phosphate is below the lower limits, regardless of conductivity or chloride, the
boiler must be treated prior to surface blowdown except in response to a high water casualty. A 10 percent blow-
down will cause the alkalinity, phosphate, chloride and conductivity to decrease by 10 percent. If the phosphate
exceeds 100 ppm, more feedwater will be used for blowdown than for securing and dumping in lowering phos-
phate to levels that are within limits. If the alkalinity exceeds 2.0 epm, the boiler must be secured to stop caus-
tic corrosion unless the Commanding Officer directs continued steaming. If the Commanding Officer directs con-
tinued steaming, the steaming rate should be minimized to reduce boiler carryover.
220-22.48 Conductivity.
Conductivity of the boiler water is a measure of the total dissolved solids present in the boiler water from
both treatment chemicals and contaminants. Conductivity will be below the upper limit as long as alkalinity,
phosphate and chloride are within limits and unusual contamination is not occurring. Under normal conditions,
boiler water conductivity will be controlled by continuous blowdown. High levels of conductivity are reduced by
surface blowdown. When the conductivity reached 1,200 µmho/cm, more feedwater is used for blowdown that
for securing and dumping in lowering conductivity to levels that are within limits. If boiler water conductivity
exceeds 2,000 µmho/cm for nay reason, the boiler must be secured to stop carryover deposits in the superheater
unless the Commanding Officer directs continued steaming. If the Commanding Officer directs continued steam-
ing, the steaming rate should be minimized to reduce boiler carry over. The superheater must be flushed and
inspected following an incident where boiler water conductivity exceeds 2000 µmho/cm.
220-54
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Theoretical conductivity is calculated daily for a steaming boiler. Theoretical boiler water conductivity can
be calculated by combining the contributions from alkalinity, phosphate and chloride. This can be determined by
multiplying the alkalinity by 248, the phosphate by 2.25 and the chloride by 145 and adding them together. Nor-
mally encountered levels of EDTA and hydrazine do not contribute significantly to the conductivity. Under nor-
mal conditions the measured conductivity will not differ from the theoretical conductivity by more than 30 per-
cent. A difference greater than 30 percent may indicate contamination from other than a seawater source, a faulty
meter or one or more tests being in error. If measured conductivity differs from theoretical conductivity by more
than 30% for the first samples taken following hydrazine/morpholine layup, take no action unless the condition
is still present after 24 hours of steaming. If measured conductivity differs from theoretical conductivity by more
than 30% for a routine sample:
220-55
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-22.50 Chloride.
The continuous blowdown system will control boiler water chloride level below the 1.00 epm limit if feed-
water quality is properly maintained. Leakage of seawater into the feedwater system or abnormally high makeup
rates will cause a continuous increase in the boiler water chloride level. High levels of boiler water chloride are
controlled by surface blowdown. If the chloride level reaches 2.50 epm, more feedwater will be used for blow-
down than for securing and dumping to bring chloride within limit.
220-56
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
7. After completing the surface blow, return water level to normal, close the guarding valve(s) and the overboard
discharge valve(s), in that order. Open the drain valve to the bilge to ensure tight seating of the surface blow
valve. Close the valve when pressure is relieved. Monel-type guarding and overboard discharge valves require
a second securing; therefore, retorque the valves 15 minutes after the boiler blow is completed and the sys-
tem is secured. The 15-minutes cool down period and retorque of monel valves are required to prevent leak-
age.
The percent surface blowdown is determined by using the formula. Round to the nearest whole number (i.e.,
10.4% rounds to 10%, 10.5% rounds to 11%).
NOTE
220-57
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-58
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Surface blowdowns are required less frequently under chelant treatment due to the use of the continuous
blowdown. In order to prevent the accumulation of light, suspended matter in the steam drum it is necessary to
ensure that a surface blowdown is accomplished periodically. A scum blowdown is required following the first
boiler water sample that is above the lower alkalinity and phosphate limits after coming on the line, provided the
boiler has been secured for more than 2 hours, and then weekly, that is, no more than 168 to 192 hours between
surface blowdowns. When a surface blowdown is not required due to water chemistry, a superficial, 1 inch sur-
face blowdown (scum blowdown) shall be accomplished. To accomplish this blowdown, establish the boiler
water level at 1 inch above the surface blow take-off pipe and then blow down to the pipe. The boiler is sampled
and treated as required within 1 hour prior to a scum blowdown, but a sample is not required after the blow-
down. Record the scum blowdown as ″S-1″. The percent blowdown is not calculated. The steaming hours since
last surface blowdown are zeroed by any surface blowdown and when the boiler is secured for more than 2 hours.
Continuous blowdown of the boiler is accomplished by a low flow of sample through the boiler water sample
cooler. Blowdown water is monitored by an in-line conductivity meter. This blowdown removes the chelated
metals and other contaminants and prevents excess buildup of treatment chemicals from the continuous treatment
system. Continuous blowdown is initiated following the after-on-line sample and is secured when the boiler is
secured unless fires will be relit within 2 hours. The procedure for obtaining a boiler water sample and operation
of the continuous blowdown system is given in Figure 220-22-6. The flow rate through the in-line cell is manu-
ally adjusted and is dependent upon boiler load. Different flow rates are required for steaming at less than 20%,
between 20% and 60%, and greater than 60% load. Changes in boiler load of short duration, 4 hours or less, do
not require adjustment of blowdown rate. The flow is checked and adjusted as required by the Oil King when-
ever a boiler water sample is obtained. The flow is also checked and logged hourly by the watch stander. The
Fire Room Supervisor shall advise the Oil King of irregularities in the flow. The continuous conductivity is
entered on the chelant boiler water log for each sample tested. The continuous monitor is operating satisfactorily
when the reading is within 25% of the boiler water sample conductivity within the normal operating range of 50
to 500 µmho/cm . If the continuous meter is not operating satisfactorily, the frequency between boiler water
samples shall not exceed 8 hours. The continuous meter is monitored for signs of contamination. The continuous
conductivity reading shall be logged hourly in the fireroom operating log. A change in conductivity reading of
more than 50 µmho/cm over one hour, not due to batch treatment or surface blowdown, shall be reported to the
EOOW and Oil King and a boiler water sample shall then be obtained to determine cause of change.
Within 90 minutes prior to securing, sample the boiler water. Test the sample. If phosphate is less than 10 or
alkalinity is less than 0.100 epm, treat the boiler using Batch Chemical Injection Table 220-22-9. After complet-
ing chemical injection, either secure within 90 minutes of the prior to securing sample (use the sample taken one
hour prior to blowdown as both the after chemical addition sample 60 to 90 minutes after chemical addition. If
treatment is not required, either secure within 90 minutes of the prior to securing sample or continue steaming
taking another prior to securing sample within 90 minutes of securing.
220-59
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-60
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Bottom blowdown, after securing a boiler, is accomplished to remove sludge (suspended matter) from the
waterdrum and headers. The procedure for bottom blowdown is given in paragraph 220-22.59. The chelant treat-
ment results in significantly less accumulation of sludge in the boiler. Therefore, the interval between bottom
blowdowns is increased for chelant treatment. Do not bottom blow a steaming boiler. Blowdowns may be
repeated as needed to reduce contamination levels in the boiler, as long as sufficient deaerated feedwater is avail-
able. If the boiler is to be dumped because of chemical casualty, bottom blowdown before dumping is still
required. Bottom blowdown requirements are:
1. Bottom blowdown shall be performed, whenever the boiler is secured, unless fires are lit again within 2 hours
after the boiler was secured.
2. The boiler shall be secured and given a bottom blowdown within 360 steaming hours of the last bottom blow-
down.
3. After waterside cleaning the boiler shall be bottom blown within 24 hours of initial light off.
220-22.58
When visual inspection of the drums and headers indicates excessive sludge buildup, or when visible solids
or discoloration are observed in boiler water samples, the blowdown frequency should be increased. Blowdown
should also be increased after overhaul or waterside cleaning to reduce dirt, debris and suspended solids, and any
time visible solids are observed in the sample.
See Figure 220-22-7 for a typical blowdown piping arrangement. Blowdown piping materials are specified in
NSTM Chapter 221. Conduct bottom blowdown as follows:
1. Sample, test, and chemically treat the boiler water within 90 minutes prior to securing.
2. Secure the boiler and let it stand for at least 1 hour, but no more than 24 hours.
3. Obtain permission to conduct blowdown. Never attempt to bottom blow with less than 100 psi pressure on
the boiler.
4. Sample and test the boiler water within 1 hour prior to blowdown.
6. Prepare the blowdown system by opening the overboard discharge valve(s) and the guarding valve(s), in that
order.
7. Quickly open the water drum blow valve until 2 inches of water have been blown out and then quickly close
the valve. The water drum blowdown should result in approximately a 4 inch drop in water level. Repeat
blowdown at each header valve, except allow the water level to drop only 1 to 1-1/2 inches before closing
each valve.
8. Do not let the water level drop out of sight in the boiler water level gauge. If hot deaerated feedwater is not
available, discontinue the blowdown and note the blowdown points missed in the boiler water log.
220-61
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
Ships that repeatedly have incomplete bottom blowdowns must change the order
of blowdown from blowdown to blowdown to ensure adequate blowdown of all
heaters.
9. On completion of blowdown close the guarding valve(s) and the overboard discharge valve(s) in that order.
Open the drain valve to the bilge to ensure tight seating. Close the valve when pressure is relieved. Monel-
type guarding and overboard discharge valves require a second shutting after a 15-minute cool down period
to prevent leakage. If hot deaerated feedwater is available, raise the steam drum water level to steaming level.
10. Sample and test the boiler water 30 to 45 minutes after the completion of the blowdown.
220-62
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-63
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Hydrazine/Morpholine:
a. No time limit.
b. Provides excellent corrosion protection for boiler watersides, steamsides, and economizer. Preferred method
of layup for ships equipped with the continuous treatment system. Provides no corrosion protection for
firesides unless heat is applied.
c. Can be applied at any time by an industrial activity or by ship’s force using the shipboard chelant (EDTA/
hydrazine) chemical injection system, provided watersides are intact.
d. Requires sufficient feedwater to fill the boiler and superheater.
e. Requires weekly testing of boiler water.
f. Positive pressure shall be maintained.
g. Is relatively easy to set up.
220-64
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-65
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Sodium nitrite is not compatible with hydrazine. Ships using chelant treatment need no pretreatment prior
to hot air layup. Sodium nitrite is only authorized for use in chelant treated ships when the ship is under-
going an industrial repair period.
d. Can be applied any time.
e. Requires special equipment (heaters and blowers).
f. Is not easy to set up.
g. Requires monitoring of equipment.
h. Requires flushing and disposing of sodium nitrite solution, according to NSTM Chapter 593 .
i. Hydrostatic testing required before light-off.
6. Desiccant:
a. No time limit.
b. Provides reasonable corrosion protection for watersides, steamsides, and economizer, provided complete
dry-out is achieved. Provides no corrosion protection for firesides.
c. Boiler shall be treated with sodium nitrite before application except in ships using chelant treatment.
Sodium nitrite is not compatible with hydrazine. Ships using chelant treatment require no pretreatment to
desiccant layup. Sodium nitrite is only authorized for use in chelant treated ships when the ship is under-
going an industrial repair period.
d. Can be applied any time.
e. Is not easy to apply.
f. Requires monitoring of humidity cards.
g. Requires flushing and disposing of sodium nitrite solution, according to NSTM Chapter 593 .
h. Hydrostatic testing required before light-off.
220-66
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-22-8. Logic Chart for Choosing Boiler Layup Method (Sheet 1 of 2).
220-67
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-22-8. Logic Chart for Choosing Boiler Layup Method (Sheet 2 of 2).
220-68
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Hydrazine/morpholine
2. Steam blanket
3. Pure nitrogen blanket
4. Sodium nitrite
NOTE
Steam blanket and nitrogen wet layup may be applied only when the boiler has
been steamed for one hour with feedwater dissolved oxygen within limits or on
hydrazine-morpholine layup, just prior to application. This limitation does not
prohibit the use of superheater protection steam in preparing for boiler light-off.
Sodium nitrite wet layup or use of sodium nitrite for any layup is prohibited on
ships treating boiler water using chelant treatment unless boilers are undergoing
repairs as part of an availability or industrial period.
220-22.68
Hydrazine Morpholine Layup Procedure for a Recently Secured Boiler.
220-69
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
for 15 minutes and test for hydrazine (220-26.32). The hydrazine concentration should be approximately
20 to 70 ppm. If the hydrazine concentration is less than 20 ppm prepare an additional 30 gallons of layup
solution and inject into DFT.
f. Feed the layup solution to the boiler economizer through the main feed connection using the main feed
booster pump or emergency feed and transfer pump.
g. Using steam hose, align feed from DFT to boiler superheater or desuperheater backfill connection via the
emergency feed and transfer pump.
h. Backfill the boiler with the hydrazine/morpholine treated layup solution. While filling close each vent in
turn as the treated water overflows. Wear face shield and gloves.
i. After the boiler is filled as shown by overflow from the highest vent, crack each lower vent in turn to
ensure that there are no trapped air pockets.
j. Continue filling until the head tank is full or a positive pressure is maintained on the boiler. Positive pres-
sure may be maintained using booster pump, steam, nitrogen or head tank.
k. The head tank level or boiler pressure shall be monitored and logged hourly by the responsible watch
stander. Maintain the head tank level by filling from the treated DFT.
NOTE
During this layup, the firesides should also be protected by heated air or heat
lamps.
3. Lost Layup. If the hydrazine concentration falls below 2.5 ppm, the layup is lost, and the boiler shall be
dumped and retreated or the layup changed. Refer to paragraph 220-22.76 for procedures for changing layup
methods.
4. Time Limit. There is no time limit on hydrazine layup.
5. Disposal. Dispose of the hydrazine/morpholine solution in accordance with NSTM Chapter 593.
6. Preparation for Light-off. Dumping and flushing the boiler is not required after hydrazine/morpholine layup.
Before light-off, drain the superheater and run down the boiler watersides to the pre-light-off level. Add treat-
ment chemicals, through the batch injection system using the initial dosage from Table 220-22-8. A prior to
light-off sample is not required following hydrazine layup. Light-off a boiler containing hydrazine/morpholine
layup solution may result in false high boiler water phosphate results and high salinity/conductivity indicator
readings due to high levels of morpholine. High levels of DFT hydrazine may also be encountered. Refer to
paragraphs 220-23.64 through 220-23.66.
WARNING
220-70
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
- Continued
Volume
(Gallons) Ships
2,000 CG-16, CG-17, CG-18, DDG-2, DDG-3, DDG-7, DDG-8, DDG-10 thru DDG-13, DDG-40 thru
DDG-46, LSD-36
2,100 DDG-4, DDG-5, DDG-8, DDG-9, DDG-14, DDG-23, DDG-24
2,200 FF-1037, FF-1038
2,300 AGF-3, LPD-1, LPD-2, LPD-4, LPD-5, LPD-6, LSD-28 thru LSD-35
2,400 CG-26 thru CG-34, DD-946, DDG-15 thru DDG-22
2,500 AGF-11, AO-98, AO-99, LPD-7 thru LPD-10, LPD-12 thru LPD-15, LSD-37 thru LSD-40
2,600 CG-19 thru CG-24, DDG-37, DDG-38, DDG-39
2,900 AD-37, AD-38, AD-41 thru AD-44, AFS-1, AFS-2, AFS-3, AS-33, AS-34, AS-39, AS-40, AS-41
3,000 AE-21, AE-22, AGDS-2, AVT-18, LPH-2, LPH-3, LPH-7
3,100 AFS-4 thru AFS-7, CV-41, CV-43, LCC-19, LCC-20, LPH-9, LPH-10, LPH-11
3,200 AE-23 thru AE-25, T-AE-26, AE-27 thru AE-29, AE-32 thru AE-35, AS-36, AS-37, LPH-12
3,800 AOE-1, AOE-2, AOE-3, BB-61 thru BB-64
4,000 AOR-1 thru AOR-7, CV-59 thru CV-64
4,400 AOE-4
4,700 CV-66, CV-67
5,100 LHA-1 thru LHA-5, LHD-1 Class
5,400 AO-177 thru AO-180, AO-186
6,200 LKA-113 thru LKA-117
220-71
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-72
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-22.70 HYDRAZINE MORPHOLINE LAYUP PROCEDURE USING THE RESERVE FEED TANK.
The reserve feed tank can be used to provide treated feedwater for boiler layup. Inject 30 gallons of prepared
layup solution into the empty feed tank for each 2000 gallons of feedwater required for layup. Add the required
feedwater to the tank and then layup the boiler as in paragraph 220-22.68 or 220-22.69.
1. Responsibility:
a. The ship’s Commanding Officer is responsible for:
(1) Submitting appropriate work requests to the TYCOM for authorization to implement layup.
(2) Operating ship-installed equipment used in applying the layup, but not including han dling of concen-
trated treatment chemicals.
(3) Ensuring that the boiler pressure or head tank level is monitored hourly, logged each watch by the
responsible watchstander, and maintained.
(4) Ensuring that the industrial activity samples the boiler water weekly, that test results are within limits
and are recorded in the ship’s boiler water treatment log, and that the industrial activity corrects out-
of-limit conditions immediately.
220-73
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-74
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
3. Procedure:
a. Determine the volume of water which is required to completely fill the boiler, superheater, and economizer
by consulting Table 220-22-11. Add about 500 gallons to that total for reserve.
b. Empty a feed tank as far as possible. Ensure that the feed tank will hold the quantity of feedwater calcu-
lated. The feed tank will be used to mix the hydrazine/morpholine solution.
c. Drain all water from the boiler, superheater, and economizer.
d. Close all boiler drains and openings with the exception of the steam drum, superheater, and economizer
vents.
e. Each 1,000 gallons of water to be added to the feed tank requires 2,500 milliliters (2/3 gallon) of catalyzed
15-percent hydrazine and 375 milliliters (4/5 pint) of 40-percent morpholine. Transfer the required amount
of hydrazine into narrow mouthed 1-gallon or 2-gallon polyethylene bottles (with polyethylene or polypro-
pylene screw closures). Transfer the required amount of morpholine to a pint, quart, or gallon polyethyl-
ene bottle, as appropriate to the volume needed. Pour the morpholine and hydrazine down the feed tank
sounding tube. Flush the tube with about 3 gallons of feedwater.
f. Immediately fill the feed tank with feedwater to the level calculated in step a. of this procedure for the
quantity of hydrazine/morpholine solution desired.
NOTE
220-75
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
WARNING
NOTE
During this layup, the firesides should also be protected by heated air or heat
lamps, if available.
4. Lost Layup. If the hydrazine concentration falls below 2.5 ppm, the layup is lost, and the boiler shall be
dumped and treated again or the layup changed. Refer to paragraph 220-22.76 for procedures for changing
layup methods.
5. Time Limit. There is no time limit on hydrazine layup.
6. Disposal. Dispose of hydrazine/morpholine solution according to NSTM Chapter 593 .
7. Preparation for Light-off. Dumping and flushing the boiler is not required after hydrazine/morpholine layup.
Before light-off, drain the superheater and run down the boiler watersides to the pre-light-off level. Inject
chemicals using the freshly filling dosage from Table 220-22-8. A prior to light-off sample is not required fol-
lowing hydrazine layup. Light-off of a boiler containing hydrazine/morpholine layup solution may result in
false high boiler water phosphate results and high salinity conductivity indicator readings due to high levels
of morpholine. High levels of DFT hydrazine may also be encountered. Refer to paragraphs 220-23.64 through
220-23.66.
1. Prerequisites.
a. Superheater drained.
b. Steam from the 150 psig auxiliary system shall be supplied from another shipboard boiler or from a certi-
fied shore source. If steam from another shipboard boiler is used, the feedwater being supplied to that boiler
shall meet the dissolved oxygen requirements of paragraph 220-22.15. If shore source steam is used, the
steam shall be certified by the supplying activity to meet the requirements of paragraph 220-22.18.
c. Boiler shall be steaming for a least 1 hour with the feedwater dissolved oxygen within limits or on a
hydrazine/morpholine layup, just before application.
d. Only deaerated feedwater meeting the requirements of paragraph 220-22.15 shall be supplied to the boiler
after securing.
e. Boiler pressure shall not fall to atmospheric pressure before the steam blanket is applied.
2. Procedure.
220-76
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
a. Close all vents, high pressure (HP) drains, and other connections.
b. Open the steam blanket valve to the boiler when the boiler pressure falls to that of the steam blanket sup-
ply.
c. Maintain the water level in the visible range of the sight glass by using surface blow.
CAUTION
d. Crack open all superheater header and desuperheater low-pressure (LP) drains to the freshwater drain, if
installed, or to the bilge. The HP drain system will not adequately remove superheater condensate during
this type of layup.
3. Lost Layup. Steam blanket layup is considered lost when the boiler steam pressure falls to atmospheric pres-
sure and cannot be reestablished. If the steam pressure cannot be verified using installed pressure gauges,
check for the presence of steam pressure by cracking a boiler vent. Refer to paragraph 220-22.76 for proce-
dures for changing layup methods.
NOTE
4. Time Limit. Light-off the boiler within 30 consecutive days of securing or dump and apply hydrazine, sodium
nitrite, or dry layup. The boiler may be shifted to nitrogen blanket layup provided the pressure is maintained
above atmospheric and the combined steam and nitrogen blanket layup does not exceed 30 consecutive days
after securing.
5. Preparation for Light-off. Before light-off, check that the superheater is drained and that the steam drum
water level is proper for light-off.
220-77
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Prerequisites:
a. Superheater drained.
b. Nitrogen tanks available.
c. Boiler shall be steaming for at least 1 hour with the feedwater dissolved oxygen within limits or on a
hydrazine/morpholine layup, just before application.
d. Only deaerated feedwater meeting the requirements of paragraph 220-22.15 shall be supplied to the boiler
after securing.
2. Procedure:
a. Close all vents, drains, and other connections.
b. Maintain water at the normal steaming level.
c. Maintain a minimum nitrogen pressure on the boiler of 5 psig at all times, monitored at the nitrogen tank
regulator. Use water pumped nitrogen, 99.5 percent pure by volume.
220-78
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
During this layup, the firesides should also be protected by heated air or heat
lamps, if available.
3. Lost Layup. Nitrogen blanket layup is considered lost when nitrogen pressure is lost and cannot be reestab-
lished. Refer to paragraph 220-22.76 for the procedure for changing layup method.
NOTE
4. Time Limit. Light-off the boiler within 30 consecutive days or dump and layup using hydrazine, sodium
nitrite, or dry layup. The boiler may be shifted to steam blanket layup provided pressure is not lost, certified
steam is used and the combined nitrogen and steam blanket layup does not exceed 30 consecutive days from
securing.
5. Preparation for Light-off. Before light-off, check that the superheater is drained and the steam drum water
is at the proper level.
The sodium nitrite wet layup method, used only during industrial periods, involves filling the boiler, econo-
mizer, and superheater with feed-quality water treated with sodium nitrite and maintaining the boiler full with a
head tank or by using a booster pump. Sodium nitrite layup may be applied any time the boiler watersides and
steamsides are intact. The responsible watchstander shall check the head tank level or booster pump discharge
pressure hourly to ensure a positive head is maintained. The watchstander shall also log each watch that the head
tank level or booster pump discharge pressure has been maintained.
1. Prerequisites:
a. Sodium nitrite, 10 pounds per 1,000 gallons feedwater required.
b. Head tank above the highest vent, if a booster pump is not to be used to maintain positive pressure.
2. Procedure.
a. After the boiler is secured and boiler pressure falls to zero psig, the economizer and the entire boiler shall
be dumped.
b. Use Table 220-22-11 to determine the volume of sodium nitrite solution required to fill the boiler econo-
mizer, and superheater. Add 500 gallons to that amount.
c. Prepare the volume of sodium nitrite solution required in a pierside tank or ship’s DFT by mixing 10
pounds of sodium nitrite with each 1,000 gallons of feed-quality water required. Mixing is accomplished
by pre-dissolving the dry sodium nitrite (10 pounds in 2 gallons of feed-quality water) and then adding the
concentrated solution to the feedwater in the pierside tank or ship’s DFT, followed by recirculating the
220-79
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
pierside tank or DFT for 1/2 hour. The DFT may be treated by pumping the concentrated solution through
the gauge glass run-down line, using the pump specified for EDTA cleaning in NSTM Chapter 221 or
another suitable pump.
d. Fill the economizer and boiler to the top of the gauge glass and backfill the superheater with feed-quality
water treated with sodium nitrite until the head tank is full if a booster pump is not to be used to maintain
positive pressure. Boilers not equipped with backfill connections may be filled through the feed connec-
tion, provided boiler watersides are dumped before sodium nitrite layup is applied.
e. While filling the boiler, close each vent in turn when treated water overflows.
NOTE
During this layup, the firesides should also be protected by heated air or heat
lamps, if available.
3. Lost Layup. Sodium nitrite layup is considered lost when the head tank level or booster pump discharge
pressure is not maintained and cannot be re-established. Refer to paragraph 220-22.76 for procedures for
changing the layup method.
4. Time Limit. Sodium nitrite layup has no time limit.
5. Disposal. Disposal of sodium nitrite solution according to NSTM Chapter 593 .
CAUTION
1. From steam blanket to nitrogen blanket and vice versa, provided blanket pressure is continuously maintained
and the total time of blanket layup (steam and nitrogen combined) does not exceed 30 consecutive days from
securing.
CAUTION
220-80
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
a. To prepare for the transition from sodium nitrite wet layup to hydrazine layup, dump the boiler, econo-
mizer, superheater, and DFT, and drain associated recirculation piping. Flush by refilling the boiler, econo-
mizer, superheater, DFT, and associated recirculating piping with feed-quality water and dumping.
b. To prepare for the transition from dry layup to hydrazine layup, flush the boiler with feed-quality water
and dump. Do not apply hydrazine layup with sodium nitrite solution in the boiler or DFT.
c. Boilers under steam blanket or nitrogen blanket layup shall be dumped before sodium nitrite layup is
applied.
3. From any wet to any dry method.
4. From desiccant to hot air and vice versa.
5. Ships using chelant treatment may change from any layup to hydrazine and vice versa with the following
exceptions:
a. Sodium nitrite wet layup is prohibited unless the ship is in an industrial repair period.
b. Dry layup should be accomplished without the addition of sodium nitrite to the boiler prior to draining
unless the ship is in an industrial repair period.
c. Hydrazine layup replaces hot deaerated fill wet layup.
1. If the test results are within limits, light-off the boiler. If light-off is delayed beyond 1 hour another prior to
light-off sample is required.
2. If the conductivity result is above the upper limit, find and correct the cause of the contamination, dump and
freshly fill and treat.
3. If alkalinity or phosphate is below lower limit, batch treat using Table 220-22-9. No further sampling is
required until after the boiler is on-line.
220-22.80
Silica is boiler water is capable of forming a scale on the boiler watersides. It may also be volatilized along
with steam to deposit on or erode steam turbine blades. Because of scaling and volatility ascribed to boiler water
silica, it is important to understand the sources, detection methods, and corrective actions for silica contamina-
tion.
220-81
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-22.81 SOURCES.
Silica may enter the boiler water from several sources as described in the following paragraphs.
220-22.87 PREVENTION.
Prevention of silica contamination requires the following precautions:
220-82
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
tling on the watersides, hose down the entire steam drum internal surface with feedwater, flush through each
feedwater circuit, and drain through the water drum and header drain connections upon completion of all
maintenance work.
220-22.88 DETECTION.
The silica test shall be used by ships for testing silica in shore source feedwater or shore steam condensate.
This does not change the requirement for obtaining certification from the supplier of the shore source feedwater
or shore steam condensate. The silica test can also be used by ships for testing silica in boiler water. Activities
providing feedwater and steam to ships shall use the American Society for Testing and Materials Method (ASTM)
D-859 or equivalent commercial test kit. Water samples for any silica test shall be provided in plastic (polyeth-
ylene) quart bottles. Glass bottles shall not be used when sampling for silica. Boiler water silica is not normally
encountered in operation at sea unless makeup feed from a shore source is being used or shore water is in the
potable water tanks. The feedwater from shore shall meet the requirements of paragraph 220-22.18 or 220-22.20.
Shore potable water contamination can be detected by the hardness test (paragraph 220-26.18) performed on the
service steam drains. It should be noted that shore potable water contamination of the service steam drains tends
to be intermittent.
1. Sample boiler water and all feed tanks prior to initial light-off and test for dissolved silica. If boiler water silica
is 2 ppm or more, dump the boiler water and refill the boiler with feedwater containing no more than 0.4 ppm
silica. This limit does not change the established requirements for shore source feedwater, but takes into
account an acceptable level of silica which may be contained in a feed tank. If a feed tank silica is greater
than 0.4 ppm, dump and refill with feedwater containing no more than 0.2 ppm.
2. Monitor the freshwater drain collection tank (FWDCT) for silica and hardness. Do not send the freshwater
drains to be feed system until their integrity has been established by low silica, 0.10 ppm or less, and low
hardness, 0.02 epm or less.
3. Upon initial light-off in the shipyard, sample boiler water, DFT, makeup feed tank, and the FWDCT after the
boiler reaches operating pressure. Test samples for dissolved silica. Sample the same elements every 8 hours
of steaming and also sample the boiler water prior to and after blowdown. Continue the 8-hour sampling
sequence for silica until there are four consecutive boiler water silica results of 10 ppm or less. At this point,
feed tanks should have a silica content of 0.20 ppm or less.
a. For boiler water silica at 10 ppm or less, no unusual action is required.
b. For boiler water silica above 10 ppm, apply surface blowdown to maintain boiler water in the 10 ppm area.
c. For boiler water silica that reaches or exceeds 20 ppm, complete equipment test that is under way, secure,
and bottom blow. Following this action, the next prior-to-light-off sample shall be 15 ppm or less of silica.
If the silica is greater than 15 ppm, drain a portion of the boiler water and refill with qualified feedwater
until the prelight-off test for silica shows 15 ppm or less.
4. Continued steaming of the boiler with normally scheduled blowdowns, using makeup feed derived from sea-
220-83
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
water distillate, will result in an acceptable boiler water silica level of 5 ppm or less without incurring a risk
of developing serious waterside or turbine silica deposits. No further sampling or testing is required.
220-22.90
The same sampling, testing, and prior-to-light-off requirements described for 1200 psig boilers apply to 600
psig boilers following an overhaul period or extensive boiler repairs except that the upper limit for silica shall be
30 ppm. For 600 psig boilers, if silica contamination is present after light-off and is greater than 30 ppm, surface
blowdowns shall be applied to reduce the silica level to 30 ppm.
NOTE
Dissolved silica test results become more realistic as a boiler reaches its operat-
ing temperature and pressure.
220-22.91
Silica contamination also occurs when desiccant bags are left in a boiler after dry layup, and when shore
source feed is contaminated by silica. If silica contamination is indicated by boiler water results as described in
paragraphs 220-23.21.5 and 220-23.21.6, then test boiler water for silica.
220-22.92
The silica limits discussed in preceding paragraphs specify levels that are applied to minimize turbine dam-
age. Silica levels in excess of 5 ppm in any boiler will cause problems in boiler water phosphate analyses. Phos-
phate results will be high. See paragraphs 220-23.21.5 and 220-23.21.6.
SECTION 23.
CASUALTY CONTROL
220-23.1 INTRODUCTION
220-23.2
This section discusses casualties that may occur in plant chemistry control. The principles of casualty con-
trol are discussed in paragraphs 220-23.3 through 220-23.69. Outline procedures for casualty control are given in
paragraphs 220-23.70 through 220-23.84. A guide table for quick reference to casualty control procedures is given
at the end of the section and is discussed in paragraph 220-23.85.
220-23.4 GENERAL.
Casualties in plant chemistry control require prompt, well directed action to prevent or minimize plant dam-
age. Plant casualty control procedures must be invoked to stop damage and to return conditions to normal.
Troubles in monitoring chemistry conditions as a result of defective indicating devices, test equipment, sampling
systems, or test chemicals may mask the symptoms of a casualty. These must be corrected in order to permit
proper monitoring and control of plant chemistry.
220-84
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-23.8
Damage to the boiler or other parts of the plant will occur if boiler water is seriously contaminated. The
damage may involve boiler scale formation, corrosion, or water carryover with the steam into the superheater.
The types of damage and the conditions under which they will occur are:
220-23.9 CRITERIA.
Boiler water contamination is serious if it causes any of the following conditions:
220-85
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
Alkalinity less than 0.05 epm or phosphate less than 5 ppm in the after on-the-
line (AOL) sample is not moderate or serious contamination unless other criteria
are met.
1. Alkalinity is 0 epm.
2. Alkalinity is greater than 2.000 epm.
3. Phosphate is 0 epm.
4. Conductivity is greater than 2,000 µmho/cm.
5. Carryover of boiler water with the steam.
6. Dissolved oxygen in the feedwater entering the boiler is greater than 40 ppb for more than 2 hours after
detection.
NOTE
The use of emergency cold suction should be avoided if at all possible, or mini-
mized if it must be used by virtue of system design. Use of emergency cold suc-
tion causes entry of cold oxygenated water containing up to 8,000 ppb of dis-
solved oxygen directly into the boiler. Its use must be treated as any other high
dissolved oxygen casualty.
220-23.11 ACTION.
Serious contamination of boiler water defined in paragraph 220-23.9 is a major casualty that demands imme-
diate corrective action. Corrective actions must:
220-86
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
If oil contamination has occurred, check salinity indicators for proper operation
by chemical comparison test.
220-23.15
If conditions reach a point of significant damage, the conditions must be controlled, the boiler must be treated
and secured as soon as possible, and the contamination must be removed.
220-23.16
The following can be expected to occur under conditions of significant damage:
1. When alkalinity is 0 epm, the boiler water can contain hydrochloric acid (from seawater reactions) or sulfu-
ric acid (from resin decomposition). Seawater contamination resulting in hydrochloric acid formation causes
rapid and dangerous corrosion. Tube failures will occur within a few hours. Sulfuric acid from resin contami-
nation is less dangerous in terms of catastrophic failure but tube failures can occur within a few days. Acid
attack is suspected to be a contributor to crevice corrosion in drums and headers.
220-87
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
2. When alkalinity is above 2.0 epm and deposits are present, caustic corrosion can occur. Tube failure may
result.
3. With no phosphate present, scaling may occur. Acid or caustic attack will occur depending on the alkalinity
and this may be the greater immediate problem. Tube bulging and overheat from scaling will occur. The time
to proceed to tube failure from scaling is not known but the process is probably slow (greater than a year).
4. A boiler which is experiencing severe, acute carryover can suffer superheater failure in 15 minutes to 1 hour.
Chronic minor carryover will result in loss of the superheater in 3 to 6 months. Turbine blade damage will
occur over a longer unknown time frame.
5. A boiler steaming with uncontrolled oxygen contamination in feedwater will require retubing in 6 to 9 months.
Oxygen contamination is suspected to be a contributor to crevice attack in drums and headers.
220-23.17
Damage to the plant is cumulative. Once it has occurred, equipment cannot be returned to an undamaged
condition.
220-23.18
When a condition of serious contamination other than dissolved oxygen is discovered, and one treatment
action (chemical or blowdown) does not correct that condition, it is better to secure rather than to remain on-line
for the sole purpose of treating or blowing down. Addition of treatment chemicals will be successful only while
on-line, or immediately after securing. Only treat once after securing because further chemical addition will not
be effective due to inadequate circulation. If after securing, treating and bottom blowing the boiler, the boiler
water conductivity is greater than 1500 µmhos, the boiler must be dumped.
CAUTION
Another boiler should not be fed from the same feed system, or propulsion
plants cross connected, until the source of contamination has been found
and isolated, since doing so would contaminate another boiler.
220-88
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
Oil present in boiler water may carryover into the steam and condensate system
and contaminate salinity/conductivity indicators and make them ineffective.
4. Demineralizer Resin which has passed into the boiler water will cause the following effects in boiler water:
a. Alkalinity will normally decrease and may be difficult to maintain.
b. Phosphate may increase or decrease.
c. Conductivity increase.
d. Chloride increase.
e. The water may have an odor of dead fish.
5. Desiccant (silica gel) which was left in a boiler after dry layup will cause the following effect in boiler water:
a. Phosphate may be higher than expected.
b. Conductivity meter readings will be less than theoretical conductivity.
c. Chloride is not affected.
NOTE
If these effects are noted, test boiler water for silica (see paragraph 220-26.33).
Refer to paragraph 220-22.89 for limits and corrective action. Phosphate and
alkalinity results are falsely high with silica present in boiler water.
6. Silica from poor quality shore source feedwater will cause the following effects in boiler water:
a. Phosphate may be higher than expected.
b. Conductivity meter readings will be less than theoretical conductivity.
c. Chloride is not affected.
220-89
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
If these effects are noted, test boiler water for silica (see paragraph 220-26.33).
Refer to paragraph 220-22.89 for limits and corrective action. Phosphate and
alkalinity results are falsely high with silica present in boiler water.
7. Bicarbonate from shore source feedwater or shore steam condensate will cause the following effects in
boiler water:
a. Alkalinity will increase.
b. Phosphate is not affected.
c. Conductivity will increase.
d. Chloride is not affected.
NOTE
If these effects are noted, check feedwater for phosphate using the boiler water
phosphate test. If phosphate is indicated to be greater than 5.0 ppm, the water is
contaminated with bicarbonate and must be dumped.
8. Excess Boiler Chemical Injection or injection of the wrong material may cause any of the following effects
in boiler water:
a. Unexpected change in alkalinity.
b. Unexpected change in phosphate.
c. Rise in conductivity.
d. Rise in chloride.
e. Unusual appearance of water.
9. Excess morpholine after hydrazine/morpholine layup may cause any of the following effects in boiler water:
a. Boiler water and desuperheater phosphate results will be falsely high.
b. Conductivity meter readings will be less than theoretical conductivity.
c. Boiler water conductivity measured by meter may show negligible increase.
d. Boiler water chloride levels will not be affected.
e. An ammonia-like odor may be present in samples.
10. Corrosion products will cause discoloration of the water and may cause changes in chemistry parameters.
11. Debris will cause abnormal appearance of the water and may cause changes in chemistry parameters.
220-23.23
Surface blowdown will remove some of the dissolved contaminants and oil from a boiler. It is relatively inef-
fective in reducing high levels of dissolved contamination and sludge.
220-90
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-23.24
Bottom blowdown is effective in removing sludge from an idle boiler, and will also remove dissolved con-
taminants.
220-23.26 REPORTS.
The cognizant activity (for example, ship NAVSHIPYARD, SUPSHIP) shall provide a detailed message
report within 24 hours to the Type Commander with an information copy to the ISIC, NAVSEA, and NSWCCD-
SSES if any of the following conditions occur:
220-23.28
When the cognizant activity (Ship, NAVSHIPYARD, SUPSHIP) is requesting technical assistance or is
reporting in accordance with paragraph 220-23.26, the following information shall be detailed in a report to the
Type Commander with information copy to the ISIC, NAVSEA, and NSWCCD-SSES.
Boiler Water Feedwater
1. Time (TIME). 1. Time (TIME).
2. Code (CODE). 2. Location (LOC).
3. Conductivity, µmho/cm (COND). 3. Salinity/conductivity reading (SI/CI).
4. Alkalinity, epm (ALK). 4. Chloride chemical test, epm (CL).
5. Phosphate, ppm (PHOS). 5. Hardness, epm (HARD).
6. Chloride, epm (CL). 6. Dissolved oxygen, ppb (DO).
220-91
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Steaming without continuous treatment due to treatment system malfunction for more than 168 steaming hours
(continuous), requires that the boiler watersides be inspected during the next upkeep or repair period.
2. Steaming with boiler water conditions that meet the criteria for significant damage, requires that the boiler
watersides be inspected during the next upkeep or repair period. If conductivity exceeds 8,000 µmho/cm then
waterside inspection shall be conducted prior to further operations. If conductivity exceeds 2,000 µmho/cm
then superheater steamsides shall be flushed and inspected prior to further operations.
220-23.31
Forward water samples in a tightly capped plastic bottle sealed with tape (1 quart minimum). About 1/8 ounce
of deposit removed from tubes or drums is needed to perform an analysis. Copies of correspondence shall be for-
warded to NAVSEA and to the Type Commander.
220-92
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-23.33 DESCRIPTION.
Contamination of boiler water that affects the chemistry, appearance, or odor of the boiler water, but not so
severely as to be classed as serious contamination under the criteria given in paragraph 220-23.9, is termed mod-
erate contamination. Damage is not likely to occur under these conditions, but this moderate contamination is still
a problem. If alkalinity or phosphate is below normal limits, then there is very little protection against scale for-
mation or corrosion from additional contamination. If conductivity is high, or if chloride is above 1.0 epm, there
is less room for additional contamination to occur without causing carryover. Slight carryover may cause dam-
age to stainless steel superheater tubes because of chloride present in the boiler water. Abnormal appearance or
odor indicates a problem that could cause damage if left alone, and also indicates that something is wrong in the
plant; in addition, abnormal color will interfere with seeing color changes during the chemical tests. Return alka-
linity and phosphate within normal limits by injecting treatment chemicals as appropriate. Sample 60 to 90 min-
utes later and re-treat as needed. Remove the contamination by blowdown. Alkalinity and phosphate must be kept
within normal limits by chemical injection as necessary as long as the boiler is steaming. Concurrently, the source
of contamination must be found and isolated.
220-23.36 Symptoms.
Loss of boiler water alkalinity, phosphate, conductivity, and chloride (with no blowdown being performed
and no desuperheater leakage) indicates carryover or boiler water leakage. If one boiler is losing chemicals,
requiring frequent treatment, while another fed from the same feed system is gaining chemicals or requires no
treatment, either carryover or desuperheater leakage may be occurring. During operation, erratic fluctuations in
superheater temperature are probably due to carryover, particularly if the boiler is at steady load. Foamy appear-
ance of the water in the boiler gauge glass indicates carryover is probably occurring. If boiler water samples con-
tain oil or scum, or have a conductivity in excess of limits, carryover should be suspected. If the conductivity of
the sample exceeds 2,000 µmho/cm, it should be assumed that carryover is occurring. Large amounts of carry-
over will cause audible banging and rumbling in steam lines and turbines. Moderate carryover continuing for an
extended period will cause a gradual rise in the salinity of steam drains and condensate. Steam drains and con-
densate should be analyzed for phosphate content; phosphate under chelant treatment with more than 10 ppm is
a positive indicator of carryover, if there is no desuperheater leakage. Phosphate is determined by using the boiler
water phosphate test. EDTA breakdown products may interfere with the phosphate test result, which is why
phosphate must be greater than 10 ppm to indicate carryover or leakage. Morpholine from recent hydrazine layup
will also interfere in this test. Carryover will be revealed, upon inspection, by chemical deposits in the super-
heater, on steam valves, and on turbine blading.
220-93
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-23.37 Action.
If carryover is occurring, the boiler must be secured to minimize damage, unless the Commanding Officer
directs continued operation because of the operational situation. If operation must be continued, the firing rate
should be minimized, and the boiler secured as soon as the operational situation allows. If must also be deter-
mined whether the cause is a mechanical problem or contamination of the water. If boiler water conductivity is
within limits and the water is not oily, scummy, or otherwise abnormal, then the cause of carryover is mechani-
cal and must be dealt with in accordance with NSTM Chapter 221, Boilers. If the conductivity is high, or oil,
scum or other abnormal condition is present, or if foaming is visible in the boiler gauge glass, then the cause is
contamination of the water. If the cause of carrryover is contamination, then blowdowns should be performed to
reduce the contamination, injecting chemicals as necessary between blowdowns to keep alkalinity and phosphate
within limits. Surface blowdown will usually be effective at removing oil contamination, especially if the steam-
ing rate is low and the boiler water level is lowered to the surface blow line. If the boiler is secured, and carry-
over was due to high conductivity, dumping, flushing, and refilling will be the most effective method of elimi-
nating the problem. The superheater of a boiler that has experienced carryover (for example, boiler water
conductivity exceeds 2,000 µmho/cm) shall be flushed with hot feedwater and inspected prior to further opera-
tion in accordance with the procedures given in NSTM Chapter 221 .
220-23.39 Symptoms.
Loss of boiler water alkalinity, phosphate, conductivity, and chloride (with no blowdown being performed
and no carryover taking place) indicates leakage of boiler water out of the boiler, possibly into the desuperheater.
If one boiler is losing chemicals, requiring frequent treatment, while another fed from the same feed system is
gaining chemicals or requires no treatment, either carryover or desuperheater leakage may be occurring. If an
unusual rise in superheater outlet temperature occurs, or erratic fluctuations in desuperheater outlet temperature
occur with the boiler at steady load and with superheater outlet temperature steady, probable desuperheater leak-
age is indicated. High salinity of auxiliary steam drains may indicate desuperheater leakage. Buildup of chemi-
cal deposits on desuperheated system valve and turbine packing glands is a positive indication of desuperheater
leakage if boiler water carryover is not occurring. The presence of boiler chemicals (phosphate more than 10
ppm) in condensate from the desuperheater steam is also a positive indication of desuperheater leakage if carry-
over is not occurring. (Phosphate in condensate is determined by using the boiler water phosphate test.) Morpho-
line from recent hydrazine layup will interfere in this test.
220-23.40 Action.
Desuperheater leakage can be corrected only by opening the boiler and repairing the desuperheater as dis-
cussed in NSTM Chapter 221 , and in the specific boiler technical manual or boiler repair manual. A boiler with
a leaking desuperheater should not be operated unless necessary because damage to components supplied with
desuperheater steam will eventually result. If the boiler must be steamed, then boiler water must be sampled and
treated frequently to keep alkalinity and phosphate within normal limits.
220-94
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-23.42 Symptoms.
Excessive feedwater consumption or a continuous decrease in boiler water conductivity, chloride, phosphate,
and alkalinity when no blowdowns or chemical injections are performed indicates either carryover or boiler water
leakage. If carryover is not occurring, then leakage is. Excessive continuous blowdown flow will cause symp-
toms similar to boiler leakage. Ensure the blowdown rate is properly adjusted. Carryover and desuperheater leak-
age can be identified as discussed in paragraphs 220-23.35 and 220-23.38. Other leakage can be found by exam-
ining each piping system connected to the boiler and by inspection of those handhole and manhole openings and
boiler fittings that are accessible. Steam or water coming from any piping system or fitting suspected of boiler
water leakage can be tested for phosphate using the boiler water phosphate test. For ships with chelant treatment,
a phosphate result of more than 10 ppm is an indication of leakage. Buildup of chemical deposits at valves and
fittings indicates leakage.
220-23.43 Action.
A leaking boiler should not be operated unless necessary, because by themselves leaks always get worse, and
the leak makes boiler chemistry control more difficult. If the boiler must be operated, boiler water must be
sampled and treated more frequently to keep alkalinity and phosphate within normal limits.
220-23.45 Symptoms.
Decrease in boiler water phosphate and alkalinity may be caused by hideout. If no blowdowns are being per-
formed, contamination is not occurring, leakage is not occurring, and carryover is not occurring, then hideout is
likely. If hideout caused by chemicals concentrating is suspected, conduct the following test:
1. Within 90 minutes before securing the boiler, sample and test the boiler water. Do not treat the boiler water
prior to securing.
220-95
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
2. Secure the boiler and allow it to remain secured for 2 hours without blowdown. Continue to feed the boiler
as required to maintain normal boiler water level.
3. Retest the boiler water.
If the boiler water results are at least double the value obtained before securing the boiler, severe hideout is
occurring. Any increase in phosphate after securing is an indication that hideout may be occurring.
220-23.46 Action.
If hideout is occurring, notify the Type Commander and send an information copy to ISIC, NAVSEA, and
NSWCCD-SSES. A boiler experiencing severe concentration of chemicals should not be operated unless neces-
sary because of the difficulty of keeping alkalinity, phosphate, and conductivity within normal limits. If the boiler
must be operated, then it must be sampled and treated or blow down frequently to keep alkalinity and phosphate
above low limits and conductivity below its limit. Hideout due to waterside deposits can be corrected only by
cleaning watersides. Water-jet cleaning is usually effective. Mechanical tube punching is of less value. If hideout
remains after water-jet cleaning, consider chemical cleaning and ensure that water-jet cleaning is accomplished
after the chemical cleaning.
220-23.49 Symptoms.
Salinity/conductivity indicators are installed to monitor various points in the feedwater and condensate sys-
tems and in the distilling plants. Salinity/conductivity indicators in the feedwater and condensate systems provide
a means for detecting and identifying the source of contamination in the boiler feedwater. However, in many
Navy ships, alarms are not installed on feedwater and condensate system salinity/conductivity indicators; there-
fore, momentary shots of contamination and their sources are unlikely to be detected or identified before they
enter the boiler. Ships that have alarms on all salinity/conductivity indicators in the feedwater and condensate
systems are able to immediately detect and identify the source of such shots of contamination. Feedwater, con-
densate, or drains, which contain low level of contamination, but below limits, can cause serious boiler water
contamination in a matter of hours. This will be especially true if the plant is steaming at a moderate to high rate.
All installed salinity/conductivity indicators must be frequently monitored by plant watch standers, and any read-
ing above normal must be reported on the EOOW and the Oil King. When an abnormally high salinity/conduc-
220-96
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
tivity reading occurs, boilers being fed from the affected system should be immediately tested and appropriate
chemistry casualty control action taken. It should always be suspected that contamination has occurred if bilge
water gets high enough to cover any part of the condensate system or low-pressure steam drain system, or a
reserve feed tank manhole. Bilges should be pumped to keep such high levels from occurring, and if such high
bilge level does occur, salinity/conductivity indicators should be immediately checked and boiler water sampled
and analyzed for contamination. Boiler water must be sampled frequently whenever feedwater contamination is
known or suspected in order to maintain control of boiler chemistry.
NOTE
220-23.50 Action.
The source of contamination must be found and isolated. At the same time, boilers being fed from the con-
taminated system must be sampled, and action taken to control boiler water chemistry.
Salinity/conductivity cells may indicate the source of contamination directly. However, continuous contami-
nation of less than 0.02 epm chloride, or contamination of an intermittent nature will be harder to find. Intermit-
tent contamination is usually due either to bilge water, service steam drains or makeup feed. Bilges should be
pumped dry to eliminate that possible source. Makeup feed can be sampled and analyzed chemically for chloride
contamination. Steam drains can be dumped to the bilge. Samples of steam drain condensate can be collected
from various locations starting with the freshwater (or low-pressure) drain collecting tank, cooled to less than
37.8°C (100°F) and analyzed for chloride. After the bilges are pumped down, and drains and makeup feed are
proven free of contamination or diverted to the bilge, then the water sample analysis indicates contamination is
still occurring, it is most likely caused by a condenser leak. It may be difficult to detect a condenser leak by the
chloride test because the chloride concentration may be low due to high condensate flow through the condenser.
Prior to sampling main condenser condensate, it is preferable to reduce the steam/condensate flow through the
condenser as much as possible (that is, slow the main engine). This has the effect of increasing chloride concen-
tration by lowering condensate flow (due to lower steam flow) and increasing any seawater leakage which may
be occurring by increasing condenser vacuum. Any leakage should concentrate enough to be detectable by the
feedwater chloride test in a few minutes. Condensate flow rates from auxiliary condensers, drains and makeup
feed are so low that significant contamination should be detectable without additional concentration.
220-97
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-23.53 Symptoms.
Shore water contamination of the boiler water indicates that the feedwater is contaminated with shore water.
Hardness which is approximately equal to or greater than chloride in a feedwater sample indicates shore water
contamination. It will most likely come from service steam drains or makeup feed. Low-level contamination may
occur with symptoms as described in the note for seawater contamination, paragraph 220-23.49.
220-23.54 Action.
If shore water contamination is occurring, find the source of the contamination by sampling the several pos-
sible points at which contamination could occur and analyzing for hardness, chloride and bicarbonate. Shore
water contamination is usually caused by one of the following:
1. Leaking hot water heater coils when shore source potable water is in use and shipboard auxiliary steam is
secured.
2. Leaking or missing check valves in direct contact type hot water heating piping while using shore source
potable water.
3. Improper valve lineup or leaking/failed valves in feedwater/potable water system while taking on shore source
potable water.
NOTE
Direct contact type steam heaters are not authorized for use in Navy ships and
must be replaced whenever identified.
Shore source potable water can contaminate shipboard steam heating drain systems and result in deposits
which cause contaminated steam drains for several days or more after shipboard steaming is resumed. When the
source of the contamination is found, isolate and dump the contaminated water and repair equipment. Meanwhile,
test the boiler water for contamination, and if present, take action. If contamination persists after equipment
repair, inspect hotel drain piping for evidence of deposits.
1. Leakage of lubricating oil from bearings into turbine glands, and then into the low-pressure drain system.
2. Leakage of oil into the steam in the lubricating oil purifier heater.
3. Leakage of oil into the steam heating coils in lubricating oil settling tanks.
4. Leakage of fuel oil into the steam side of fuel oil heaters if installed.
220-98
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
5. Leakage of fuel oil into a reserve feed tank through a hole in the bulkhead between adjacent tanks or through
an improper piping lineup.
6. Spillage of oil into LP steam drain funnels.
7. Contamination of service steam drains from somewhere outside the propulsion plant.
8. Preservative or oil from steam plant components that were installed without proper cleaning.
9. Oily bilge water being drawn into condensate pumps or piping.
10. Oily bilge water leaking into double bottom reserve feed tanks.
11. Leakage of fuel oil into atomizing steam lines.
220-23.56 Symptoms.
Oil in the boiler water sample or gauge glass indicates possible feedwater contamination with oil.
220-23.57 Action.
Find the source of oil contamination by examining water samples from all possible sources of oil and check-
ing for visible oil or oily odor. Once the source is found, isolate and repair. Oil contamination in boiler water
volatilizes and carries over with the steam into the steam and condensate system and coats condensate system
salinity/conductivity probes, negating their effectiveness. If oil contamination is observed, check salinity/conduc-
tivity indicators for proper operation by chemical comparison test and clean probes, if necessary.
220-23.59 Symptoms.
Dissolved oxygen concentration in feedwater, above 15 ppb indicates DFT malfunction.
220-23.60 Action.
Excess dissolved oxygen in the feedwater will cause boiler damage. The cause should be found and corrected
as soon as possible. Boilers should be secured or operations minimized until the cause of the high dissolved oxy-
gen is corrected. Possible causes are:
220-99
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
7. A large shot of condensate that causes a sharp drop in DFT shell pressure, because of improper operation of
a condensate pump, or sudden opening of the condensate cross connect valve or DFT condensate inlet valve.
Overtreatment with chelant treatment chemicals (hydrazine, EDTA, and di/trisodium phosphate) can occur
due to continuous treatment system malfunction, misalignment of system valves, or insufficient continuous blow-
down.
220-23.62 Symptoms.
Overtreatment will be indicated by an increase in the salinity/conductivity indicators, first at the DFT then
throughout the plant as the breakdown products volatilize from the boiler. Comparison test results will show the
indicator reading to be greater than the chemical test result. The continuous treatment tank level will decrease
more than expected. Feed water hydrazine will exceed 40 ppb. Excessive chelant treatment solution will cause
boiler water alkalinity, phosphate, and conductivity to increase.
220-23.63 Action.
If boiler water chemical levels exceed upper limits, conduct blowdown as required. The salinity/conductiv-
ity indicator readings will return to normal with steaming. Avoid excessive chelant treatment in order to prevent
corrosion of boiler watersides by EDTA or corrosion of preboiler system copper alloys by ammonia from hydra-
zine decomposition. Table 220-22-6 provides guidance for correcting problems that may develop from a malfunc-
tion in the continuous injection system or continuous blowdown system. Corrective actions are listed opposite
the possible causes for each problem.
220-23.65 Symptoms.
High levels of morpholine will cause the boiler water phosphate test to give false high results. The presence
of high levels of morpholine is confirmed by the theoretical conductivity (paragraph 220-22.49) being signifi-
cantly greater than the measured conductivity.
220-23.66 Action.
Blowdown or dumping of the boiler is not required to reduce the indicated high phosphate. Sample the
steaming boiler every 4 hours until test results return to normal. If it is necessary to treat for low alkalinity, batch
inject caustic soda in accordance with Table 220-22-9. Following light-off, the morpholine will volatilize from
the boiler with the steam and may cause the salinity/conductivity indicator readings to be higher than the chemi-
cal chloride test results. Use of feedwater and condensate shall be based on the chemical chloride test result. On
the logs, circle any result that is above limits due to high morpholine levels and explain in remarks. This tem-
porary condition does not cause damage to the plant and is not considered to be contamination. Hours steamed
with high levels of morpholine are not counted as hours steamed with contamination. High levels of morpholine
will usually dissipate within 24 steaming hours.
220-100
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
1. Feedwater chloride will be falsely high and end point may be difficult to detect.
220-23.69
Some examples of other contamination include:
1. Dirt or debris.
2. Corrosion products.
3. Demineralizer resin.
4. Desiccant.
220-101
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-23.73
For each casualty, a reference is given to the paragraph of this section that provides a complete description
of the casualty, abbreviated lists of symptoms and possible causes are given, and step-by-step plant corrective
actions are outlined. The actions are broken down into Immediate Actions must be taken promptly. The EOOW
and other watch standers must refer to the procedure to verify that Immediate Actions are complete, and then
proceed with the Follow-up Actions to make the plant ready to resume normal operations.
1. Symptoms. Any of the following conditions indicates serious contamination of the boiler water:
a. Alkalinity greater than 1.500 epm.
b. Alkalinity less than 0.050 epm.
c. Phosphate less than 5 ppm.
d. Conductivity more than 1,500 µmho/cm.
e. Dissolved oxygen in the feedwater entering the boiler is greater than 15 ppb for more than 4 hours after
detection. (Refer to paragraph 220-23.82.)
2. Possible causes:
a. Seawater contamination of the feedwater.
220-102
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Symptoms:
a. Boiler water alkalinity, phosphate, or conductivity changing unexpectedly or out of limits, but not severely
enough to be classified as serious contamination.
b. Presence of suspended solids, abnormal color, or odor in boiler water.
2. Possible Causes:
a. Moderate contamination of feedwater.
220-103
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Symptoms:
a. Visible foaming in boiler gauge glass.
b. Erratic fluctuation of superheater outlet temperature.
c. Audible rumbling or banging in steam lines.
d. Boiler water conductivity greater than 2,000 µmho/cm.
e. Detectable phosphate in condensate or drains.
f. Visible buildup of chemical residue on steam drains, valves stems, and other fittings in superheated steam
system.
2. Possible Causes:
a. High boiler water level.
b. Improper installation or malfunction of steam drum internals.
c. Oil in the boiler water.
d. Boiler water conductivity in excess of limits.
e. Excessive suspended solids in boiler water.
3. Immediate Actions:
a. Secure the boiler unless the Commanding Officer directs continued operation. If operation must be contin-
ued, minimize the firing rate.
b. Determine if boiler water level is high, if conductivity is above limits, or if oil contamination exists.
c. Perform surface blowdown if the boiler is still steaming. Keep alkalinity and phosphate in limits.
4. Follow-up Actions:
a. If boiler water is contaminated, carry out the appropriate procedure for contamination of boiler water:
(1) Serious contamination of boiler water, paragraph 220-23.74.
(2) Moderate contamination of boiler water, paragraph 220-23.75.
b. If boiler water level is high, carry out the procedure for boiler water high level in NSTM Chapter 079
Volume 3, Damage Control - Engineering Casualty Control , if installed.
c. If boiler water is not contaminated and water level is not high but carryover is continuing, the cause is
220-104
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
probably due to improper functioning of steam drum internals. The internals must be inspected and repaired
in accordance with NSTM Chapter 221 , the specific Boiler Technical Manual, and the Boiler Repair
Manual.
d. Flush the superheater with feedwater. Inspect superheater steamsides and steam drum internals and clean
as necessary. Refer to the procedure given in NSTM Chapter 221 .
1. Symptoms:
a. Drop in boiler water conductivity, chloride, alkalinity, and phosphate not due to blowdown or carryover.
b. Erratic or abnormally low desuperheater outlet temperature with normal superheater outlet temperature.
c. Unusual rise in superheater outlet temperature.
d. Visible buildup of chemical residue at drains, valve stems, and other fittings in desuperheated steam sys-
tem.
e. Presence of boiler chemicals in desuperheated steam samples.
f. Visible leakage from boiler handhole, manhole, or other fitting.
g. Blowdown piping hot and pressurized with no blowdown being conducted.
h. Abnormally high consumption of reserve feed.
2. Possible Causes:
a. Leaking desuperheater.
b. Leaking valve, tube, handhole, manhole, or other fitting that is a boiler water pressure boundary.
c. Excessive continuous blowdown.
3. Immediate Actions:
a. Inject chemicals as necessary to keep alkalinity and phosphate in limits until the boiler is secured.
b. Secure the boiler.
c. Establish proper continuous flowrate.
4. Follow-up Actions:
a. If a rupture tube has occurred, carry out the procedure for ruptured boiler tube in NSTM Chapter 079
Volume 3, Damage Control - Engineering Casualty Control .
b. As long as the boiler is steaming, keep alkalinity and phosphate within normal limits by chemical injection
as necessary.
c. Find and repair the leak as soon as possible as discussed in paragraphs 220-23.38 and 220-23.41, in NSTM
Chapter 221 , in the specific Boiler Technical Manual, and in the Boiler Repair Manual.
1. Symptoms:
a. Contamination of boiler water with seawater.
b. Salinity/conductivity reading above normal on feed and condensate system salinity/conductivity indicators.
220-105
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
c. Salinity/conductivity alarm (if installed) on feed and condensate system salinity/conductivity indicators.
d. Chloride or hardness above limit by chemical test in reserve feed, condensate, drains, or boiler feedwater.
2. Possible Causes:
a. Contaminated steam drains.
b. Bilge water drawn into condensate pump or piping.
c. Condenser tube leak.
d. Contaminated makeup feed.
e. Evaporator feed heater leakage or brine carryover to air injectors.
3. Immediate Action:
a. Sample the steaming boilers. Carry out procedure in paragraph 220-23.74 or 220-23.75, as appropriate.
4. Follow-up Actions:
a. Attempt to find the source of contamination by salinity/conductivity indicator and the chemical test for
chloride.
b. Continue to sample and treat steaming boilers as necessary to keep alkalinity and phosphate in limits.
c. Once the source of contamination is found, isolate and repair.
5. Finding the Source of Contamination. Test the possible sources of seawater contamination for chloride. These
would include the following as appropriate in the order given:
a. Service steam drains and freshwater drains.
b. Makeup feed.
c. Evaporator feed heater and air ejector drains.
d. Auxiliary gland exhaust condenser drains.
e. Auxiliary condensate.
f. Main condensate.
220-23.79
If salinity/conductivity readings or chemical test do not indicate the source of contamination, concentrate the
samples as discussed in paragraph 220-23.51 and test again.
1. Symptoms:
a. Drop in boiler water phosphate with an increase in alkalinity. Conductivity and chloride may or may not
change.
b. High salinity/conductivity reading or alarm (if installed) on feed and condensate system salinity/conductiv-
ity indicators.
c. High feedwater hardness test result.
2. Possible Causes:
a. Shore source reserve feed.
b. Contamination of ship’s system with shore steam.
220-106
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Symptoms:
a. Oil contamination of boiler water.
b. Visible oil or foaming in DFT sightglass.
c. Visible oil or oily odor in feedwater samples.
2. Possible Causes:
a. Lubricating oil leakage into turbine glands.
b. Oily bilge water drawn into condensate pumps, piping or steam drains.
c. Leakage of lubricating oil purifier heater, lubricating oil settling tank heating coils, fuel oil heaters or fuel
oil tank heating coils (if installed).
3. Immediate Actions:
a. If oil is visible in gage glass, conduct surface blowdown and gage glass blowdown.
b. Check boiler water sample for oil contamination. If found, carry out the procedure in paragraph 220-23.74.
c. Ensure bilge water is low.
4. Follow-up Action:
a. Find the source of oil contamination by sampling throughout the feed and condensate system. Isolate and
repair the source when found.
1. Symptom:
a. Feedwater dissolved oxygen concentration greater than 15 ppb.
2. Possible Causes:
a. Auxiliary exhaust system not properly lined up to DFT.
b. Auxiliary exhaust system pressure low or unstable.
c. Excess HP drain pressure in ships that have HP drains piped directly to the DFT shell.
220-107
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
3. Immediate Action:
a. Ensure proper sampling procedures as used.
b. Ensure the auxiliary exhaust system is properly lined up to the DFT, that auxiliary exhaust pressure is in
the normal range, that the DFT water level is in the normal range, and that the DFT vent is properly lined
up.
4. Follow-up Actions:
a. If high dissolved oxygen cannot be corrected, minimize steaming rates until the plant can be secured.
b. If dissolved oxygen is greater than 15 ppb for more than 8 hours, the boiler must be secured unless the
Commanding Officer directs continued steaming. Securing will minimize boiler damage and permit DFT
repair.
1. Symptoms:
a. Feedwater chloride will be falsely high and end point may be difficult to detect.
b. Feedwater salinity/conductivity will increase.
c. Boiler water alkalinity will increase.
d. Boiler water conductivity will increase.
e. Chloride test results for a steaming boiler are not usually affected.
2. Possible Causes:
a. Insufficient flushing of boiler and associated DFT and feed piping following sodium nitrite layup or hydro-
static testing with sodium nitrite treated water.
b. Leakage of sodium nitrite solution into steam drain system.
3. Immediate Action:
a. Follow appropriate casualty control procedures based on test results.
NOTE
Sodium nitrite may be used only on chelant treated ships during an availability
or overhaul.
220-108
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Symptoms:
a. Contamination of boiler water other than from seawater, shore water, or oil.
b. Abnormal appearance, odor, salinity/conductivity, or other characteristics in feedwater.
2. Possible Causes:
a. Depends on nature of contamination. May include the following:
(1) Escape of resin from the demineralizer.
(2) Dirt, debris, corrosion products, or preservative from piping or components.
(3) Use of feedwater from an expended shore demineralizer.
3. Immediate Action:
a. Sample the boiler(s) and carry out procedure in paragraph 220-23.74, or paragraph 220-23.75.
4. Follow-up Action:
a. Attempt to locate the source of contamination. Isolate and correct the cause when found.
220-109
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Procedure Para-
Symptoms Casualty graph
k. Visible leakage from boiler fitting Leakage of boiler water 220-23.77
2. STEAM SYSTEMS
a. Erratic fluctuations of superheater outlet tem- Carryover of boiler water 220-23.76
perature
b. Audible rumbling or banging in steam lines Carryover of boiler water 220-23.76
c. Buildup of chemical deposits on valve packing 1. Carryover of boiler water 220-23.76
glands 2. Leakage of boiler water 220-23.77
d. Erratic or low desuperheater outlet temperature Leakage of boiler water 220-23.77
3. FEEDWATER, CONDENSATE AND DRAINS
a. Detectable phosphate 1. Carryover of boiler water 220-23.76
2. Leakage of boiler water 220-23.77
3. Test interference from morpholine/bicarbon- 220-23.76220-23.77
ate
b. Abnormally high consumption of reserve Leakage of boiler water 220-23.77
feedwater
c. Salinity/conductivity reading above normal or 1. Seawater contamination of feedwater 220-23.78
salinity/conductivity alarm 2. Shore water contamination of feedwater 220-23.80
3. Other contamination of feedwater 220-23.84
d. Chloride above limits 1. Seawater contamination of feedwater 220-23.78
2. Other contamination of feedwater 220-23.84
3. Shore water contamination of feedwater 220-23.80
e. Hardness above the limit 1. Shore water contamination of feedwater 220-23.80
2. Seawater contamination of feedwater 220-23.78
3. Other contamination of feedwater 220-23.84
f. Detectable oil Oil contamination of feedwater 220-23.81
g. Foaming in DFT sightglass 1. Oil contamination of feedwater 220-23.81
2. Other contamination of feedwater 220-23.84
h. Dissolved oxygen in DFT sample greater than High dissolved oxygen in feedwater 220-23.82
15 ppb
i. Abnormal appearance, odor or other characteris- Other contamination of feedwater 220-23.84
tic of feedwater
SECTION 24.
TECHNIQUES OF QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS AND TROUBLESHOOTING
220-24.2
Quantitative analysis is a branch of analytical chemistry that is concerned with the determination of the
amounts of various materials in a sample. All feedwater and boiler water tests that result in a numerical value are
governed by principles developed in this branch of chemistry. Decisions regarding treatment are based entirely
on the numbers obtained by the Oil King who performs the feedwater and boiler water tests. It is important that
the Oil King be familiar with the chemical techniques, tools, and test methods available so that accurate analy-
ses can be made. When performing boiler water or feedwater tests, the Oil King shall use the procedures and
techniques described in this section and in Section 26. The procedures shall be done in step-by-step compliance
220-110
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
and not done from memory. The sample bottle should be recapped after the removal of each quantity of sample
water for a specific test. Boiler water or feedwater testing should be conducted in the following sequence as
applicable:
1. pH
2. Conductivity
3. Alkalinity
4. Phosphate
5. Chloride
6. Hardness
220-24.3 SAMPLING
220-24.4
The Oil King should always be concerned about the source of his sample and the manner in which the sample
is taken. A sample that represents the larger body of material is necessary. Relatively little difficulty is encoun-
tered in sampling feedwater and boiler water because the waters are usually agitated and are well mixed solu-
tions; however, sampling errors do occur.
220-24.5
Sampling errors may be classified as systematic or random. Systematic errors occur if the sample is drawn
from one part of a body of liquid when the liquid is not mixed and different levels of concentration exist
throughout. The test results tend to be always high or always low. A systematic error can result when sampling
an idle boiler. Systematic errors are difficult to avoid in similar sampling situations.
220-24.6
The random error can give either high or low results. An Oil King can usually recognize this error because
results are not in conformance with what is expected. The random error is more easily corrected since a new
sample can be obtained to check the original result. If boiler water is inadvertently sampled while a chemical
addition is in process and high results are obtained, a random error has occurred. When a boiler water sample
line is not flushed properly, the analysis could show low pH or phosphate even though the boiler water is prop-
erly treated. A random error has occurred. Paragraphs 220-24.77 through 220-24.81 give examples of sampling
errors.
220-24.7
Errors in sampling can be alleviated by adherence to the procedures specified in Section 26.
220-24.8 TEMPERATURE
220-24.9
The influences of temperature are varied and significant. Hot water expands, so if the volume of a hot solu-
tion is measured and the water cools, less volume is observed. Temperature affects the solubility of all treatment
220-111
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
chemicals and contaminants, including dissolved gases, in all water. Temperature affects the reaction rate in all
test procedures. The pH changes with changes in temperature. Throughout the sampling procedures of Section
26, temperatures are specified to minimize analytical errors resulting from these considerations.
220-24.10 TIME
220-24.11
In order to promote reproducible results, a specific time lapse is required in certain sampling and test proce-
dures. Sampling procedures are always sensitive to allowing sufficient time for flushing away of stagnant water
in the sample line. Dissolved oxygen samples are sensitive to trapped air bubbles in the sample. In most cases,
proper flushing will remove all trapped air bubbles. pH and conductivity change with time and air exposure
because of absorption of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere. For this reason, feedwater and boiler water samples
should always be analyzed immediately after collection. The observance of imposed time restrictions aids in
obtaining valid and reproducible results. All tests shall be completed within 30 minutes of sampling.
220-24.13
The glassware and plasticware supplied with the test cabinet and kits consists of graduated cylinders, reagent
bottles, sample bottles, and so forth. Burets are handled differently from the rest of the glassware and are dis-
cussed in paragraph 220-24.26.
220-24.14
When glassware or plasticware is first received, it should be carefully cleaned even though new. Two or three
rinsings with tap water, agitation with a mild detergent solution, several rinsings with tap water, and finally, two
rinsings with small amounts of distilled water are generally sufficient to clean the equipment. The film of water
which adheres to the sides of a glass container after water is discarded should be uniform. Traces of grease or
other contaminants cause the liquid to adhere in droplets rather than as a uniform film. If droplets remain on the
walls of glassware after cleaning, the glassware is still dirty. Uneven wetting of the surface causes irregularities
in volume measurements and in the shape of the meniscus. This will result in measurement errors. Immediately
after every use, flush glassware and plasticware with distilled water. Periodically, all glassware and plasticware
should be cleaned with detergent and water as previously described.
220-24.15
If a container is not cleaned immediately after use and the liquid is allowed to evaporate to dryness, the resi-
due may be difficult to remove. Concentrated detergent solutions should be avoided. No equipment should be
soaked in detergent for longer than 30 minutes. For stubborn deposits, a soft bristle or sponge cleaning should
prove successful. Chloride indicator stains the casserole. If the stain persists, it can be removed by applying some
of the nitric acid stock solution, followed by distilled water rinsing. (Wear goggles and plastic or rubber gloves
when handling nitric acid stock solution.) The reagents used in the hardness test eventually will permanently stain
the casserole. This requires casserole replacement.
220-112
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-24.17
Rinsing of equipment prior to use in an analysis ensures that only the sample of interest is undergoing analy-
sis. In most cases equipment is thoroughly rinsed with distilled water and then with the sample before use.
Included in the equipment requiring rinsing with the sample prior to use are pH electrodes, sampling bottles,
graduated cylinders, conductivity test bottles, conductivity cells, and thermometers.
220-24.18
Three major exceptions to the general rule of rinse with sample are: the casserole and stirring rod used in
chloride, phosphate and hardness analyses, and reagent bottles. In these cases, the casserole, stirring rod, or bottle
is rinsed with distilled water only, and then the measured volume of sample is added. We are interested in the
analysis of the correct volume of sample, and do not want an unknown additional amount of sample introduced
through incorrect rinsing. The minor amount of distilled water left behind from the distilled water rinse has no
effect on the test results. Adherence to the procedures specified for each test method or method of preparing
reagents will avoid difficulty.
220-24.20
Volumetric methods are those which consist of adding a reagent solution (titrant) of known concentration,
from a buret, into a sample of known volume to analyze for the concentration of a particular substance. When
enough reagent has been added to react with all of the desired substances, the point at which reaction is com-
pleted is called the end point. The end point must be recognizable to the person conducting the determination;
hence, the use of color indicators. The volume of titrant required is then read from the graduation marks on the
buret. Since the concentration and volume of reagent are known, the concentration of the substance can be cal-
culated.
The top surface of a column of liquid in any cylinder will have a curvature called a meniscus. Burets, gradu-
ated cylinders, and other measuring devices have been calibrated so that the bottom level of the meniscus of the
liquid is its volume measuring point. In reading the meniscus, the observer’s eye should be horizontal to the
meniscus (Figure 220-24-1). If difficulty is experienced in viewing the meniscus, a meniscus reader may prove
helpful. This device consists of a white index card with a heavy dark line. Hold the card behind the container
with the dark band parallel to and slightly below the meniscus. Light reflected from the surface of the liquid
makes the meniscus clearer. Optionally, a plain piece of white paper angled backward behind the meniscus will
also serve as a viewing aid as will placing a hand behind the buret at the level of the meniscus.
220-24.22
In reading a buret, if the bottom of the meniscus is exactly on a graduated line, read that value. If the bot-
tom of the meniscus is below a graduated line, read the next value (Figure 220-24-2).
220-113
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-24.23
In measuring volumes in graduated cylinders or other calibrated devices, add solution until the bottom of the
meniscus is exactly at the graduation line of the desired volume. Figure 220-24-1 shows an example for solution
in a graduated cylinder at 50 ml.
220-114
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-24.24
Graduated cylinders have two designations, TC and TD. A TC cylinder is calibrated to contain the measured
volume of solution. If this type of cylinder is used in a technique that requires pouring a specified volume of
water into another container, the volume transferred will be less than that measured. A TD cylinder is calibrated
to deliver the desired volume into another container. The TD cylinder shall be used in shipboard tests.
220-24.25
When a reagent bottle is first received, the bottle will contain a 1,000 ml marking. Check the accuracy of this
marking by filling a 100-ml TD graduated cylinder successively with 10 increments of 100 ml of distilled water
and pouring the water into the reagent bottle. Mark the measured 1,000-ml level with a permanent scribe.
220-24.26 BURETS.
The buret assembly requires preparation for nitric acid and mercuric nitrate reagents. To mount a buret in the
two-hole rubber stopper, wet both the barrel of the buret and a hole of the stopper with water. While both are
wet, using a twisting motion, gradually insert the barrel through the stopper hole. Similarly insert the glass tub-
ing of the aspirator bulb assembly through the other hole. The bottom of the buret should not touch the bottom
of the reagent bottle when the stopper is in place, but should be about 1/2 inch above the bottom of the bottle.
Remove the stopcock plug from the buret. Do not misplace the rubber washer. Grease the complete bearing sur-
face of the stopcock plug with bare minimum of the stopcock lubricant from the tube. Apply grease with a fin-
gertip. Insert the plug into the stopcock barrel and rotate it several times. Replace the washer. A properly lubri-
cated stopcock should seat firmly and rotate freely. Over-lubrication allows the stopcock to slide too easily, and
grease may plug the bore or tip. Under-lubrication causes the stopcock to leak and to operate stiffly or unevenly.
Fine copper wire may be used to remove grease (or deposits) from the bore of the stopcock plug and the deliv-
ery tip. Delivery tips clogged by dried chemicals can be cleaned by immersion of the tips in hot water. Maintain
each buret full of reagent when on a standby basis. Drain the liquid in a buret and replace it by liquid from the
1,000-ml reagent reservoir bottle on a daily basis. If a buret is not used at least once daily, drain it. In placing
the buret back into service, fill the buret with its reagent, then drain it and refill it prior to normal use. Check
each buret after filling to make sure it will automatically zero. If a buret automatically fills to the 0.1 ml or other
graduation level, mark this fact on the buret and subtract 0.1 ml or the appropriate correction from every titration
value obtained. If a buret automatically fills to above the zero reading, replace the buret. If a replacement buret
is not available, drain down the buret to the zero level prior to every titration. In replacing a buret, cut the rub-
ber stopper with a sharp knife to remove the glass tubing aspirator bulb assembly. Scrape the glass buret barrel
free of any adhering rubber. Use a new rubber stopper to remount the buret assembly. (The rubber stoppers now
in the stock system can be used as a solid stopper or as one-, two- or three-hole types because the individual
holes are plugged. The user cuts the plugs as needed.)
WARNING
Whenever inserting glass through a rubber stopper, hold the glass with a
towel in case of accidental breakage. Do not hold the bottom of the stopper
against the palm of the hand during these operations because even though
the glass has been fire-polished, it can cut through the palm.
220-115
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-24.27 TITRATION.
Every volumetric analysis has a common experimental operation, the titration. Titration is the measured and
controlled addition of reagent solution (titrant) to a sample solution with which it reacts. Prior to performing a
titration, the analyst must assure that the buret is zeroed and that the delivery tip is full. If an air bubble is trapped
anywhere in the delivery tip, remove the stopcock washer, place a waste container under the tip, open the stop-
cock, and move the stopcock up and down slightly. (Do not pull the stopcock completely out.) This should dis-
lodge the trapped air bubble. Close the stopcock, replace the washer, and refill the buret. If an air bubble is
trapped in the column of liquid, gently tap with a pencil or fingernail to dislodge it.
220-24.28
In performing a titration, a right-handed operator should manipulate the stopcock with the left hand while
exerting slight downward pressure to avoid pulling the stopcock upward. The right hand is used to continuously
stir the sample while the titrant is added.
220-24.29
Most titrations performed aboard ship result in small volume usages of titrant. If the expected titrant usage
is less than 2 ml, titration should be performed by adding titrant one drop at a time to the sample. This technique
helps to avoid overshooting the end point. Larger volumes of titrant may be added more quickly until the
approach of the end point, after which it should be added one drop at a time.
220-24.30 INDICATORS.
In order to determine when a reaction is complete, the end point must be obvious to the analyst. Color indi-
cators are used for this purpose. A titration is complete when the indicator first changes to the correct color. For
example, in the final step of the chloride titration, the indicator changes from yellow to light blue-violet. A dark
purple color results from over-titration (except in the case of extremely low chloride, where one drop of mercu-
ric nitrate may give a dark purple color). A common analytical technique used in determining end points is: titrate
to the anticipated pale color change, read the buret, record the value. Add one more drop of titrant. If the color
deepens but does not change further, the end point had been reached at the previously recorded reading. (In the
phenolphthalein test the change is from pink to colorless. If the addition of an extra drop shows no further dis-
appearance of color, the end point had been reached.)
220-24.31
Glass indicator dropper bottles have grooves in the ground glass neck and cap to allow a drop-by-drop trans-
fer of indicator. To dispense indicator, align the grooves. When dispensing indicator, hold the cap with the fore-
finger to prevent spillage of the cap and bottle contents into the receiver. It is preferable to check the flow of the
indicator over a waste container before adding indicator to the sample. If indicator flows in a stream instead of
falling drop-by-drop, offset the grooves until a drop-by-drop addition can be obtained. As an option, plastic drop-
dispensing bottles are available for use instead of the glass dropper bottles. The actual number of drops of indi-
cator added to a large volume of water in volumetric methods is not usually critical. Two to three is routine.
Volumetric methods specify a certain number of drops to prevent either very deep coloration or lack of sufficient
coloration in the sample, both of which mask the end point. If the analytical technique is maintained reproduc-
ible from sample to sample, results will remain reproducible, so the amount of indicator added should not vary
from procedural requirements.
220-116
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-24.33
Optical methods of analysis (absorption of light) are among the most valuable methods used in quantitative
measurements. Colorimetry is one of the most important optical methods. Colorimetry involves comparison of a
color developed in a sample with standard colors. The dissolved oxygen and hydrazine tests require visual com-
parison of the color developed in a sample with standard colors preserved in sealed tubes mounted in a compara-
tor. The silica test uses a colorimeter to make the color determination. In either test, conditions that interfere in
the color determination must be avoided (for example, water droplets, water marks or fingerprints on the sample
cells, ampoules or comparator).
220-24.37
Color changes observed during various volumetric tests and the range of the comparator used in the dissolved
oxygen and hydrazine test are listed in Table 220-24-1.
220-117
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Continued
220-24.39
Electrical conductivity meters and salinity indicators both measure conductivity though the readout for salin-
ity indicators is calibrated in epm chloride (refer to paragraph 220-24.70). These equipments are installed in all
naval ships. Their operation is based upon the fact that the electrical resistance of a water solution varies with the
amount of ionized salts dissolved in it. This resistance and the corresponding meter indication vary with the tem-
perature, as well as with the ionized salt concentration of the water. Temperature compensation (automatic or
manual) is provided to eliminate the temperature effects of the solution. The compensator setting must correspond
to the temperature of the solution being measured.
220-24.40
All ships with propulsion boilers that use coordinated phosphate/pH boiler water treatment have pH measur-
ing equipment. Refer to Section 31 for information on pH equipment.
220-118
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
µhmo/cm. Although all salinity indicators measure conductivity, some are labeled to read equivalents per million
(epm) chloride. Others indicate parts per million of chloride or grains per gallon (gpg) sea salt. To convert these
readings to epm, divide ppm by 35.5 or multiply gpg by 0.261. To convert conductivity readings in µmho/cm to
epm chloride, divide the conductivity reading by 145.
220-24.43 CALIBRATION.
Conductivity meters and pH meters are calibrated aboard ship by use of standards. The terms standardization
and calibration are used interchangeably in the Navy Metrology and Calibration Programs (METCAL). Neither
pH nor conductivity meters, as applied to boiler water and feedwater testing, are routinely referred to a calibra-
tion facility for calibration. The User Calibration label is affixed the first time the standardization is performed
by the user, and this label is not replaced at each standardization. When the label is first affixed to the instrument,
it is annotated as to the appropriate calibration interval. The record of calibration (standardization) performed is
maintained on the boiler water log. User Calibration labels (NAVSEA 4734/19) are available under NSN 1I
0116-LF-009-5800.
220-24.44
When a bimetallic thermometer is first received, or if operation is suspect, its function should be checked by
immersion of the stem in an ice water bath. If the dial indicator is not 0°C (32°F), replace the thermometer.
220-24.46
The testing of feedwater and boiler water samples requires reagents of certain concentrations. Most of these
reagents are prepared by diluting a measured volume of stock solution to a definite final volume. Some of the
reagents are supplied ready for use and need little or no preparation. All of the stock reagents are listed in Section
28. For accurate test results, it is necessary that the reagent be prepared according to the following directions.
WARNING
Wear goggles and plastic or rubber gloves when handling the 1.0 N nitric
acid stock solution. It contains about 6 percent nitric acid by weight.
1. Rinse the 1,000 ml nitric acid reagent bottle with distilled water.
2. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with a small portion of the 1.0 N nitric acid
solution.
3. Measure 50 ml of the stock solution with the graduated cylinder and pour the 50 ml of stock solution into the
1,000 ml reagent bottle.
220-119
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
4. Fill the reagent bottle to the 1,000 ml mark with distilled water.
5. Stopper the bottle and shake well to mix.
6. Label the bottle with the preparation date and the appropriate expiration date from the stock chemical.
WARNING
Wear goggles and plastic or rubber gloves when handling the 0.5 N mercu-
ric nitrate stock solution. It contains nitric acid needed to dissolve mercuric
nitrate. If the 0.5 N mercuric nitrate stock solution is spilled, absorb the spill
with rags. Transfer the rags to a sealable plastic bag. Mark the bag contains
mercury waste, and hold for shore disposal.
1. Rinse the 1,000 ml mercuric nitrate reagent bottle with distilled water.
2. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with a small portion of the 0.5 N mercuric
nitrate stock solution. Pour the mercuric waste into a plastic 5-gallon bottle identified as containing mercury
waste.
3. Measure 20 ml of the stock solution with the graduated cylinder and pour the 20 ml of stock solution into the
1,000 ml reagent bottle.
4. Fill the reagent bottle to the 1,000 ml mark with distilled water.
5. Stopper the bottle and shake well to mix.
6. Label the bottle with the preparation date and the appropriate expiration date from the stock chemical.
7. Rinse the graduated cylinder with distilled water and pour the rinsings into the plastic 5-gallon bottle.
WARNING
NOTE
When the 4-ounce bottle of mercuric nitrate stock solution is empty, rinse the
bottle with distilled water and pour the rinsings into the plastic 5-gallon bottle
identified as containing mercury waste.
220-120
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Rinse the phenolphthalein indicator dropper bottle (either glass or plastic) and its stopper with a small portion
of isopropyl alcohol.
2. Using a brass dipper, measure 2 level dippers of the phenolphthalein into the dropper bottle. Be careful to
thoroughly clean the dipper before and after measuring phenolphthalein .
3. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with a small portion of isopropyl alcohol.
4. Measure 25 ml of isopropyl alcohol with the graduated cylinder and pour it into the dropper bottle, washing
down any of the phenolphthalein powder clinging to the inside walls.
5. Stopper the bottle in closed position and shake until all of the phenolphthalein is dissolved.
6. Measure 25 ml of distilled water with the graduated cylinder and pour it into the dropper bottle.
7. Stopper the bottle in the closed position and shake to mix.
1. Rinse the methyl purple indicator bottle and stopper with distilled water.
2. Tap the contents of one methyl purple indicator capsule into the dropper bottle.
3. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water.
4. Measure 50 ml of distilled water with the graduated cylinder and pour into the dropper bottle.
5. Stopper the bottle in the closed position and shake until all of the powder has dissolved.
6. Measure 10 ml of isopropyl alcohol with the graduated cylinder and pour it into the dropper bottle.
7. Stopper the bottle in the closed position and shake to mix.
8. Mark the date of preparation and the expiration date of 6 months from date of preparation on the bottle.
1. Rinse the chloride indicator bottle and stopper (either glass or plastic) with distilled water and then with a
small portion of isopropyl alcohol.
2. Empty the indicator powder from one capsule into the dropper bottle.
3. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with a small portion of the isopropyl alcohol.
4. Measure 50 ml of isopropyl alcohol and pour into the dropper bottle.
5. Stopper the bottle in the closed position and shake until all of the powder has dissolved.
220-121
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
6. Mark the date of preparation and the expiration date on the bottle. Expiration date is the same as the expira-
tion date of the capsule, or 9 months after preparation, whichever comes first.
WARNING
Wear goggles, plastic or rubber gloves and apron when handling solid caus-
tic soda. Caustic soda is lye.
1. Rinse a plastic drop-dispenser bottle (60 ml capacity) and its cap with distilled water.
2. Use a spatula to transfer about three flakes of caustic soda into the plastic bottle. If caustic soda is in bead
form, use a clean hardness dipper to transfer two full dippers of caustic soda into the plastic bottle.
3. Add distilled water to the shoulder of the bottle.
4. Cap the bottle and shake to dissolve the caustic soda. Hold the flip-cap secure while shaking the bottle.
5. Label the bottle Diluted Caustic Soda .
6. Rinse spatula/dipper with distilled water after use.
220-122
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
Caustic soda reacts with carbon dioxide from the atmosphere to form sodium
carbonate. Sodium carbonate interferes in the phosphate test. The dull, dry, caked
material in a caustic soda can is sodium carbonate. The shiny flakes are caustic
soda. Use the shiny material when preparing caustic soda solution. Keep the
flip-cap on the plastic bottle closed when not in use.
Check the diluted caustic soda solution as follows:
1. Analyze distillate for phosphate following the procedure for the boiler water phosphate test (paragraph
220-26.28).
2. If a phosphate result greater than 2.5 ppm is obtained then the caustic soda used to prepare the dilute caus-
tic soda solution was contaminated with sodium carbonate. Prepare new dilute caustic soda using fresh mate-
rial and retest.
WARNING
Wear goggles and plastic or rubber gloves when pouring the hardness titrat-
ing solution.
1. Rinse the plastic bottle with two small portions of hardness titrating solution.
2. Fill the plastic bottle with titrating solution as supplied. No dilution is necessary.
3. Slide the rubber insert over the barrel of the buret.
4. Screw the buret assembly onto the plastic bottle.
5. Fill the buret by squeezing the bottle. Allow to drain for flushing.
6. Refill the buret and ensure that air bubbles are absent in the buret tip.
7. Label the 1-pint plastic bottle Hardness Titrating Solution .
8. Label the 1-pint plastic bottle with the expiration date from the 1-gallon bottle of hardness titrating solution.
220-123
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-24.58
All of the reagents are supplied ready for use. Further preparation is unnecessary.
220-24.59 STANDARDS
220-24.60
The systematic and random errors mentioned under sampling (paragraph 220-24.5) apply as well to errors
caused by test techniques, deteriorated chemicals, and faulty equipment. If a reagent solution is prepared incor-
rectly from a stock solution every test result thereafter will contain a systematic error. If chloride from an extra-
neous source (for example, perspiration) contaminates a boiler water sample, the chloride result will be in error.
The best method of ensuring that analyses are satisfactory is the self-check method. Standards are available for
ascertaining the reliability of technique and equipment. Whenever a result is in doubt, test accuracy should be
validated by resampling and by analysis of the standard. A quarterly validation of reagents and equipment using
the standards is required. The results of standard testing and the date are to be entered on the monthly boiler data
log of the number 1 machinery plant. Whenever a new batch of nitric acid or mercuric nitrate reagent is prepared
a standard check is required. Standards are supplied ready for use. Follow the applicable procedure of Section 26
when testing standards. If an incorrect result is obtained for any of the validation tests using the standards, this
means that either the test reagents, test equipment or standards are not correct. When this occurs, proceed as fol-
lows:
2. If the incorrect result is still obtained, advise NAVSEA, NSWCCD-SSES and the Type Commander and send
samples of the standard to NSWCCD-SSES, Code 622, for analysis.
The standard for the feedwater hardness test chemical with its acceptable limit of results is as follows:
220-24.62
Test the hardness standard as a feedwater sample in accordance with the test method in paragraph 220-26.18.
If the result obtained does not fall in the range of the established limits, test a second standard. If an incorrect
result is still obtained, submit a defective material report and advise NAVSEA, NSWCCD-SSES and the Type
Commander.
The standards for the boiler water test chemicals and conductivity equipment with their acceptable limit of
results are as follows:
220-124
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-24.64
Test the chloride and conductivity standards as boiler water samples in accordance with the test methods,
Section 26. Test alkalinity standard using paragraph 220-26.34 to verify nitric acid reagent and methyl purple
indicator. If the results obtained do not fall in the range of the prescribed limits, the test chemicals including
indicators of the particular test are to be discarded and new test chemicals are to be prepared from fresh stock
chemicals. Test a second standard using the new test chemicals.
220-24.66
Test chemicals are subject to deterioration resulting from storage at high temperatures and old age. Deterio-
rated chemicals are not to be used as they lead to incorrect test results. All test chemicals shall be stored in areas
where the temperatures are preferably below 27°C (80°F) but do not exceed 38°C (100°F).
220-24.68
The oil shack is essentially a shipboard laboratory used for testing water and fuel. Since space is usually lim-
ited, it is important that the laboratory be maintained in a clean and neat condition. All test equipment shall be
maintained as delineated in the foregoing paragraphs and stored in the proper place. Avoid cluttering the labora-
tory with extraneous material. The material condition of the laboratory and the equipment used therein shall con-
form to the following specified conditions:
1. Laboratory environment. Clean, orderly, well lighted, and ventilated. Heated or cooled as appropriate. No
material other than support material should be located in the laboratory.
2. Cabinet and electrical service equipment. Equipped with operable lights, approved wiring, three prong plugs,
and electrical safety tags.
3. Cabinet interiors and exteriors. Clean and well-preserved.
4. Cabinet door and latch. Functional.
5. Cabinet contents. Neatly stowed.
6. Cabinet base. Lined with clean paper towels or rubber sheet.
7. Glassware and plasticware. Clean and free of chips and cracks.
8. Chemical residues. None inside cabinet.
9. Buret stopcocks. Properly lubricated and held in place by rubber washers.
10. Stock solution, reagent, and indicator bottle caps. Easily operable and wiped clean of deposits.
220-125
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
11. Outdated chemical stocks and prepared solutions. Removed from the laboratory and disposed of properly.
12. Chemical disposal procedures. Readily available.
13. Chemical disposal containers. Properly labeled.
14. Chemical test procedures. Available for ready reference. A workbook containing a copy of each test proce-
dure, protected in plastic, and maintained current, is recommended for ease in use.
15. Boiler water treatment volume. Posted on exterior of cabinet door with appropriate reference table from this
manual cited.
16. NSTM Chapter 220 Volume 1, Boiler Water/Feedwater - Water Chemistry; NSTM Chapter 220 Volume 2,
Boiler Water/Feedwater - Test and Treatment; NSTM Chapter 221, Boilers; NSTM Chapter 255 (9562),
Feedwater Systems and Apparatus; NSTM Chapter 505 (9480), Piping Systems; and NSTM Chapter 541
(9550), Petroleum Fuel Stowage, Use, and Testing; NSTM 670, Stowage, Handling, and Disposal of Hazard-
ous General Use Consumables; NSTM 262, Lubricating Oils, Greases, and Lubricating Systems; NSTM 593,
Pollution Control; OPNAV INST 4731.1A, Joint Oil Analysis Program; NAVAIR 17-15-50.1 Volume 1, Joint
Oil Analysis Program; Oil Lab EOSS/EOP. Maintained current with a copy of each located in the laboratory.
220-24.69 TROUBLESHOOTING
220-24.71 DISSOLVED GASES (I.E. AMMONIA AND CARBON DIOXIDE) PRESENT IN COASTAL,
RIVER AND PORT WATERS MAY CAUSE HIGH SALINITY/CONDUCTIVITY INDICATOR READ-
INGS.
The presence of dissolved gases, such as ammonia and carbon dioxide, will increase the conductivity of water
and thus cause high salinity or conductivity indicator readings. For this reason, the distiller air ejector drain salin-
ity/conductivity indicator often reads higher than the other condensate indicators. High levels of dissolved gases
may be encountered when distilling in coastal, river or port waters which could result in salinity/conductivity
readings exceeding upper limits for distiller air ejector drains and distillate. If distillate containing high levels of
gases is sent to the feedwater tanks, then high readings may be experienced throughout feedwater system. This
problem can be avoided by filling feedwater tanks prior to entering coastal areas. When the distillate or distiller
220-126
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
air ejector drain salinity/conductivity indicators are reading high due to dissolved gases, use of the water shall be
based on the chemical chloride test. Continue to monitor the salinity/conductivity indicators as further increases
may indicate contamination. Conduct additional chloride tests as required. Enter a comment in the remarks sec-
tion of the feedwater log indicating suspected dissolved gas contamination.
220-24.72
Excess morpholine will cause the salinity/conductivity indicators to read out of limits high. This can occur
following light-off of a boiler under hydrazine/morpholine layup. Increased salinity or conductivity indicator
readings may also result from use of shore steam treated with morpholine or similar chemicals following steam
blanket layup or warm-up of DFT. Ensure seawater or shore water contamination is not occurring by testing
feedwater for chloride and hardness.
220-24.73
Once it has been ascertained that a salinity or conductivity indicator may be malfunctioning, the cause must
be located and corrected, be it the power transformer, indicator panel, external wiring, temperature compensator,
or cell. The system should be checked out as follows:
WARNING
Never touch cell electrodes with power on. Never open panel with power on.
A SHOCK HAZARD EXISTS.
An IC man should perform all additional work necessary. A test resistor is provided with the salinity indicat-
ing system which will read about 0.261 epm on the indicator when installed on the cell. Continuity checks should
be conducted on conductivity indicating systems in accordance with the system technical manual. This checks
wiring from the meter to the cell. The indicator should read zero when the cell is out of water. Consult the par-
ticular system’s NAVSEA technical manual for more specific details.
220-24.74
To check salinity system or conductivity cells, a test solution can be prepared which will provide an on-scale
reading so that the salinity or conductivity cells can be compared with one another as follows:
1. Rinse a clean, spare 1,000 ml reagent bottle and half fill with pure, fresh condensate or feedwater (maximum
0.02 epm chloride by chemical test).
2. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with 2 epm chloride standard. Measure 50 ml of the standard into the cyl-
inder (two bottles of standard will be needed for rinsing and testing). Pour the 50 ml of 2 epm chloride stan-
dard into the reagent bottle.
3. Dilute with condensate or feed to the 1,000 ml mark.
220-127
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
In order to avoid gas absorption, do not allow the test solution to be exposed to
the air. The test solution should not be stored. Use at once.
6. Turn off power to salinity/conductivity indicator.
7. Remove suspect cell from piping in accordance with the manufacturer’s instruction manual.
8. Shake cell to remove water and rinse well with distilled water and then test solution in a beaker.
9. Immerse probe in fresh test solution and turn on salinity indicator.
10. Permit cell to reach sample temperature.
11. Record salinity reading; turn off power.
12. Rinse cell with distillate.
13. Repeat steps 1 through 12 for a new cell as quickly as possible. It may be advisable to connect both cells
to a multichannel panel following the instructions in the indicator system’s NAVSEA technical manual. This
will minimize test solution exposure to air since the two readings can now be obtained almost simultaneously
simply by turning the terminal selector switch dial.
14. Results should agree within 3 percent if the cells are functioning. If they do not agree, replace the old cell
with the new one.
220-24.75
Cell electrodes are easily contaminated with suspended solids and oil, particularly gland exhaust condensate,
which will lead to inaccurate readings. Therefore, salinity indicator systems must be maintained properly by
cleaning and inspecting panels and cells monthly is accordance with PMS. The outer electrode of some salinity
cells is removable. Though mechanically interchangeable, these electrodes should not be affixed to another cell
because the inner and outer electrodes are matched in each cell. If either electrode is dented or otherwise dam-
aged, the cell should be replaced.
1. Clogged buret tips are caused by excessive stopcock lubricant or infrequent testing. Clean with hot water or
cold alcohol, by immersing the tip. A thin wire may be carefully inserted in the tip to loosen the clogging
material.
2. Leaking stopcocks are caused by interchanging stopcocks between burets. If a proper buret cannot be found,
use slightly more lubricant as a temporary repair until a properly matched buret and stopcock are obtained.
3. Standard test solutions are provided to check test procedures and reagents. Chemicals and equipment shall be
220-128
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
tested at least quarterly, whenever new reagents are prepared, and whenever a suspicious result is obtained.
Should unacceptable standard test results be encountered, then one of the following is the cause:
a. Deteriorated test chemicals, or indicators.
b. Test chemicals improperly diluted or mixed.
c. Contaminated test chemicals.
d. Use of isopropyl alcohol other than that specified in paragraph 220-28.5 may result in test difficulties.
e. Distilled water should be obtained from ships distilling units, provided the chloride is within limits. Bat-
tery water is not an acceptable substitute for distillate.
f. Stock chemicals have improper concentration (normality).
g. Improper reagent bottle volume. One thousand ml is specified. It is a good practice to verify the volume
upon receipt using the 100 ml graduated cylinder from the boiler water test kit to determine the exact 1,000
ml liquid level. This level should be marked with a permanent scribe.
h. Dirty equipment.
i. Malfunctioning conductivity cell or meter. To isolate the cause, replace the old cell with a new cell and
retest. If a satisfactory result is obtained, replace the first cell. If the result is unsatisfactory, replace the
meter and confirm the malfunction by retest. It should be noted that the cell must have a cell constant of
2.0 for correct results. Use of a cell with a constant of 0.1 will give high readings 20 times the actual value.
The meter must have a stated reference temperature of 25°C (77°F). Use of a meter with reference tem-
perature of 18°C (64°F) will result in low readings (approximately 15 percent). Null balance eye sharp-
ness, if lost, can be restored by dipping the cell for 2 minutes in 10 percent hydrochloric acid and rinsing
thoroughly with distilled water (to be accomplished by shipyard personnel only).
4. Other problems with stock chemicals and standard solutions have arisen such as:
a. Methyl purple indicator turning blue instead of the desired green when dissolved.
b. Indicator capsules not containing the correct amount of the indicating chemical.
c. Standard solutions not containing the correct volumes of solution.
NOTE
Several sampling problems can cause false test results. These are described in the following paragraphs.
Reserve feedwater is normally sampled through the tank sounding tube using a thief sampler. Sounding tubes
are to be capped when not in use. Holes have been drilled in sounding tubes from the tank top to the bottom of
the tube to permit representative sampling. On some ships, sounding tube holes have not been drilled and in this
case, the sample obtained may not be representative of the tank’s water. This can result in samples containing
higher hardness than actually present throughout the tank due to normal slight corrosion of the sounding tube and
buildup of dissolved and suspended solids in the water within the tube. If sounding tube holes are absent, a rep-
resentative sample can be obtained via the reserve feed transfer pump.
220-129
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. The sampling line leading from either the DFT or feed booster pump suction line is leaking or restricted.
2. Improper temperature of the sample. A sufficient supply of chilled water must be provided to cool the sample
below 100°F (38°C). Prior to collecting the sample, temperature must be between 70°F to 100°F (21°C to
38°C). The sample line must be hot flushed (with coolant pressure relieved), and proper flush periods must be
observed to ensure representative sampling.
3. The sample coolers employed are manufactured in accordance with MIL-C-17557. It is possible for cooling
water to leak into the sample if the coil has deteriorated. The method of detection is the comparison between
the chemical chloride test and the DFT salinity indicator. The cooler is suspect if chloride and hardness occur
at the DFT by chemical test without a DFT salinity indicator rise. To confirm a leak, samples can be obtained
simultaneously from both the cooler and the DFT gauge glass using ice and coiled copper tubing to cool the
gauge glass sample taking care not to contaminate the sample. If the chloride content is higher on a sample
from the cooler, the cooler must be hydrostatically tested on the coolant side. Obviously, this depends to a
great extent on the quality of the cooling medium. Coolers using saltwater as coolant will give a higher chlo-
ride result during leakage than coolers using chilled freshwater. A simple routine test for gross leakage con-
sists of subjecting the cooler to full system coolant pressure (sample inlet valve secured), and collecting drip-
pings from the sample cooler effluent. If substantial liquid is collected, either the sample line root valve is
partially open or the cooler is leaking coolant into the sample. If the chloride level on this sample approxi-
mates the chloride in the cooling medium rather than the DFT, then the cooler should be hydrostatically tested.
Bulged coolers indicate coolant shell pressure has not been relieved during hot flushing for dissolved oxygen
(safety hazard). Sample coolers using chilled water from the air conditioning main shall have coolant inlet
valves locked open to preclude the possibility of cooler damage due to heating of trapped water. Replace
bulged coolers.
4. The sample discharge from the coolers to the collection bottle should be as direct as possible. The rubber tub-
ing should fit tightly over the sample outlet, not inside it. Any leakage at this junction is unacceptable. No
threaded fittings are permitted. It should not be presumed that because sampling lines are under positive pres-
sure water can leak out but air cannot leak in. In the configuration of fittings sometimes utilized, venturi effects
may exist which will create an inflow of air rather than a leakage of water. If any leakage into the sampling
line is suspected, the piping should be hydrostatically tested. If a flow of air bubbles is noticed in the glass
sampler during sampling, then the piping system is defective. To preclude the foregoing, DFT sampling sys-
tems shall be installed in accordance with NAVSEA dwg 803-1385735.
1. Failure to obtain a representative sample because the sample line was not properly flushed.
2. Failure to cool the sample below 38°C (100°F).
3. Failure to use a clean sample bottle.
220-130
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
4. Failure to thoroughly rinse the sample bottle and cap with sample before filling.
5. Failure to completely fill and cap the sample bottle.
6. Drawing a sample from the wrong boiler.
7. Leakage of water from the other boiler into the sample cooler in ships where two boilers are served by the
same cooler.
8. Leakage of cooling water into the sample side of the sample cooler.
NOTE
Additional coolers are being added by an approved SHIPALT to ships with only
one cooler for more than one boiler.
SECTION 25.
CHEMICAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS, HANDLING, AND STORAGE PROCEDURES
220-25.2
There are a number of safety precautions to be observed when testing or treating boiler water and feedwater.
Many of the chemicals employed are either acids or alkalies. All are poisons when ingested. Sampling can be
220-131
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
dangerous if procedures are not followed exactly or if equipment is faulty because live steam can discharge.
Coolers can rupture because of the pressures involved. For boiler water sampling, the cooling water flow must
be established prior to opening any valve in the sample line. For dissolved oxygen sampling, pressure in the
secured cooling water line must be relieved. Table 220-25-1 lists precautions to be employed when using test or
treatment chemicals. Immediate medical attention shall be obtained if any chemical is swallowed. Contaminated
clothing shall be laundered prior to reuse.
220-25.3 ACIDS.
Nitric acid is used in the phosphate test and mercuric nitrate stock solution contains nitric acid. The ammo-
nium molybdate reagent used in the silica test contains sulfuric acid. The hydrazine ampoule contains hydrochlo-
ric acid. The amino acid reagent contains 1-amino-2-naphthol-4-sulfonic acid. Also, citric acid is used in the silica
test. Do not mix acids directly with alkalies because the heat generated may cause the solution to spatter. If acids
contact the skin, flush affected skin with cold water. If a burning or itching sensation persists, or if a rash devel-
ops, seek medical attention. If acids come in contact with the eyes, flush with large amounts of potable water and
obtain immediate medical attention.
220-25.4 ALKALIES.
Trisodium phosphate and caustic soda are strong alkalies. The hardness buffer and titrating solution contain
a strong alkali. These chemicals shall never be handled directly. When measuring trisodium phosphate for boiler
water treatment use a scoop, not hands. Caustic soda must be dissolved in cold feedwater because it generates
heat when dissolving. Disodium phosphate, trisodium EDTA, morpholine, and sodium nitrite are weak alkalies.
The chemicals inside the dissolved oxygen ampoules are also alkalies. Do not mix alkalies directly with acids.
If alkalies contact the skin, flush the affected skin area with cold water until the slippery feeling disappears. If a
burning or itching sensation persists, seek medical attention. If alkali comes in contact with the eyes, flush with
large amounts of potable water and obtain immediate medical treatment. All alkalies must be stored separately
from acids.
220-25.5 FLAMMABLES.
The flashpoint of 40 percent morpholine is 82.2°C (180°F) (open cup). The flashpoint of isopropyl alcohol
is 15°C (59°F). Stow these materials in accordance with NSTM Chapter 670 .
220-25.6 POISONS.
All of the test and treatment chemicals are poisons having varying degrees of toxicity. Isopropyl alcohol is
very different from ethyl alcohol. Small amounts of isopropyl alcohol, if swallowed, can cause serious illness.
Mercuric nitrate is a poison which can cause ill effects whether exposure is chronic (small doses over a long
period of time) or acute (large doses over a short period of time). Silica-1 and amino acid reagents are also poi-
sons. Avoid mixing the hardness buffer reagents with acids since toxic hydrogen sulfide gas will be generated.
220-132
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
PRECAUTIONS - Continued
Stock Use
Chemical Class Concentration Concentration* Precaution
Dissolved Oxygen Ampoule Alkali 1% 1% a
Hardness Buffer Alkali & Poison <10% <10% a,b,c
Hardness Titrating Solution Alkali 0.4% 0.4% a
Hydrazine Poison 7.0% 0.2% a,b,c,d
Hydrazine Ampoules Acid 6.5% 6.5% a
Isopropyl Alcohol Poison 99% 99% b,c
Mercuric Nitrate Acid & Poison 0.5 N 0.01 N a,c
Methyl Purple Indicator Poison 100% 0.2% b,c,e
Morpholine Alkali 40% 40% a,b,d
Nitric Acid Acid 1.0 N 0.05 N a
Phenolphthalein Poison 100% 1% c
Silica One Reagent Acid & Poison 15% 15% a,c
Trisodium Phosphate Alkali 97% 8% a
Dodecahydrate
*
Designates concentration of chemical that results when the chemical is dissolved or diluted for use in testing or
treatment.
Precaution Key:
a. Causes burns to skin and eyes. Avoid contact with eyes, skin and clothing. In case of contact, flush skin with
large amounts of water; for eyes, flush with potable water for at least 15 minutes. Obtain medical attention (if
swallowed or in eyes).
Seven percent (7%) hydrazine solution is alkaline, volatile and toxic. Harmful, possibly fatal, effects may
result from ingestion, inhalation of vapor, or prolonged contact with the skin. These effects include dizziness,
nausea, hoarseness, headache and dermatitis. When inhaled, it may cause acute and chronic disease of the lungs,
liver, kidneys and central nervous system. Both inhalation or contact with skin must be avoided. In certain spe-
cies of animals, hydrazine has been identified as a carcinogen (cancer causing agent). Therefore, it is considered
to be a suspect human carcinogen. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists has set lim-
its for airborne concentrations of toxic materials. These limits are referred to as Threshold Limit Values (TLV).
They are time weighted averages for a 40 hour work week. For hydrazine the TLV in air is 0.1 ppm by volume.
The enclosed transfer system eliminates potential for hydrazine exposure. Monitoring of hydrazine levels during
simulated spill testing have shown that the airborne hydrazine concentration to be below the TLV; therefore, res-
piratory protection is not required even during spill clean up.
220-133
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-25.8 Compatibility.
Stock hydrazine solution is a strong reducing agent and shall not be allowed to contact oxidizing agents such
as chlorine, bromine, nitrites or hypochlorites. Hydrazine, being alkaline, shall not be allowed to contact acids.
Hydrazine is also incompatible with many organic materials. Stainless steel and high density polyethylene are the
only materials suitable for prolonged contact with the stock solution.
220-25.9 Storage.
Hydrazine should only be installed in the cabinet provided as part of the injection system. This cabinet shall
be labeled ″Hydrazine storage only.″ Hydrazine stock solution is carried as packaged to the hydrazine storage
cabinet. The bottle is removed from the box at the cabinet and immediately placed in storage. No other material
is to be stored in the hydrazine storage cabinet. Stock hydrazine shall always be stored upright. The storage cabi-
net has been designed and constructed in accordance with National Fire Protection Association Code #30 in that
internal temperature will not exceed 325°F when subjected to a 10 minute fire test. The stock hydrazine is not
flammable. The cabinet has been provided to protect the bottles during a fire. The cabinet door, if open, will close
automatically in the event of fire in the space. The cabinet shall be kept locked. Stock hydrazine solution shall
be kept from freezing, from contact with heated surfaces and shall not be stored in direct sunlight. The storage
cabinet shall be maintained full at all times by returning empty bottle to the cabinet. This is required to prevent
shifting or tipping of full bottles. Empty bottles must be disposed ashore as plastic waste.
A shower/eyewash shall be located within 10 feet of the injection system. A storage locker labeled ″Hydra-
zine Safety Equipment″ shall be located near the injection equipment and shall contain the following:
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Item Quantity
Apron, toxicological 2
Drum, shipping and storage 1
Foot wear covers, chemical protective 2
Gloves, chemical protective 2
Goggles, chemical safety 2
Plastic bag 1
Spill absorbent 1
The operators shall wear chemical protective gloves, a face shield, chemical safety goggles, a toxicological
apron, and coveralls when introducing 7% hydrazine solution into the piercing apparatus. In case of eye contact
with stock hydrazine or treatment solution, immediately flush at eye wash station for a minimum of 15 minutes,
lifting upper and lower eyelids occasionally. Seek medical attention. Skin areas affected by either stock solution
or treatment solution shall be flushed immediately with cold water for 15 minutes. Seek medical attention if skin
feels itchy or slippery. Immediately remove any clothes that have been contaminated with the stock or treatment
solution, launder before wearing again. After each use, rinse the protective gear with water. Wash face and hands
with soap and water. Protective gear is not required to be worn when onloading new supplies of hydrazine solu-
tion. Engineering personnel involved with handling hydrazine, including the spill clean up team, shall review the
″Spill Cleanup and Preparation/Injection of Treatment/Layup Solution″ video yearly.
220-134
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
WARNING
Wear face shield, goggles, gloves, boots, coveralls, and apron during spill
clean up. Never use rags or paper to wipe up spills as heat may be gener-
ated.
220-25.13
Spill in area that cannot be flushed to bilge or directly overboard.
220-25.14
Spill in area that can be flushed to bilge or directly overboard.
220-135
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
drain the solution to the bilge. Drain and flush the bottle following the procedure for preparation of treatment
solution. Personnel shall not be permitted to enter bilge area until waste has been disposed.
The procedure for repairing a leak of treatment solution from the continuous treatment system is:
2. Secure nitrogen valve, hydrazine supply to DFT cutout valve and hydrazine supply to control panel cutout
valve.
6. Drain treatment solution to the bilge and flush system with condensate. Personnel shall not be permitted to
enter bilge area until waste has been disposed.
9. Fill system with condensate and pressure test using nitrogen pressure to 90 psig.
220-25.18
Test Chemicals. Goggles and plastic or rubber gloves shall be worn when pouring nitric acid stock solution,
mercuric nitrate stock solution, and hardness titrating solution. A face shield, goggles, apron, and plastic or rub-
ber gloves are worn to prepare dilute caustic soda.
220-25.19
Treatment Chemicals. A face shield shall be worn when mixing treatment chemicals to prevent contact with
alkaline treatment solutions. A face shield is worn when treating the boiler because of the possibility of hot feed-
water spraying back on the operator should an error or equipment malfunction occur. A face shield, goggles,
apron, and plastic or rubber gloves shall be worn when handling caustic soda or morpholine solution. When han-
dling hydrazine, refer to paragraph 220-25.11.
220-25.20
Sampling. Wear a face shield when obtaining a deaerated feedwater or a boiler water sample; wear a finger
cot or surgical glove during dissolved oxygen testing; and wear a surgical glove during hydrazine testing to pro-
tect against the acid in the ampoule.
220-136
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-25.22
Ion exchange resin should be stored in a space where the temperature is between 0°C (32°F) and 38°C
(100°F). If the resin freezes and then thaws, resin beads may crack. Fragmented beads produce compaction of
the resin when used in the demineralizer, therefore restricting flow. Resin bead particles may also pass through
the retention screen of the demineralizer. Extreme heat will cause the resin to lose exchange capacity and possi-
bly melt. Reserve feedwater used with the demineralizer should be less than 60°C (140°F).
220-25.23
Resin is supplied in double polyethylene bags to ensure that the resin remains moist. When charged with
resin, the demineralizer tank should be kept completely filled with water to prevent drying of the resin. Dry resin
which is subsequently wet experiences mechanical shock which can cause cracking. When filling the demineral-
izer with resin, the tank should have no standing water; otherwise, the resin will classify (anion resin separates
from cation resin) reducing flow and efficiency.
SECTION 26.
FEEDWATER AND BOILER WATER SAMPLING AND TESTING
220-26.1 PURPOSE
220-26.2
Effective shipboard treatment of both feedwater and boiler water is based on the accurate performance and
interpretation of the tests that determine water quality. If these tests are not performed accurately, the water will
not be treated properly; therefore, scale formation, carryover, and excessive corrosion will occur. Instructions for
the interpretation of the test results and corrective action to be taken are specified in other sections, but will be
of little benefit if the instructions for sampling and testing in this section are not carefully followed.
220-26.4
Feedwater/condensate system samples, taken to be tested for chloride and hardness, shall be cooled below
38°C (100°F). Dissolved oxygen and hydrazine sample temperature requirements are given in the specific test
procedures. The equipment required for all of the sampling and testing except salinity/conductivity indicators is
listed in Section 28. A separate sample bottle shall be designated for each feed tank, DFT, condenser, drain tank,
evaporator distillate, and drain source.
220-137
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Remove the sounding tube cap and insert the thief sampler letting it fall to the bottom of the tube.
2. Draw two samples as in step 1 and rinse the plastic quart sample bottle and cap.
3. Draw additional samples as required to fill the sample bottle.
4. Cap the sample bottle.
5. Replace the sounding tube cap and ensure that it is set properly.
6. Enter the time of sampling in the appropriate log.
1. With the pump running, initiate a flow of feedwater from one of the petcocks.
2. Flush the line for 30 seconds.
3. Rinse the plastic quart sample bottle and cap with sample.
4. Obtain a full quart of the sample and cap the bottle.
5. Secure the pump.
6. Secure the petcock.
7. Enter the time of sampling in the appropriate log.
WARNING
A face shield shall be worn when sampling the water in the DFT.
220-138
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-26.10 DFT Sampling for the Dissolved Oxygen and Hydrazine Tests.
Because the dissolved oxygen level of deaerated feedwater is determined during sampling, both the sampling
and test procedure are included in paragraph 220-26.19. Normally sampling for hydrazine follows dissolved oxy-
gen testing. Both sampling and test procedures are included in the paragraph.
220-139
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
shore source steam is responsible for conducting pH, conductivity, hardness and silica tests and providing the ship
with the test results. Refer to paragraphs 220-22.18 and 220-22.21.
1. Apparatus
a. Nitric acid reagent bottle and buret assembly.
b. Mercuric nitrate reagent bottle and buret assembly.
c. Casserole.
d. Stirring rod.
e. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
2. Reagents
a. Chloride indicator (contents of one chloride indicator capsule dissolved in 50 ml of isopropyl alcohol, refer
to paragraph 220-24.51).
b. Nitric acid reagent 0.05 N (prepared from 50 ml of 1.0 N nitric acid stock solution diluted to 1,000 ml
with distilled water, refer to paragraph 220-24.47).
c. Mercuric nitrate reagent, 0.01 N (prepared from 20 ml of 0.5 N mercuric nitrate diluted to 1,000 ml with
distilled water, refer to paragraph 220-24.48).
d. Distilled water.
3. Interferences
a. A large excess of nitric acid causes a high result.
b. Colored water or suspended matter in the sample may interfere in detecting the indicator color change.
c. A large excess of sodium nitrite will make the end point difficult to detect as well as cause false high
results.
4. Procedure
a. Rinse the casserole and stirring rod with distilled water.
b. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with some of the sample water.
c. Measure 100 ml of the sample into the graduated cylinder and pour the 100 ml into the casserole.
d. Add 4 to 6 drops of chloride indicator to the sample in the casserole. The color of the sample will be pale
blue-violet or red.
220-140
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
e. Zero the buret and add nitric acid reagent, 1 drop at a time while stirring, until the sample becomes yel-
low.
f. Add exactly 1.0 ml more of nitric acid reagent to the sample.
g. Fill the mercuric nitrate buret and zero; be sure the buret tip is filled with liquid.
h. Add mercuric nitrate reagent to the sample 1 drop at a time, while stirring, until the yellow color disap-
pears and is replaced by the first pale violet persisting throughout the sample.
i. Read the buret to the nearest 0.1 ml, record the buret reading, multiply the reading by 0.1 and record the
result in epm chloride. For example, for a buret reading of 0.2 ml, the chloride concentration is calculated
as follows:
0.2 ml x 0.1 = 0.02 epm chloride
j. Pour the sample containing the chemicals used for the test and the first rinse into a plastic 5-gallon bottle
identified as containing mercury wastes.
WARNING
1. Apparatus
a. Squeezomatic buret assembly.
b. Brass dippers (3).
c. Casserole.
d. Stirring rod.
e. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
2. Reagents
a. Hardness Buffer. The white buffer powder contains potassium hydroxide, sodium sulfide, and sodium tet-
raborate in an inert filler. Potassium hydroxide is similar to caustic soda. Sodium sulfide is toxic (rotten
egg odor). Avoid inhalation of buffer dust and store separately from acids.
b. Hardness Indicator. The dark indicator crystals contain Eriochrome Black T in an inert filler.
c. Hardness Titrating Solution. (1 ml = 1 mg CaCO3 ). The reagent is an alkaline solution of ethylenediamine-
tetraacetate (EDTA).
d. Dimethylglyoxime (DMG). The DMG crystals are used to eliminate nickel interference.
3. Interferences
a. Nickel at a level of 0.1 ppm or greater interferes with the color change unless DMG is added. The sample
will change from red to purple, but then will not change to blue. In some instances, nickel may cause a
problem in shipboard analyses for evaporator distillate; therefore, DMG has been supplied to eliminate
220-141
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
nickel interference. The addition of DMG is actually necessary only if difficulty is experienced in end-point
detection, but is added to all samples for procedural uniformity.
b. Colored water or suspended matter in the sample may interfere in detecting color changes.
c. Copper and dissolved gases (bicarbonate) interfere with the titration color change to give false high hard-
ness results, especially for evaporator distillate and distiller air ejector drains. The sample will be gray
instead of the normal sky blue color and further additions of hardness titrating solution will not change the
sample color. Hardness greater than 0.5 epm without high chemical chloride should be suspected as being
falsely high. If false high hardness is suspected, reversing the order of chemical reagent addition will
sometimes minimize the interference; add hardness buffer, DMG and then the hardness indicator.
4. Procedure
NOTE
Keep the dippers for buffer, indicator, and DMG dry when in use. Do not inter-
change the dippers when running a series of hardness tests, because this will
result in contaminating the reagents. Dippers should be rinsed with distilled
water and shaken dry when testing is completed.
5. Range of Error: the range of error of the test is ± 0.02 epm hardness.
In this test a flow of deaerated feedwater is started through the sampling apparatus, the line is flushed, and
the temperature adjusted. An ampoule containing the test chemicals is inserted, the tip broken, the sample mixed
and then inserted into a comparator. The dissolved oxygen result in parts per billion is read from the compara-
tor.
220-142
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
WARNING
1. Apparatus
a. Chain clamp.
b. Utility clamp.
c. Rubber tubing.
d. Glass sampler.
e. Plastic snapper.
f. Thermometer (0°C to 100°C) (32°F to 212°F).
g. Finger cot or surgical glove.
h. Comparator 0-40 ppb 02 .
2. Reagents
a. Ampoule. An ampoule containing the needed reagents is supplied.
3. Interferences
a. Colored water or suspended matter in the sample may interfere in detecting comparator color differences.
b. Sample will absorb atmospheric oxygen. Test must be run immediately after breaking ampoule tip.
4. Procedure
a. Attach one end of a short length of black neoprene rubber tubing to the outlet nipple of the sample cooler.
b. Attach the glass sampling tube to the other end of the rubber tubing and secure the glass tube upright with
the utility clamp. The utility clamp and the chain clamp should be permanently attached near the sample
cooler.
c. With the cooling water flow secured (see NOTE), start a flow of sample water at a maximum rate to flush
the sample system.
NOTE
When the sample cooler uses seawater or drinking water as a coolant, close the
cooling water inlet valve to the cooler in preparation for hot flushing. To preclude
cooler rupture during hot flushing, a cooling water outlet valve has not been
installed in these systems.
NOTE
When the sample cooler uses chilled water from the air-conditioning main as
coolant, close only the cooling water outlet valve for the sample cooler in prepa-
ration for hot flushing. Cooling water flow should be controlled by the cooling
water outlet valve only. All other cooling water valves remain open.
d. Initiate coolant flow to flush the line with sample flow at a temperature of 60°C (140°F) to 93°C (200°F)
for at least 5 minutes. Knead the rubber tubing to dislodge air bubbles.
220-143
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
e. Adjust cooling water and sample flow rate to obtain a temperature of between 21°C (70°F) and 38°C
(100°F) as measured by a thermometer.
f. Place the snapper in the sampling tube.
g. Place an ampoule in the snapper. Sample flow must be sufficient to float the ampoule without forcing it
out of the snapper. Hold the ampoule down for 1 minute.
h. Press down on the ampoule to break the tip. A sample will be drawn in and a small bubble of inert gas
will remain in the ampoule.
i. Remove the ampoule from the snapper, immediately cover the open end with a finger (the finger should
be protected with a finger cot or surgical glove), and invert the ampoule 10 times allowing the gas bubble
to transverse the tube to mix reagent and sample.
j. Wipe the ampoule dry and place it in the center of the comparator, with the open end up.
k. View the comparator from the bottom with the top pointing at a daylight fluorescent lamp.
l. Rotate the comparator until a color match is obtained or the sample color lies between two of the standard
colors or the sample color is darker than the 40 ppb standard.
(1) If a color match is obtained, record that value in the log.
(2) If the color lies between the two standard colors, add the two values, divide by two, and record that
value in the log.
(3) If the color of the sample is darker than the 40 ppb standard, record greater than 40 ppb in the log.
m. Dispose of the used ampoule in such a manner that the broken glass does not present a safety hazard to
personnel.
n. After finishing the test, secure the feedwater flow, secure the coolant and disconnect the rubber tubing and
sampling tube.
5. Range of Error: the range of error of the test is ± 2.5 ppb dissolved oxygen.
WARNING
Wear a face shield and surgical gloves when obtaining a hydrazine sample.
1. Apparatus
a. Chain clamp.
b. Utility clamp.
c. Rubber tubing.
d. Glass sampler.
e. Plastic snapper.
220-144
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
The hydrazine test uses the same sampling apparatus as the feedwater dissolved
oxygen test. If the hydrazine test is done immediately following the dissolved
oxygen test, start at step h and wear surgical glove for both tests.
CAUTION
220-145
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
p. After finishing test, secure feedwater flow, secure coolant and disconnect rubber tubing and sampling tube.
5. Range of Error: The range of error of the test varies, within the feedwater limits it is ± 10 ppb.
220-26.21 FEEDWATER pH TEST FOR SHORE SOURCE FEEDWATER OR SHORE STEAM CON-
DENSATE.
Phenolphthalein indicator is added to a 50 ml sample and the color is observed. Methyl purple indicator is
added to another 50 ml sample and the color is observed. This test indicates whether the feedwater pH is satis-
factory.
NOTE
1. Apparatus
a. Casserole.
b. Stirring rod.
c. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
2. Reagents
a. Phenolphthalein indicator (2 level dippers of phenolphthalein dissolved in 25 ml of distilled water and 25
ml of isopropyl alcohol - refer to paragraph 220-24.49).
b. Methyl purple indicator (the contents of 1 methyl purple indicator capsule dissolved in 50 ml of distilled
water, plus 10 ml isopropyl alcohol - refer to paragraph 220-24.50).
c. Distilled water.
3. Interferences
a. Absorption of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere lowers pH. Refer to paragraph 220-31.203.
4. Procedure
a. Rinse the casserole and stirring rod with distilled water.
b. Rinse the graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with some of the water to be tested.
c. Measure 50 ml of sample into the casserole.
d. Add 2-3 drops of phenolphthalein indicator to the sample water.
(1) If the sample is pink, record the pH result as greater than 8.2 (>8.2). The test is complete.
(2) If the sample is clear, continue with step e.
e. Add 2-3 drops of methyl purple indicator to the sample.
(1) If the sample is green, record the pH result as 5.4-8.2.
(2) If the sample is purple, record the pH result as less than 5.4 (<5.4).
220-146
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Set the temperature compensator to the value of the temperature of the solution being measured.
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
220-26.24 SILICA TEST FOR SHORE SOURCE FEEDWATER AND STEAM CONDENSATE.
This silica test is performed by measuring 10 ml of sample and adding Silica-1 Reagent, citric acid and amino
acid. Specific time intervals are observed between each step to allow the chemical reactions to take place. The
colorimeter is standardized by using 10 ml of original sample water. The treated sample is then placed in the
colorimeter and silica results are read directly in ppm.
1. Apparatus
a. Colorimeter.
b. Sample cells (2).
c. Cell holder.
d. Clippers.
2. Reagents
a. Silica-1 Reagent (Sodium Molybdate). Contains sodium molybdate dissolved in sulfuric acid. Sodium
molybdate is toxic. Since sulfuric acid is an acid, store the reagent separately from alkalies.
b. Citric Acid. Store citric acid separately from alkalies.
220-147
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
c. Amino Acid. Contains 1-amino-2-naphthol-4-sulfonic acid, sodium sulfite and sodium bisulfite. Sodium
sulfite and sodium bisulfite are toxic. 1-amino-2-naphthol- 4-sulfonic acid is an acid. Store separately from
alkalies.
3. Interferences
a. Large amounts of phosphate. This will not normally be encountered in the type of samples being analyzed
for silica with this test.
b. Colored water or suspended matter in the sample may cause high results. Using original sample water for
standardizing the colorimeter helps minimize this type of interference.
c. Dirty sample cells can interfere. Cells must be kept clean.
4. Procedure
a. Rinse a clean sample cell and cap with sample. Fill the cell to the 10 ml mark with sample.
b. Add exactly 14 drops of Silica-1 Reagent. Cap and swirl to mix. Wait 10 minutes.
c. Using the clippers, clip the end off of a Citric Acid powder pillow. Add the contents of the pillow to the
sample. Cap and swirl to mix. Wait 2 minutes.
d. Add the contents of an Amino Acid powder pillow to the sample. Cap and swirl to mix. Wait at least 5
minutes but not more than 10 minutes before performing step h.
e. Open the light shield on the colorimeter and place the cell holder in the sample well so that the white mark
on the cell holder is pointing to the left set position. Press down firmly to seat it into place. Close the light
shield.
f. While holding the On button down, adjust the Left Set knob to align the meter needle with the arrow at
the far left of the scale. Release the On button and remove the cell holder.
g. Fill a clean sample cell to the 10 ml mark with original water sample. Wipe the outside of the cell until it
is clean and dry. Cap and place the cell into the sample well. Press down firmly to set it into place. Close
the light shield. While holding the On button down, adjust the Right Set knob until a reading of 0 mg/l is
obtained. Release the On button and remove the sample cell.
h. Wipe the outside of the treated sample cell until it is clean and dry. Place the treated sample (from step d)
into the sample well. Press down firmly to set it into place. Close the light shield. Hold the On button down
and allow the meter to stabilize (about 5 seconds). Record the reading in ppm silica. Remove treated
sample from meter sample well and pour the sample containing the chemicals used for testing into a quart
bottle identified as containing Silica-1 Reagent wastes.
WARNING
220-26.26
Boiler water sampling systems shall have a separate cooler for each boiler. Systems that share a cooler must
be modified per applicable SHIPALT. The boiler water sample systems and cooler shall be in accordance with
220-148
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NAVSEA dwg 803-1385735. Boiler water shall be sampled at a temperature below 38°C (100°F) as measured by
a thermometer. All of the equipment required for performing the tests is listed in Section 28. A separate sample
bottle shall be designated for each boiler. The procedure for obtaining a representative boiler water sample on
propulsion boilers using chelant treatment is given in Figure 220-22-6. The procedure for obtaining all other
boiler water samples follows:
WARNING
To prevent accidental cooler rupture, the cooling water inlet valves for
sample coolers that have a closed loop coolant system shall be locked open.
NOTE
In cases where the boilers are idle with a wet layup being applied and the boiler
is under hydrostatic or nitrogen pressure, care must be exercised when sampling
so that pressure is maintained. Otherwise, oxygen may contaminate the boiler
water.
1. Apparatus
a. Nitric acid reagent bottle and buret assembly.
b. Casserole.
220-149
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
c. Stirring rod.
d. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
2. Reagents
a. Nitric acid reagent, 0.05 N (prepared from 50 ml of 1.0 N nitric acid stock solution diluted to 1,000 ml
with distilled water, refer to paragraph 220-24.47).
b. Phenolphthalein indicator (2 level dippers of phenolphthalein dissolved in 25 ml of distilled water and 25
ml of isopropyl alcohol, refer to paragraph 220-24.49).
c. Methyl purple indicator (contents of 1 methyl purple indicator capsule dissolved in 50 ml of distilled water
plus 10 ml isopropyl alcohol, refer to paragraph 220-24.50).
d. Dilute caustic soda (3 flakes or 2 dippers of bead form caustic soda is dissolved in 50 ml of distilled water,
refer to paragraph 220-24.56). Dilute caustic soda solution is needed only if the alkalinity is zero epm.
3. Interferences
a. Color or suspended matter in sample may interfere in detecting indicator color changes.
b. Silica contamination may cause false high results.
c. Excess morpholine following hydrazine layup will cause false high alkalinity and false high phosphate
results.
d. If caustic soda is added, sodium carbonate contamination of the caustic soda may cause false high phos-
phate results. See NOTE in paragraph 220-24.56.
e. Bicarbonate in the sample may cause false high results. Samples exposed to air slowly absorb carbon diox-
ide, which converts to bicarbonate. Testing the sample within 30 minutes after sampling prevents absorp-
tion of carbon dioxide.
4. Procedure
a. Rinse the casserole and stirring rod with distilled water.
b. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with some of the water to be tested.
c. Measure exactly 200 ml of sample into the casserole.
d. Add 2-3 drops of phenolphthalein indicator to the sample water. The sample should turn pink.
NOTE
If the sample does not turn pink, the alkalinity is 0 epm. Add dilute caustic soda
1 drop at a time until the sample turns pink. Proceed with step e., except record
″cs″ for ml phenolphthalein and 0 for alkalinity.
e. Zero the nitric acid buret. Add nitric acid 1 drop at a time, while stirring, until pink color disappears com-
pletely. Read buret and record result in the ml phenolphthalein column. Divide reading by 4. This gives
alkalinity of the water in epm. Record result in log.
f. Add 2-3 drops of methyl purple indicator to sample water. Sample should turn green.
NOTE
If sample turns purple, phosphate is 0 ppm. Record 0 in the methyl purple col-
umn and in the phosphate column. The test is complete.
g. Rezero the nitric acid buret. Add nitric acid one drop at a time, while stirring, until sample turns purple.
A gray color will appear just before end point. Read buret and record result in the ml methyl purple col-
umn. Multiply reading by 25. This gives phosphate concentration in ppm. Record result.
220-150
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
5. Range of Error: The range of error of this test is ± 0.025 epm alkalinity and ± 2.5 ppm phosphate.
1. Apparatus
a. Meter, conductivity, SOLUBRIDGE, specific conductance of 40-8,000 µmho/cm; requires a 110-115 volt
power supply.
b. Cell, conductivity, dip type, 2.0 cell constant; connected to conductivity meter.
c. Thermometer, metal, dial type, 0°C to 100°C
d. Bottle, glass, square, 8 ounce.
2. Reagents
a. Distilled water.
3. Interferences
a. Oil and suspended matter may coat the electrode making it inoperable.
4. Procedure
a. Rinse the conductivity cell, thermometer, and test bottle with distilled water and then with the sample.
b. Place the cell and the thermometer in the test bottle. Add sufficient sample water to cover the air holes in
the cell by 1/2 inch.
c. Turn on the meter.
d. Allow the older meters (Beckman Model RD-338) with the null tuning eye to warm up. The newer meters
(Beckman Model SD-178) require no warm up.
e. Adjust the meter temperature compensating dial to the temperature of the sample. Some meters have a
temperature compensating dial marked in °F; in this case refer to Table 220-26-1 for conversion from °F
to °C. Remove the thermometer and rinse it with distilled water.
f. Move the cell up and down several times to remove entrapped air bubbles.
g. Adjust the conductivity dial of the older meter until the null tuning eye deflects to the widest angle. Adjust
the conductivity dial of the newer meter until the red and green lights are lit simultaneously or until one
light goes off as the other comes on.
h. Move the cell up and down. Readjust the conductivity dial if necessary. Repeat until there is no change in
the reading.
220-151
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
i. Read the conductivity value of the boiler water in µmho/cm. Record less than 40 µmho/cm as <40. Record
the result in the log.
j. Turn the meter off.
k. Rinse the cell and the test bottle with distilled water. Store the cell in distilled water. The distilled water
in the storage bottle is to be changed daily.
5. Range of Error: the range of error of the test is ± 3 percent.
1. Apparatus
a. Nitric acid reagent bottle and buret assembly.
b. Mercuric nitrate reagent bottle and buret assembly.
c. Casserole.
d. Stirring rod.
e. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
2. Reagents
a. Chloride indicator (contents of 1 chloride indicator capsule dissolved in 50 ml of isopropyl alcohol, refer
to paragraph 220-24.51).
b. Nitric acid reagent, 0.05 N (prepared from 50 ml of 1.0 N nitric acid stock solution diluted to 1,000 ml
with distilled water, refer to paragraph 220-24.47).
c. Mercuric nitrate reagent 0.01 N (prepared from 20 ml of 0.5 N mercuric nitrate diluted to 1,000 ml with
distilled water, refer to paragraph 220-24.48).
d. Distilled water.
3. Interferences
a. A large excess of nitric acid causes a high result.
b. Colored water or suspended matter in the sample may interfere in detecting the indicator color changes.
4. Procedure
a. Rinse the casserole and stirring rod with distilled water.
b. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with some of the sample water.
c. Measure 25 ml of the sample into the graduated cylinder and pour the 25 ml sample into the casserole.
d. Add 4 to 6 drops of chloride indicator to the sample in the casserole. The color of the sample will be pale
blue-violet to red depending upon the sample pH.
e. Zero the buret and add nitric acid reagent, 1 drop at a time while stirring, until the sample passes through
a pale blue-violet color and becomes yellow.
f. Add exactly 1.0 ml more of nitric acid reagent to the sample.
g. Fill the mercuric nitrate buret and drain to zero. Be sure the buret tip is filled with liquid.
h. Add mercuric nitrate reagent, one drop at a time while stirring, until the yellow color disappears and is
replaced by the first pale violet persisting throughout the sample.
220-152
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
i. Read the buret and record the buret reading to the nearest 0.1 ml.
j. Multiply the buret reading by 0.4. This gives the chloride value in epm chloride. Record the result in the
log. For example, if the buret reading is 1.7 ml, the chloride concentration is calculated as follows:
1.7 ml x 0.4 = 0.68 epm
k. Pour the sample containing the chemicals used for the test into a plastic 5-gallon bottle identified as con-
taining mercury wastes.
WARNING
220-153
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
WARNING
1. Apparatus
a. Sample cup, 25 ml.
b. High range comparator (0 to 100 ppm)
c. Surgical gloves.
2. Reagents
a. The required reagents are contained in the ampoule.
3. Interferences
a. Color or suspended matter in sample may interfere in detecting comparator color differences.
b. Absorption of atmospheric oxygen by sample causes hydrazine level to decrease.
4. Procedure
a. Rinse sample cup with distilled water and then with sample.
b. Fill sample cup with sample.
c. Wearing surgical glove, place ampoule in cup with tip between side of cup and raised edge in bottom. Pull
ampoule to side of cup to break tip.
d. Remove ampoule, and invert 10 times allowing gas bubble to transverse tube to mix reagent and sample.
e. Wait 10 minutes for color to fully develop.
f. Wipe ampoule dry and compare to the high range comparator standard colors:
(1) If a color match is obtained, record that value.
(2) If color lies between two standards, record average.
(3) If color is darker than the 100 ppm standard, record greater than 100 ppm.
g. Dispose of used ampoule in such a manner that broken glass does not present a safety hazard to person-
nel.
5. Range of Error: The range of error of the test varies, within normal treatment range (20 to 100 ppm) is ±10
ppm.
1. Apparatus
a. Colorimeter.
220-154
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
2. Reagents
a. Silica-1 Reagent (sodium molybdate). Contains sodium molybdate dissolved in sulfuric acid. Sodium
molybdate is toxic. Since sulfuric acid is an acid, store the reagent separately from alkalies.
b. Citric Acid. Store citric acid separately from alkalies.
c. Amino Acid. Contains 1-amino-2-naphthol-4-sulfonic acid, sodium sulfite and sodium bisulfite. Sodium
sulfite and sodium bisulfite are toxic. 1-amino-2-naphthol- 4-sulfonic acid is an acid. Store separately from
alkalies.
3. Interferences
a. Large amounts of phosphate can cause high results. This interference will be minimal unless boiler water
phosphate levels are significantly above the upper limit.
b. Colored water or suspended matter in the sample may cause high results. Using diluted sample for stan-
dardizing the colorimeter helps minimize this type of interference.
c. Dirty sample cells can interfere. Cells must be kept clean.
d. If the distilled water used for diluting the sample contains silica, a false high boiler water silica result will
be obtained. If there is any question, perform a feedwater silica test on a sample of the distilled water
(paragraph 220-26.24), multiply the result by 10 and subtract from the boiler water silica result. Normally,
seawater distillate from the evaporators is virtually free of silica.
4. Procedure
a. Rinse a clean plastic 100 ml graduated cylinder with sample. Measure 10 ml of sample into the graduated
cylinder. Dilute to the 100 ml mark with distillate.
b. Rinse a clean sample cell and cap with diluted sample. Fill the cell to the 10 ml mark with diluted sample.
c. Add exactly 14 drops of Silica-1 Reagent. Cap and swirl to mix. Wait 10 minutes.
d. Using the clippers, clip the end off of a Citric Acid powder pillow. Add the contents of the pillow to the
sample. Cap and swirl to mix. Wait 2 minutes.
e. Add the contents of an Amino Acid powder pillow to the sample. Cap and swirl to mix. Wait at least 5
minutes but not more than 10 minutes before performing step i.
f. Open the light shield on the colorimeter and place the cell holder in the sample well so that the white mark
on the cell holder is pointing to the Left Set position. Press down firmly to seat it into place. Close the
light shield.
g. While holding the On button down, adjust the Left Set knob to align the meter needle with the arrow at
the far left of the scale. Release the On button and remove the cell holder.
h. Fill a clean sample cell to the 10 ml mark with diluted sample from the graduated cylinder. Wipe the out-
side of the cell until it is clean and dry. Cap and place the cell into the sample well. Press down firmly to
set into place. Close the light shield. While holding the On button down, adjust the Right Set knob until a
reading of 0 mg/l is obtained. Release the On button and remove the sample cell.
i. Wipe the outside of the treated sample cell until it is clean and dry. Place the treated sample (from step e.)
into the sample well. Press down firmly to set it into place. Close the light shield. Hold the On button down
and allow the meter to stabilize (about 5 seconds). Read the meter.
220-155
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
j. Multiply the meter reading by 10 to obtain the silica value in ppm. Record the result in the remarks sec-
tion of the Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log. For example, if the meter reading is 0.62, silica con-
centration is calculated as follows:
0.62 x 10 = 6.2 ppm silica
k. Remove treated sample from meter sample well and pour the sample containing the chemicals used for
testing into a quart bottle identified as containing Silica-1 Reagent wastes.
WARNING
220-26.35
The test is performed by adding methyl purple to 50 ml of standard and titrating with nitric acid from green
to purple.
1. Apparatus
a. Nitric acid reagent bottle and buret assembly.
b. Casserole.
c. Stirring rod.
d. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
2. Reagents
a. Nitric acid reagent, 0.05N (prepared from 50 ml of 1.0N nitric acid stock solution diluted to 1,000 ml with
distilled water, refer to paragraph 220-24.47).
b. Methyl purple indicator (the contents of 1 methyl purple indicator capsule dissolved in 50 ml of distilled
water, refer to paragraph 220-24.50).
c. Distilled water.
3. Procedure
a. Rinse the casserole and stirring rod with distilled water.
b. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with some of the standard.
c. Measure exactly 50 ml of standard and pour it into the casserole.
d. Add 2 to 3 drops of methyl purple indicator to the standard in the casserole. The standard will then turn
green.
NOTE
220-156
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
e. Zero the buret. Add nitric acid 1 drop at a time, while stirring, until the standard turns purple. A gray color
will appear just before the standard turns purple.
f. Read the buret. One ml equals one epm. Record the result in epm.
4. Acceptable limit: 5.4 to 6.6 epm. If result does not fall in this range, proceed as in paragraph 220-24.64.
220-26.37
All standards are tested in the same manner as the applicable boiler water or feedwater sample, except for
the alkalinity standard. The procedures are:
TEST PROCEDURES
Standard Procedure
Feedwater Hardness 220-26.18
Boiler Water Chloride 220-26.31
Boiler Water Conductivity 220-26.30
Alkalinity 220-26.35
220-26.38
To interpret test results, refer to paragraphs 220-24.59 through 220-24.64.
SECTION 27.
WATER CHEMISTRY RECORDS AND DATA ANALYSIS
220-27.2
The importance of the feedwater and boiler water chemistry logs and records must not be underestimated.
Data collected and reflected in the logs and records must not be an end in itself, but rather a means to be utilized
by the Engineer Officer and his assistants to measure the performance, stability, efficiency, and the state of mate-
rial readiness of the engineering plant. The review of these logs and records must support the decision-making
process involved in an effective water chemistry program. The individual command must be kept informed of
steam plant water chemistry status on a regular basis. Personnel responsibilities listed below are aimed at facili-
tating this communucation process. The duties given below are considered the minimum necessary and nothing
here prevents an individual ship from increasing personnel responsibilities in a given area, provided they meet
type commander, group commander and squadron instructions. It is important that all personnel (especially oil
kings) know and be intimately familiar with the specifics of the individual steam plant. Off-ship training cannot
provide all of the knowledge needed because steam plant arrangements differ. Personnel familiarity with specific
ship arrangements must be demonstrated.
220-27.3
The responsibilities of personnel regarding logs and records are as follows:
220-157
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-27.5
There are 6 forms available for recording the necessary data used to assist in maintaining proper water con-
ditions in a steam propulsion plant. The records are:
220-158
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-27.6
A complete Machinery Plant Water Treatment Log Package for a month shall be compiled in this order for
each machinery space. This package shall be comprised of:
220-27.7
The Machinery Plant Water Treatment Log Package is retained for 2 years.
220-27.8
The daily log for the reserve/makeup feedwater tests is retained for 3 months. The optional daily fuel and
water report and chemical inventory log are retained for 1 month. A sample of each of these forms is shown in
Figure 220-27-1 at the end of the section.
a. The quantity onboard with less than six months shelf life remaining. Do not record expired material.
b. The quantity onboard with six or more months shelf life remaining.
c. The minimum onboard stock required for a six month deployment (see paragraph 220-28.22).
220-159
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
d. Determine if the quantities onboard are sufficient by recording yes or no in the sufficient onboard stock col-
umn. If the quantity onboard is not sufficient, the ″no″ entry shall be circled in the log.
220-27.12
Initiate a daily log by inserting the system number, ship name and hull number, and date. When there is more
than one condensate/feedwater system, a separate log is required for each system.
1. Enter the time of completion of sampling and reading of the salinity/conductivity indicator.
220-160
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Enter the time of completion of sampling, the time the continuous treatment system is placed on-line or
secured, and the time of completion of preparation of the continuous treatment tank.
2. Enter the appropriate code as given on the back of the log sheet.
3. Enter the following as required:
a. Dissolved oxygen test result.
b. Hydrazine test result.
c. Ounces of EDTA, the ounces of disodium or trisodium phosphate, and the gallons of hydrazine used to
prepare the treatment tank.
d. Continuous treatment tank solution level.
e. Mixing tank nitrogen pressure.
220-27.17
The Chelant Feedwater Chemistry Worksheet/Log need not be prepared on a daily basis if a plant is in a cold
iron status and no testing is required. When no testing is required, enter the inclusive dates on the front of one
log and give the reason in the remarks section.
220-27.18
For every day that there is a log, the LCPO shall review and initial the log.
220-161
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-27.20
Initiate the daily log by inserting the ship name and hull number, and the date.
1. For a reserve feedwater tank which requires a daily chemical test, enter the tank number, time of sampling,
appropriate test code, the ml of mercuric nitrate used and the calculated chloride test result, the ml of EDTA
used and the calculated hardness test result.
2. When the makeup feedwater salinity or conductivity indicator is satisfactory and another reserve feedwater
tank is placed on makeup feed, enter the tank number, the time the tank is placed on makeup, and appropri-
ate test code. Enter the indicator reading in the applicable salinity/conductivity indicator column. Leave the
chloride column blank.
3. When the salinity or conductivity indicator is faulty and the reserve feedwater tank is sampled within 30 min-
utes prior to being placed on makeup, enter the tank number, the time of sampling, appropriate test code, the
ml of mercuric nitrate used, and the calculated chloride test result.
1. For a reserve feedwater tank which requires a daily chemical test, enter the tank number, time of sampling,
appropriate test code, the ml of mercuric nitrate used and the calculated chloride test result, the ml of EDTA
used, and the calculated hardness test result.
2. When a reserve feedwater tank is placed on makeup feed, enter the tank number, the time the tank is placed
on makeup, the inlet conductivity reading, and the outlet conductivity reading.
3. When the demineralizer system is not in operation, or is being bypassed, note this fact in the remarks section.
The requirements in paragraph 220-27.21 shall then apply.
1. Record the pH, hardness, conductivity and silica results provided by the activity supplying the shore source
feedwater.
2. Record the pH, hardness and silica of shore source feedwater as determined by ship’s force. If conductivity
is too low to measure, record < 40 µmho/cm.
3. If multiple testing is required, insert the first set of results in the test data section. Insert follow-on results in
the remarks section.
220-162
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-27.25
The Reserve/Makeup Feedwater Tests Log need not be prepared on a daily basis if no testing is required.
When no testing is required, enter the inclusive dates on the front of one log and give the reason in the remarks
section.
220-27.26
For every day that there is a log, the LCPO shall review and initial the log.
220-27.28
Initiate the daily log for each boiler by inserting the boiler number, the ship name and hull number, and the
date.
220-163
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
h. Completion of dumping.
i. Completion of freshly filling.
j. Completion of batch chemical additions.
k. Completion of blowdowns.
l. Completion of any tests including hydrostatic tests.
m. Initiation of continuous blowdown.
n. Securing of continuous blowdown.
o. Other items of interest.
2. Enter the appropriate code as given on the back of the log. If a specific code is not provided, enter OTH and
write out what took place in the remarks section. If the boiler is not steaming, a 0001 entry should be made
each day with the appropriate layup code. One sheet may be used to cover a number of days in a single month
if a boiler is under layup, but a date should be added to the time (day of month followed by time), for example,
050001 STM.
3. For each boiler water sample, record:
a. Continuous conductivity monitor reading.
b. Sample temperature and the conductivity (lab).
c. The ml of nitric acid needed to change phenolphthalein from pink to colorless and the calculated alkalin-
ity test result.
d. The ml of nitric acid needed to change methyl purple from green to purple, and the calculated phosphate
test result.
e. The ml of mercuric nitrate used and the calculated chloride test result.
f. The percent boiler load by the following formula:
The percent boiler load for M type boilers is calculated for boiler water treatment considerations by using
the above formula for the saturated side only. Each ship should prepare a table for percent boiler load for
various fuel oil header pressures and burner alignments. Percent boiler load shall be rounded to the near-
est whole number.
4. The Oil King enters his initials and the reviewing EOOW/EDO enters his initials upon completion of the tests.
1. Enter the amount of trisodium phosphate, disodium phosphate, or caustic soda required.
220-164
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
2. Enter the time of completion of the 10-minute flush when injecting treatment chemicals.
3. Enter the total amounts of all chemicals used for the day on the last log for the day.
1. Enter the times of initiation and completion of a scum, surface, or bottom blowdown operation. If a blow-
down spans two dates, record time on the date of completion.
2. Enter the appropriate code, as given on the back of the log, for the type of blowdown.
3. For surface blowdown (not scum blowdown), enter the conductivity before blowdown, the conductivity after
blowdown, and the calculated percent blowdown. Round to the nearest whole number (i.e. 10.4% rounds to
10%, 10.5% rounds to 11%).
4. Enter the total percent of surface blowdown on the last log for the day.
220-165
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-27.34
The Chelant Treatment Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log need not be prepared on a daily basis when
the boiler is idle. When no testing is required and no change in boiler condition is occurring, enter the inclusive
dates on the front of one log and enter the type of layup applied in the code column, and describe significant
events occurring during the idle period.
220-27.35
For every day that there is a log the LCPO shall review and initial the log.
NOTE
The total amount distilled should be equal to the total evaporator output during
the day.
f. The amount of potable water expended and the number of personnel onboard are used to determine the
number of gallons used per person. These are entered. Each class ship has a standard usage which is based
on a normal complement. This is entered.
g. Enter feedwater consumption in gallons per hour.
h. Remarks concerning unusual conditions are entered.
2. On the reverse side (Figure 220-27-1, sheet 12):
220-166
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-27.38
The logs serve to record the past history and present condition of the steam plant water chemistry. The evalu-
ation of the data of a particular log will enable the Engineer Officer and his assistants to provide proper treatment
and other corrective action in order to maintain the water chemistry of the steam plants within the proper ranges.
1. Waterside and fireside hours serve as an aid in scheduling required maintenance and steaming of specific boil-
ers.
2. Boiler water and feedwater data provide an overview of current water chemistry conditions.
3. Fuel and feedwater consumption is related to plant efficiency. These also serve as a guide for computing fuel
and feedwater requirements.
4. Potable water and reserve feedwater consumption are two factors which must be compared to distilling plant
output and capacity. Any unusual use in either potable water or reserve feedwater usage should be investi-
gated.
1. Chemical Tests and Salinity/Conductivity Indicator Comparison. This section shows the reliability of the
salinity or conductivity indicating systems. Salinity or conductivity indicators detect an increase in contami-
nant level rapidly. Any salinity indicators or conductivity indicators that test unsatisfactorily must be repaired
as soon as possible.
2. Feedwater Tests. The chloride result indicates the general level of seawater contamination. Increasing chlo-
ride levels or results above 0.02 epm indicate that seawater contamination is entering the feedwater system.
The source of contamination shall be determined and corrected. A hardness result above 0.02 epm with a nor-
mal chloride result indicates shore water contamination. When hardness is present in deaerated feedwater, the
service steam system must be checked for hardness. A high salinity/conductivity indicator reading with a low
220-167
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
chemical chloride test result is also an indicator of shore water contamination. If shore water contamination
is suspected, test the affected component for hardness. The salinity/conductivity systems will assist in locat-
ing both seawater and shore water contamination. Contamination of the feedwater will have an effect on boiler
water chemistry and will therefore be reflected in the boiler water log.
3. Deaerated Feedwater Test. The dissolved oxygen test indicates the effectiveness of the DFT. Any reading
above 15 ppb must be investigated. Frequent high or low hydrazine requires that continuous injection system
be inspected for proper operation.
The quality of the reserve feedwater available for use or the actual quality of the makeup being used is
reflected in this log. The makeup feed salinity/conductivity indicator reading or the inlet conductivity reading of
the reserve feed demineralizer represents the overall quality of reserve feedwater. Increasing or high values of
either of these two readings indicate either poor quality reserve or distillate. A fast rise of the outlet conductiv-
ity is a warning that the resin bed is about to be exhausted. If consistent low readings on the outlet conductivity
are not obtained shortly after placing a fresh resin bed in the demineralizer, the resin may be of poor quality or
the resin bed may not have been prepared properly. An increase in the daily chloride and hardness value of an
unused reserve feedwater tank indicates that tank integrity is questionable. The results for shore feedwater or
shore steam indicate the quality of the feedwater or steam which will be used.
The data from the Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log assist in interpreting the causes of changes in
boiler water chemistry and allow engineering personnel an opportunity to anticipate the effects that changes in
boiler operation will have on boiler water control. Some examples are:
1. If conductivity and chloride increase, while alkalinity and phosphate decrease, seawater contamination is
probable.
2. If alkalinity and conductivity increase slightly, while phosphate decreases and chloride remains relatively con-
stant, shore water contamination is probable.
3. When chemical hideout occurs, observation of the changes in alkalinity and phosphate under varying load
conditions will allow engineering personnel to anticipate treatment action which will be required when simi-
lar circumstances again arise.
4. Load variation may also cause boiler water parameters to vary slightly under normal conditions. These can be
anticipated.
5. A decrease in all boiler water chemistry parameters, without excessive continuous blowdown, indicates carry-
over or boiler leakage.
6. A slow increase in chloride above normal indicates a small seawater leak whose source should be located.
7. Inexplicable changes in one parameter, and no other, indicate a sampling or testing problem.
8. Increase in the frequency of surface blowdown indicates the development of a contaminating condition.
9. If boiler water control problems routinely develop at a certain time of day, contamination sources are narrowed
to equipment which operate intermittently (for example, in the laundry, sculleries).
220-168
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-27.44
Every time that data is transferred from one sheet of paper to another, the likelihood of error exists. Any
practice of increasing the number of times data is transferred, by maintaining rough working logs and then pre-
paring smooth logs for file, is prohibited. The individual who is recording data should record data on the appro-
priate log only. The logs may be prepared either in ink or pencil at the option of the person who is developing
the data. No erasure is permitted on the feedwater chemistry worksheet/log or the boiler water chemistry work-
sheet/log. If an error is made, line through and initial the error, then enter the correct number.
220-27.45
The Oil King who is performing the analyses shall maintain the feedwater chemistry worksheet/log and the
boiler water chemistry worksheet/log. If for convenience a ship wishes to record these data in an area such as
main/central control, this is permissible; however, the boiler water and feedwater chemistry worksheet/logs sub-
mitted in the log package shall be those which were maintained in the laboratory by the Oil King.
220-27.47
The monthly water treatment log package including the cover sheet and monthly boiler data, the feedwater
chemistry worksheet/log, the boiler water chemistry worksheet/log shall be retained onboard for 2 years, at which
time they may be discarded. The reserve/makeup feedwater tests log shall be retained for 3 months and may then
be discarded. The fuel and water report shall be retained for 1 month and may then be discarded.
220-27.49
Operation and safety placards for treatment and sampling procedures shall be posted in appropriate places as
follows:
220-169
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
12. Boiler Water Sampling/Continuous Blowdown. Each boiler water sample cooler area.
13. DFT Warning, ″FEEDWATER TREATED WITH HYDRAZINE. DO NOT DRINK″. Each DFT sample
cooler area.
220-27.50
Placards are normally supplied by the installing activity at the time of equipment installation. If placards are
missing, prepare them locally. The necessary technical information for placards is contained in the applicable
sections of this technical manual. For demineralizer operation and maintenance, refer to NAVSEA Technical
Manual S9255-AQ-MMO-010.
220-170
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-171
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-172
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-173
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-174
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-175
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-176
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-177
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-178
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-179
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-180
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-181
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-182
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
SECTION 28.
SUPPLY INFORMATION
220-28.2
The national stock numbers (NSN) contained in the following supply information were appropriate at the
time this chapter was issued, but are subject to change. If a stock number is changed, the supply system will still
process an order as long as the ordered item is clearly identified on the requisition (DD Form 1348M). It is
essential that material which is obviously defective or suspected to be defective be reported promptly to the Sup-
ply Department regardless of the cost of the defective item. Material deficiencies are resolved more expeditiously
and effectively where the users report the problems when discovered. If possible, the defective material, the con-
tainer, associated requisition number, and shipping documentation should be returned to the Supply Department
to enable thorough reporting. Afloat supply departments will make defective material reports in accordance with
the Afloat Supply Procedures Manual (NAVSUP P-485, Chapter 4). Ashore supply departments will submit
reports in accordance with the Supply Ashore Manual (NAVSUP P-485, Volume 2). A copy of the report will also
be forwarded to Naval Sea Systems Command (NAVSEA) and NSWCCD-SSES.
NOTE
SAMPLING EQUIPMENT
Item NSN
Cooler, sample, boiler water 1H 4420-00-376-1545**
Cooler, sample, DFT 1H 4420-00-376-1545**
Bottle, polyethylene, screw cap, 1 qt 9G 8125-00-819-6085
*
The same cooler is used for boiler water, desuperheated steam, and DFT.
220-183
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
The stock chemicals required for the boiler water testing cabinet, are as follows:
STOCK CHEMICALS
Item NSN
Methyl purple (methyl red - acid blue 5), bottle of 12 capsules 9G 6810-00-142-9290
Phenolphthalein, 100 g 9G 6810-00-223-7612
Isopropyl alcohol (isopropanol, 2-propanol) 9G 6810-00-227-0410
Nitric acid solution, 1.0 normal, 1 qt 9G 6810-00-270-9978
Mercuric nitrate solution, 0.5 normal, 4 oz 9G 6810-00-281-4163
Chloride indicator, bottle of 12 capsules 9G 6810-00-753-4907
NOTE
The equipment required for the conductivity test of boiler water, is as follows:
220-184
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Sample cup, 25 ml
Comparator, low range, 0-500 ppb
Comparator, high range, 0-100 ppm
Ampoules, hydrazine, box of 30
Replacement ampoules are also available as follows:
Item NSN
Ampoules, hydrazine, box of 30 9G 6810-01-312-4075
220-185
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-28.12
All of the foregoing standards are supplied as solutions in small plastic bottles. All standard solutions must
be discarded after one use. Quarterly verification testing is to be performed when a new reagent solution is pre-
pared, and whenever the validity of a test result is in doubt.
220-186
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Item NSN
Face shield, industrial 9Q 4240-00-542-2048
Gloves, rubber 9D 8415-00-266-8677
Gloves, plastic 9D 8415-00-682-6786
Goggles, chemical safety 9G 4240-01-364-2169
220-28.15
The following protective equipment is specified for chelant treatment in addition to the above:
Apron, toxicological agents protective, (medium) 9D 8415-00-281-7814
Drum, shipping and storage sheet metal with enamel 9G 8110-00-254-5713
Foot wear covers, chemical protective 9D 8430-01-021-5978
Gloves surgical, natural, (size 8) 9L 6515-00-339-7880
Plastic bag 9Q 8105-00-200-0195
Spill absorbent (50 lb) 9Q 7930-00-269-1272
220-28.18
The following allowance equipage and parts lists apply to test and treatment of propulsion boiler water and
feedwater:
220-187
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-28.19
AEL and APL quantity changes are updated by the ship by forwarding a change request to SPCC Mechan-
icsburg, PA.
220-28.21
Control of the material required for testing and treatment of feedwater and boiler water is necessary. An
adequate supply must be maintained, stored properly, and have remaining shelf life.
a. The quantity onboard with less than six months shelf life remaining. Do not record expired material.
b. The quantity onboard with six or more months shelf life remaining.
c. The minimum onboard stock required for a six month deployment.
d. Determine if the quantities onboard are sufficient, by recording yes or no in the sufficient onboard stock col-
umn. If the quantity onboard is not sufficient, the ″no″ entry shall be circled in the log.
The completed inventory log shall be included as part of the monthly water treatment log package. Items
listed on the log that are not ship applicable may be lined out.
220-188
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Stock solutions, indicators, and standards are subject to deterioration during storage. For this reason various
shelf lives have been imposed on these materials to minimize errors in testing boiler water and feedwater. The
shelf life of a material is measured from its date of manufacture. It is recommended that shelf life control pro-
cedures be established and maintained. Items received without date of manufacture or expiration shall be marked
with an expiration date based on the date of receipt.
BASIC EQUIPMENT
b
Boiler water testing cabinet (com- 1H 6630-00-372-0839 EA 1
plete)
b
Boiler water conductivity test All items in 220-28.6 N/A 1 set
equipment (complete)
c
Cabinet, storage hydrazine 1HS 0000-LL-CQA-2208 EA 1
c
Dissolved oxygen testing kit (com- 9G 6635-01-044-6065 KT 1
plete)
b
Hardness test equipment All items in 220-28.9 N/A 1
c
Hydrazine test kit 9G 6665-01-319-3149 KT 1
c
Locker, clothing, safety equipment 9Q 7125-00-530-1899 EA 1
b
Silica Test Kit 1H 4410-01-183-7442 KT 1
STOCK CHEMICALS
b
Amino acid reagent pillows 9G 6810-01-169-1770 BT (100) 1
c
Ampoules, 0-40 ppb oxygen 9L 6630-01-068-5210 PG (30) 7
c
Ampoules, hydrazine 9G 6810-01-312-4075 BX (30) 7
a
Chloride indicator capsules 9G 6810-00-753-4907 BT (12) 1
b
Citric acid reagent pillows 9G 6810-01-169-6568 BT (100) 1
a
Dimethylglyoxime 9G 6810-01-082-5414 BT (25 g) 1
a
Hardness buffer 9G 6850-01-390-4335 BT (100 g) 1
a
Hardness indicator 9G 6850-01-390-4339 BT (100 g) 1
a
Hardness titrating solution 9G 6810-01-072-1978 GL 1
a
Isopropyl alcohol (isopropanol, 9G 6810-00-227-0410 GL 1
2-propanol)
a
Mercuric nitrate 9G 6810-00-281-4163 BT (4 oz) 3
a
Methyl purple indicator capsules 9G 6810-00-142-9290 BT (12 per btl) 1
a
Nitric acid 9G 6810-00-270-9978 QT 1
a
Phenolphthalein indicator 9G 6810-00-223-7612 1 BT (100 g) 1
b
Silica-1 reagent 9G 6810-01-169-1773 BT (2 oz) 1
STANDARDS
b
Chloride (2.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-129-3762 BT (75 ml) 12
b
Conductivity (1,400 µmho/cm) 9G 6810-00-945-7682 BT (250 ml) 12
b
Hardness (0.2 epm) 9G 6810-01-125-5234 BT (150 ml) 8
a
Methyl purple alkalinity (6.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-259-8231 BX (6-100 ml 2
btl)
220-189
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
DEPLOYMENT - Continued
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
a
Apron, rubber 9D 8415-00-634-5023 EA 1
c
Apron, toxicological 9D 8415-00-281-7814 EA 2
c
Drum, shipping and storage 9G 8110-00-254-5713 EA 1
a
Face shield 9Q 4240-00-542-2048 EA 2
c
Finger cot 9L 6515-00-935-1194 PG (144) 2
c
Foot wear covers, chemical protec- 9D 8430-01-021-5978 PR 2
tive
a
Gloves, chemical protective 9D 8415-00-266-8677 PR 6
a
Gloves, plastic 9D 8415-00-682-6786 PR 100
c
Gloves, surgeons 9L 6515-00-339-7880 PR 100
a
Goggles, chemical safety 9G 4240-01-364-2169 PR 2
b
Plastic bag 9Q 8105-00-200-0195 BX (100) 1
c
Spill absorbent 9Q 7930-00-269-1272 BG (50 lb) 1
SPARE EQUIPMENT
b
Aspirator bulb assembly (for filling 1H 6640-00-291-1162 EA 3
burets)
b
Bottle, dropper, 60 ml plastic 9L 6640-01-077-2468 PG (12) 1
a
Bottle, polyethylene, screw cap, 1 9G 8125-00-819-6085 EA 12
qt
b
Bottle, reagent, 1 liter (for nitric 9L 6640-00-253-2495 EA 1
acid)
220-190
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
DEPLOYMENT - Continued
b
Quantity needed per ship
c
Quantity needed per DFT
a
Quantity needed per two boilers
d
Applies only to ships with demineralizers installed
e
Per demineralizer
220-191
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-28.25
All stock chemicals, standards, dissolved oxygen comparator, and hydrazine comparator have a 2-year shelf
life, except as follows:
Item Months of Shelf Life
Chloride indicator (capsules, from date of manufacture) 36
Chloride indicator (prepared solution, from date of preparation) 9
Dimethylglyoxime (DMG) Unlimited
Hydrazine Ampoules 60
Isopropyl alcohol Unlimited
Methyl purple indicator (capsules, from date of manufacture) Unlimited
Methyl purple indicator (prepared solution, from date of preparation) 6
Phenolphthalein indicator Unlimited
Silica-1 reagent (from date of receipt) 12
Amino Acid reagent pillows Unlimited
Citric Acid reagent pliiows Unlimited
Dissolved Oxygen ampoules 60
220-28.26
Mixed bed ion exchange resin has a shelf life of 24 months. Do not use ion exchange resin that has been
exposed to a temperature of 0°C (32°F) or less. All of the remaining treatment chemicals have an indefinite shelf
life.
220-28.27
All stock chemicals should be visually examined when received. Cloudy solutions or deposits in the bottom
of the bottle indicate deterioration. The caps of the liquid standards, by specification, must be sealed with plas-
tic to prevent evaporation of liquid, prior to use.
220-28.28 FORMS.
The following forms are used to record water conditions for ships using chelant boiler feedwater treatment.
They may be obtained through normal supply channels in accordance with NAVSUP Publication 2002.
1. NAVSEA 9255/14 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-2800, Chelant Treatment Feedwater Chemistry Worksheet/Log
2. NAVSEA 9255/6 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-2300, Cover Sheet and Monthly Boiler Data
3. NAVSEA 9255/15 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-2900, Chelant Treatment Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/
Log
6. NAVSEA 9255/16 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-3100, Boiler Water/Feedwater Test and Treatment Chemical
Inventory Log
220-192
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
SECTION 29.
WATER REQUIREMENTS FOR AUXILIARY BOILER SYSTEMS
220-29.1 INTRODUCTION.
This section provides water treatment procedures for auxiliary boilers. Auxiliary boilers are low pressure, oil
fired boilers that provide steam for the ship’s service steam system. The water requirements for the waste heat
boilers are given in Section 30.
220-29.2
The water requirements for the auxiliary boilers are divided into two broad classes based on whether the ves-
sel has propulsion boilers or not. Paragraphs 220-29.4 through 220-29.89 apply to the auxiliary boilers in ships
not equipped with main propulsion boilers. The water requirements for the auxiliary boilers in ships with main
propulsion boilers are based on the propulsion boiler water requirements. The differences between the main pro-
pulsion boiler requirements and the auxiliary boiler water requirements for these ships are given at the end of
this section, paragraphs 220-29.90 through 220-29.116. This section does not apply to ships with nuclear main
propulsion. For these ships, refer to the steam plant manual for auxiliary boiler water requirements.
220-29.3 WATER REQUIREMENTS FOR AUXILIARY BOILERS IN SHIPS EQUIPPED WITH DIE-
SEL MAIN PROPULSION
The overall auxiliary boiler system water cycle is a closed system in which feedwater from the boiler feed-
water tank is pumped to the boiler, the boiler water is heated to generate steam and the steam is used for ship’s
services. The steam drains are condensed by the condensate/drain cooler and returned to the feedwater tank/fresh
water drain collecting tank (FWDCT). Water for the cycle is obtained from the evaporation of seawater by the
distiller. The distillate is usually sent to a reserve feedwater tank. The reserve feedwater is then added as makeup
feedwater to the feedwater tank to replace water that is lost from the system due to boiler blowdown and system
leaks.
220-29.7 FIRE-TUBE.
The fire-tube boilers comprise the largest population of auxiliary boilers. These boilers are found on mine
sweepers, auxiliary ships, some nuclear powered cruisers and service craft. Fire-tube boilers are small, single
drum boilers. The hot combustion gases make two or more passes through submerged tubes to provide the heat
to generate the steam. The steam rises, enters the dry pipe/pan, and leaves the boiler by way of the steam outlet
valve. Any sediment settles in the bottom of the drum. The boilers are equipped with surface and bottom blow-
down connections. The boiler is fired automatically to maintain the operating pressure.
220-193
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.10
In a properly operating auxiliary boiler system the distillate contains the highest level of contaminants.
Therefore, the makeup rate will determine the amount of contaminant that enters the boiler. High makeup rates
will cause the boiler water chloride and conductivity to increase, and lead to a higher usage of treatment chemi-
cals. This will cause greater sludge formation and an increase in the deposits on the watersides. The makeup rate
shall be maintained at a minimum by correcting all system leaks.
220-29.11 SEAWATER.
Seawater is the most common contaminant found in marine boiler water systems. The primary source of sea-
water contamination is a tube leak in the condensate cooler. A small leak in the cooler can be difficult to locate.
Methods for tube leak testing are given in NSTM Chapter 254, Condensers, Heat Exchangers, and Air Ejec-
tors . The following summarizes the sources, detection methods, effects and corrective action required for sea-
water contamination:
1. Source
a. Distillate; dump valve malfunctioning or bypassed
b. Condensate/Drain cooler; tube leak
2. Detection
a. Salinity/conductivity indicators
b. Chemical chloride test
3. Effect on boiler water
a. Alkalinity decreases
b. Phosphate decreases
c. Conductivity increases
d. Chloride increases
4. Corrective action
a. Find, isolate, and correct source of contamination.
b. Sample and test boiler water as necessary to keep alkalinity and phosphate within limits.
c. Blowdown to remove contamination.
220-194
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
d. The most effective method to remove high levels of contamination from the boiler is to secure, cool, dump
and flush.
1. Source
a. Hot water heaters; leaking steam coil
b. Galley and laundry equipment; leak or malfunction
c. Shore source feedwater; contaminated
d. Shore steam; contaminated
2. Detection
a. Salinity/conductivity indicator
b. Feedwater hardness test
3. Effect on boiler water
a. Alkalinity will increase
b. Phosphate will decrease
c. Conductivity will usually increase
d. Chloride will usually increase
4. Corrective action
a. Find, isolate, and correct source of contamination.
b. Sample and test boiler water as necessary to keep alkalinity and phosphate within limits.
c. Blowdown to remove contamination.
d. The most effective method to remove high levels of contamination from the boiler is to secure, cool, dump
and flush.
220-29.13 OIL.
The steam can become contaminated with oil if a leak occurs at a lubricating oil heater. Oil entering the feed
system will coat the salinity/conductivity cell electrodes causing erroneous low readings. The cells must be
cleaned with alcohol to remove the oily film. Oil contamination of the boiler can be seen in the gauge glass. The
following summarizes the sources, detection methods, effects and corrective actions for oil contamination:
1. Source
a. Lubricating oil heater; leak
220-195
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
2. Detection
a. Oily condensate in inspection tank
b. Oil in the feedwater or boiler water sight glass
c. Oil in the feedwater or boiler water samples
3. Effect on boiler water chemistry
a. No effect on alkalinity, phosphate, conductivity or chloride
b. May induce carryover
4. Corrective action
a. Find, isolate, and correct source of contamination.
b. Surface blow to remove contamination, treat as necessary to keep alkalinity and phosphate within limits if
boiler is steaming.
c. If contamination is severe, then clean boiler with an alkaline boil out in accordance with NSTM Chapter
221, Boilers .
NOTE
NSTM Chapter 221 requires that the steam used for propulsion boiler layup be
produced from boilers that operate on deaerated feedwater. Therefore the auxil-
iary boilers cannot provide steam for propulsion boiler layup.
1. Metal corrosion products and suspended solids. Corrosion products from the feedwater system are washed to
the boiler. To some extent erosion of the feedwater system metal surfaces also contributes suspended matter
to the boiler water. These particles contribute to the formation of sludge in the boiler water. This will be most
noticeable after long idle periods and will be indicated by discoloration of the boiler water. Extra blowdowns
or securing and dumping will be required to remove the sediment from the boiler.
2. Preservatives. Metal preservative coatings are used to protect the metal surfaces after manufacture. The pre-
servative is usually removed prior to shipboard installation. The contaminant is usually found only in new
ships where the preservative has not been properly removed. Contamination can also occur when piping is
replaced without removing the preservative from the new component. When the boiler is steamed, the preser-
vative that is washed to the boiler will bake onto the boiler tubes. Preservative contamination is removed using
an alkaline boilout in accordance with NSTM Chapter 221.
3. Dirt and Debris. Whenever the auxiliary boiler system is open for repair or maintenance, care must be taken
to prevent dirt from entering the system. Dirt and debris that has entered the system will contribute to the sus-
220-196
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
pended matter in the boiler water and may increase the waterside deposits. The effects will be seen when the
auxiliary boiler is first lit off. The boiler water sample will be dark and may be difficult to test. The boiler
water chemistry may be affected. Extra blowdowns or securing and dumping will be required to remove the
sediment.
220-29.17
The feedwater requirements for auxiliary boilers are based on the actual values attainable for a properly
operated system. The feedwater limits are the maximum allowed. Whenever the feedwater test results exceed the
limits, either by chemical test or by salinity/conductivity indicator, the source of the contamination must be
located and corrective action taken. The values should be maintained at the lowest levels for routine control of
the boiler water. The limits are summarized in Table 220-29-1.
220-29.19
Salinity indicators and conductivity indicators both measure the conductivity of the water. Salinity indicators
are labeled to read in epm chloride or ppm chloride (1 epm = 35.5 ppm). If contamination from other than a sea-
water source is present the salinity/conductivity indicators will read higher than the chemical chloride test.
220-29.20
Continuous monitoring of either boiler feedwater or all condensate contamination sources by salinity or con-
ductivity indicators is required to ensure maintenance of boiler water quality. If auxiliary boiler feedwater or
condensate quality is not continuously monitored by salinity or conductivity indicators installed in either all con-
densate streams or in the feedwater piping, boiler water shall be sampled and tested every four hours. When indi-
vidual salinity/conductivity indicators are not operational, except reserve feedwater, either sample the affected
feedwater and chemically test for chloride every four hours or sample and test boiler water every four hours. If
reserve feedwater cannot be continuously monitored, test for chloride 30 minutes prior to use.
220-197
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
epm chloride). The sample shall be obtained from a sample connection near the cell or from a feedwater tank
that is representative of the water. Sampling of the water and reading of the salinity/conductivity indicator is
accomplished concurrently:
NOTE
Salinity indicator alarm and dump valves shall be set as close to the above lim-
its as installed hardware permits. Replacement or modification of installed hard-
ware is not authorized or required by this chapter. Updating of these systems is
only approved by ship alteration as authorized by the Type Commander and
NSWCCD.
1. If the difference between the chemical test result and the indicator reading is 0 ± 0.02, the comparison is sat-
isfactory.
2. If the chemical test result is higher than the indicator reading by more than 0.02, the comparison is unsatis-
factory and the indicator must be checked for malfunction (paragraph 220-24.70).
3. If the chemical test result is lower than the indicator reading by more than 0.02 epm, check the water for
220-198
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
hardness (excluding distillate)* . If hardness is 0.02 epm or less, check the indicator for malfunction. If hard-
ness is more than 0.02 epm, the indicator is functioning satisfactorily.
4. An indicator that consistently reads zero shall be checked for malfunction.
NOTE
220-29.22 DISTILLATE.
On most vessels the distillate is monitored continuously by a salinity or conductivity indicator at the dis-
charge of the distilling unit. The limit is 0.065 epm (2.3 ppm) chloride by salinity indicator or 10 µmho/cm by
conductivity indicator. The indicator controls a solenoid valve which dumps the distillate if the limit is exceeded.
The daily comparison test will assure that the cell is reading correctly. The limit by chemical test for distillate
discharging to feed are 0.07 epm chloride.
All feedwater tanks shall be sampled and tested for chloride and hardness within 24 hours prior to light off
of a cold plant. The limits by chemical test are 0.10 epm chloride and 0.10 epm hardness. If distillate or shore
source feedwater is required prior to light off, the tank samples shall be obtained after the tanks have been filled.
Water exceeding these limits shall be dumped.
Vessels having a salinity or conductivity indicator in the discharge from the reserve feedwater tank shall
monitor the makeup feedwater tank for any signs of contamination. The limit is 0.10 epm (3.55 ppm) chloride
by salinity indicator or 15 µmho/cm by conductivity indicator. The daily comparison test will assure that the cell
is operating properly. The limits by chemical test are 0.10 epm chloride and 0.10 epm hardness. For cold plant
*
The comparison test for distillate is based only on chemical chloride because the hardness test may give false
high results. If the chemical chloride test result is lower than the indicator reading by more than 0.02 epm, check
the indicator for malfunction.
220-199
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
startup obtain a sample of the reserve feedwater within 30 minutes prior to light off and test for chloride. As soon
as the tank is placed on makeup read the indicator and perform the comparison test. Reserve feedwater not meet-
ing the requirements shall be dumped.
220-29.25 FEEDWATER.
Vessels having a salinity or conductivity indicator in the discharge of the feedwater tank shall monitor the
feedwater for any signs of contamination. The limit is 0.05 epm (1.8 ppm) chloride by salinity indicator or 8
µmho/cm by conductivity. The daily comparison test will assure that the cell is operating properly. The limits by
chemical test are 0.05 epm chloride and 0.02 epm hardness. The feedwater may be above the limits for approxi-
mately 1 hour after light-off due to the higher limit for feedwater in an idle tank.
220-29.29 REQUIREMENTS FOR AUXILIARY BOILER WATER IN SHIPS EQUIPPED WITH DIE-
SEL MAIN PROPULSION
220-29.30
The chemical treatment used for auxiliary boilers is designed to prevent acid corrosion, caustic corrosion,
scale formation and carryover. The treatment is a coordinated phosphate treatment. Additional information on
coordinated phosphate treatment is provided in Section 31. The auxiliary boiler limits are listed in Table
220-29-2.
220-200
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.31
Trisodium phosphate and disodium phosphate are the chemicals used to treat the auxiliary boiler water. Tri-
sodium phosphate provides alkalinity and some of the phosphate. The disodium phosphate provides additional
phosphate while contributing little to the alkalinity. Maintaining alkaline boiler water prevents acid corrosion and
is necessary for the reaction between the phosphate and the scale formers. The additional phosphate prevents the
formation of free caustic in the boiler water which could lead to caustic corrosion. The relationship of the aux-
iliary boiler water treatment to the coordinated phosphate curve is given in Figure 220-29-1.
220-29.32
Conductivity is proportional to the concentration of all of the dissolved solids present in the boiler water due
to treatment chemicals and contaminants. The conductivity should remain within limits as long as the other test
results are within the proper range. High conductivity levels when the other results are within limits indicates
contamination from other than a seawater source or a test error.
220-29.33
The chloride level provides an overview of the contamination entering the boiler. Maintaining a chloride of
less than 1.0 epm is easily accomplished by maintaining good distillate quality and correcting any in-leakage of
seawater or potable water.
220-201
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
and the general procedures are given in Figure 220-29-2. Other auxiliary boilers have chemical injection systems
similar to that used by propulsion boilers. In these cases, general procedures given in Figure 220-22-4 shall be
adapted for use, realizing that stop check valves, fill line check valve and topping off line valve may not be
installed. When operating the injection system, the tank is overfilled slightly to prevent air from entering the
boiler. Overfilling must be minimized to avoid the loss of treatment chemicals.
220-202
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Volume
Vessel Boiler (gallons)
AS 31, 32 Babcock and Wilcox 460
ASR 13, 14, 15, 22 Cyclotherm MC-2500 240
ASR 21 Cyclotherm MC-4000 300
ATF 105, 110, 113 Foster Wheeler 140
ATF 159 Cleaver-Brooks OB-6M 350
ATF 160, ATS 1,2,3 Cyclotherm MC-2500 300
LSD 41 thru 49 Combustion Engineering V2M 310
LST 1179 thru 1198 Combustion Engineering V2M2H 310
MSO 427 thru 492 Cyclotherm MC-800 80
MSO 509, 511 Orr and Sembower 50
YRST 2 York Shipley SPHV-70-2 450
WARNING
1. Locate the boiler water volume for chemical treatment, in gallons, from Table 220-29-3.
2. Locate the weights of trisodium phosphate and disodium phosphate, in grams, from Table 220-29-4.
3. Add feedwater at 50°C (122°F) or less to the safety dispensing bottle, do not use more water than the injec-
tion tank will hold.
4. Weigh the necessary amount of each chemical and add to the bottle.
5. Cap the bottle and spout, then shake to dissolve.
6. Add the solution to the injection tank and top off with feedwater.
7. Fill the boiler to light-off level with the injection tank aligned to the system.
220-203
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
The boiler water chemistry in a steaming auxiliary boiler shall be maintained within the limits specified in
Table 220-29-2. A logic chart for treatment action of a steaming auxiliary boiler is given in Figure 220-29-3. The
steaming boiler shall be sampled and tested as follows:
2. Within 30 minutes after the boiler has been placed on the line (steam stop valve opened).
3. As often as required to maintain the limits, but at least every 24 hours (maximum of 24 hours between
samples).
NOTE
Guidance for sampling prior to and during casualty control drills is contained in
paragraph 220-31.48.
220-204
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-205
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-206
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-29-3. Logic Chart for Treatment Action of Steaming Auxiliary Boilers
220-207
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
The addition of trisodium phosphate to raise the alkalinity also raises the phosphate. Therefore, the control
of alkalinity and phosphate are linked. The addition of disodium phosphate increases the phosphate only. To
determine the amounts of trisodium and disodium phosphate required use the following procedure:
WARNING
1. Determine the alkalinity and phosphate concentrations in the boiler water from sample results.
2. Locate the boiler water volume for chemical treatment from Table 220-29-3.
3. Locate the boiler water alkalinity from across the top of Table 220-29-5 then read down the column to find
the weight of trisodium phosphate required for the appropriate volume. Record this weight in the log.
4. Continue to the last line of the column to find the phosphate correction. This is the amount that the phosphate
will increase because of the injection of trisodium phosphate. Record the phosphate correction in the log.
5. Add the phosphate correction caused by trisodium phosphate to the phosphate that was measured in the boiler
water. Record the corrected phosphate in the log.
6. Proceed to Table 220-29-6. Locate the corrected phosphate from across the top of the table, then read down
the column to find the weight of disodium phosphate required for the appropriate volume. Record this weight
in the log.
7. Weigh the chemicals, dissolve them together in the safety dispensing bottle, and inject the solution into the
boiler in accordance with paragraph 220-29.35.
220-29.39
When the test results indicate that chemicals are required, the treatment shall be initiated within 60 minutes
after the sample was taken. Due to the lower operating pressures, the extent of damage caused by steaming in the
free caustic region is much less than for a propulsion boiler. Therefore, blowdown is permissible in the free caus-
tic region to reduce high alkalinity. If required, add treatment chemicals in accordance with normal dosage tables
prior to blowdown to prevent alkalinity or phosphate from going below the lower limit.
220-29.40 Conductivity.
The conductivity level is controlled by surface blowdown. The conductivity should be within limits if the
alkalinity, phosphate and chloride are maintained within limits.
220-208
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.41 Chloride.
The chloride level of the boiler water is controlled by surface blowdown. When the feedwater quality is
properly maintained, a boiler water chloride of less than 1.0 epm can be achieved without difficulty. If the boiler
water chloride is difficult to maintain then the source of the contamination must be located and corrected.
220-209
Table 220-29-5. TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE DOSAGE FOR AUXILIARY BOILERS (SHIPS WITHOUT PROPULSION BOILERS)
220-210
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Boiler Water Alkalinity
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.35 0.40
Boiler Water Volume for Chemical to to to to to to to to or
Treatment (Gallons) 0.025 0.075 0.125 0.175 0.225 0.275 0.325 0.375 more
Grams of TSP required to Raise the Alkalinity to 0.4
50 30 26 22 18 15 11 7 4 0
80 47 41 35 30 24 18 12 6 0
140 83 72 62 52 41 31 21 10 0
240 142 124 106 89 71 53 35 18 0
300 177 155 133 111 89 66 44 22 0
310 183 160 137 114 92 69 46 23 0
450 266 232 199 166 133 100 67 33 0
460 270 237 203 170 136 102 68 34 0
600 354 310 266 222 177 132 89 44 0
690 408 357 306 255 204 153 102 51 0
950 543 475 407 339 271 199 131 68 0
Phosphate Correction (ppm)
40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
TSP = Trisodium Phosphate
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-211
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Significant Damage - rapid damage will occur if serious contamination deteriorates to any of these condi-
tions:
1. Alkalinity is zero.
2. Alkalinity greater than 2.0 epm.
3. Phosphate is zero.
4. Conductivity is greater than 2000 µmho/cm.
Moderate Contamination - defined as contamination of boiler water that affects the chemistry, appearance, or
odor of the boiler water, but not so severely as to be classed as serious contamination.
220-29.43 ACTION.
Serious contamination of boiler water is a major casualty that demands immediate corrective actions:
220-29.44 REPORTS.
The cognizant activity (for example, ship, NAVSHIPYD, SUPSHIP) shall provide a detailed message report
within 24 hours to the Type Commander with an information copy to the ISIC, NAVSEA and NSWCCD-SSES
if any of the following conditions occur:
1. The contamination reaches a condition of significant damage as defined in paragraph 220-29.42 for 8 hours or
more.
2. The boiler is steamed under conditions of serious contamination for more than 24 hours.
The information to be included in the report is contained in paragraph 220-23.28.
220-212
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
TSP = (f x chloride)/2
where:
TSP = grams trisodium phosphate, dodecahydrate
f = the amount of trisodium phosphate required for treating the boiler when freshly filling
chloride = boiler water chloride, epm
220-213
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
10. Sample and test boiler water 30 to 60 minutes after completion of blowdown.
1. Sample, test, and chemically treat the boiler water within 90 minutes prior to securing.
2. Secure the boiler and let it stand for at least 1 hour.
3. Obtain permission to conduct blowdown.
4. Sample and test the boiler water within 1 hour prior to blowdown.
5. Prepare the blowdown system by opening the overboard discharge valve(s) and the guarding valve(s) in that
order.
6. Open each bottom blow valve rapidly to the full open position then immediately close it.
7. On completion of bottom blow, close guarding valve(s) and overboard discharge valve(s) in that order. Open
the drain valve to the bilge to ensure tight seating. Close the valve when pressure is relieved. Monel valves
require a second shutting after a 15-minute cool down period to prevent leakage.
8. Note the time of completion of the blowdown in the boiler water log.
9. Sample and test the boiler water 30 to 60 minutes after the completion of the blowdown.
220-214
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.51
An auxiliary boiler under hydrazine/morpholine layup may be lit off without draining and flushing. Inject the
initial dosage of treatment chemicals. An auxiliary boiler containing sodium nitrite solution must be drained and
flushed prior to being freshly filled and treated.
220-29.53
As with main propulsion boilers, the prevention of corrosion in auxiliary boiler watersides, often caused by
exposure to the atmosphere, is the major concern when securing. The requirements of paragraphs 220-22.60
through 220-22.77, therefore, also apply to auxiliary boilers. The Oil King shall log the layup status of the aux-
iliary boiler daily on the boiler water chemistry worksheet/log. Factors such as duration of layup, availability of
required equipment, and type of repair work that will be performed should be considered when choosing the type
of layup to be used. The applicability of the layup methods to the various types of auxiliary boilers is given in
Table 220-29-7.
1. A steam supply from another boiler or shore steam up to a maximum of the boiler operating pressure is
required.
2. Do not add feedwater to the secured boiler after the bottom blowdown.
220-215
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.58 Hydrazine/Morpholine.
This method is applicable to all auxiliary boilers but is to be utilized by industrial activities only. Follow
paragraph 220-22.71 for layup procedures and precautions with the exception of the following provisions:
1. Prepare sufficient hydrazine/morpholine treated water to fill the boiler and provide a reservoir, approximately
double the steaming volume plus 50 to 100 gallons.
2. Maintain a positive pressure not in excess of the boiler operating pressure.
1. Prepare sufficient sodium nitrite solution to fill the boiler and provide a reservoir, approximately double the
steaming volume plus 50 to 100 gallons. Dissolve 1 pound of sodium nitrite per 100 gallons of feedwater
required in a pierside tank or ship’s feed tank. Mixing is accomplished by dissolving the sodium nitrite in
feed-quality water (10 pounds will dissolve in 2 gallons of water) and then adding the dissolved chemicals to
the feedwater in the tank. The tank is then recirculated for 30 minutes to mix the solution.
2. A head tank is the easiest and preferred method of maintaining positive pressure. If a head tank method is
used, locate and pipe the head tank above the highest boiler vent.
3. Fill the boiler with sodium nitrite solution and maintain pressure by using a head tank or feed pump.
220-29.60 AUXILIARY BOILER FEEDWATER AND BOILER WATER SAMPLING AND TESTING
220-29.61
Section 24, techniques, and Section 25, safety, pertain to the auxiliary boilers. The procedures for sampling
are given in Section 26.
220-216
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.66
The personnel responsibilities and the general information given in Section 27 applies to the auxiliary boil-
ers. There are six forms available for recording the necessary data used to assist in maintaining proper water con-
ditions in an auxiliary steam plant. The records are:
220-29.67
A complete Steam Plant Water Treatment Log Package shall be compiled each month. This package is
retained for two years and shall consist of:
220-217
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
This daily log (Figure 220-29-4, sheets 1 and 2) consists of the following sections:
2. Feedwater Tests.
3. Deaerated Feedwater.
4. Remarks.
220-29.71
Initiate a daily log by inserting system number, ship name and hull number, and date. When there is more
than one condensate/feedwater system, a separate log is required for each system.
This section (Figure 220-29-4, sheet 1) shall be maintained for all feedwater components that are monitored
by salinity or conductivity indicators as follows:
220-218
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-219
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-220
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.76
The Auxiliary Boiler Feedwater Chemistry Worksheet/Log need not be prepared on a daily basis if a plant is
in a cold iron status and no testing is required. When no testing is required, enter the inclusive dates on the front
of one log and give the reason in the remarks section.
220-29.77
For every day that there is a log, the LCPO shall review and initial the log.
220-221
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.79
Initiate the daily log for each boiler by entering the boiler number, the ship name, hull number, and the date.
220-29.80
The Chemical Tests Results section shall be maintained as follows:
1. Enter the time on a 24 hour clock basis and the appropriate code for:
a. Completion of boiler sampling.
b. Boiler light-off.
c. Commencement of chemical addition.
d. Completion of blowdown.
e. Boiler secured.
f. Completion of freshly filling the boiler.
g. Completion of draining the boiler.
h. Completion of flushing the boiler.
i. Commencement and completion of full layup conditions.
j. Other items of interest.
2. Record the test results for each sample.
3. The analyst and the reviewing EOOW initial the log upon completion of the test.
220-29.81
The Chemical Treatment section shall be maintained as follows:
220-29.82
The Blowdown section shall be maintained as follows:
220-222
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.85
The Auxiliary Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log need not be prepared on a daily basis when the boiler
is idle. When no testing is required and no change in boiler condition is occurring, enter the inclusive dates on
the front of one log and enter the type of layup applied in the code column, and describe significant events
occurring during the idle period. For every day that there is a log the LCPO shall review and initial the log.
220-223
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.88
The general information contained in Section 28 also applies to auxiliary boiler supplies. Specific material
recommendations for auxiliary boilers are contained in Table 220-29-8.
220-29.89 FORMS.
The following forms are used to record water conditions in auxiliary boiler systems. They may be obtained
through normal supply channels in accordance with NAVSUP Publication 2002.
1. NAVSEA 9255/6 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-2300, Cover Sheet and Monthly Boiler Data.
3. NAVSEA 9255/11 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-2700, Auxiliary Boiler Water Chemistry, Worksheet/Log.
4. NAVSEA 9255/16 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-3100, Boiler Water/Feedwater Test and Treatment Chemical
Inventory Log.
5. NAVSEA 9255/17 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-3200, Auxiliary Waste Heat Feedwater Chemistry Worksheet/
Log.
220-224
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-225
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
STOCK CHEMICALS
Chloride indicator capsules 9G 6810-00-753-4907 BT (12) 1
Dimethylglyoxime 9G 6810-01-082-5414 BT (25 g) 1
220-226
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
BOILERS) - Continued
Qty Per
Item NSN Unit of Issue Ship
Hardness buffer 9G 6850-01-390-4335 BT (100 g) 1
Hardness indicator 9G 6850-01-390-4339 BT (100 g) 1
Hardness titrating solution 9G 6810-01-072-1978 GL 1
Isopropyl alcohol (isopropanol, 9G 6810-00-227-0410 GL 1
2-propanol)
Mercuric nitrate 9G 6810-00-281-4163 BT (4 oz) 4
Methyl purple indicator 9G 6810-00-142-9290 BT (12 TT) 1
Nitric acid 9G 6810-00-270-9978 QT 4
Phenolphthalein indicator 9G 6810-00-223-7612 BT (100 g) 1
SPARE EQUIPMENT
Aspirator bulb assembly 1H 6640-00-291-1162 EA 2
(for filling burets)
Balance, triple beam 9G 6670-00-641-7341 EA 1
Bottle, dropper, 60 ml, plastic 9L 6640-01-077-2468 PG (12) 1
Bottle, polyethylene, screw cap, 1 qt 9G 8125-00-819-6085 EA 12
Bottle, reagent, 1 liter (for nitric acid) 9L 6640-00-253-2495 EA 1
Bottle, reagent, 1 liter 9L 6640-00-702-2540 EA 1
(for mercuric nitrate)
Bottle, square, 8 oz 9G 8125-00-543-7699 EA 2
Bottle, wash, plastic, 500 ml 9L 6640-00-314-2097 EA 1
Buret assembly, automatic zero, 1H 6640-01-072-1980 EA 2
10 ml, for hardness
Buret, automatic zero, 10 ml, for chloride, alkalinity, 9L 6640-00-264-6951 EA 3
and phosphate
Casserole, porcelain, white 9L 6640-00-412-8400 EA 2
Cell, conductivity, dip type, 1H 6630-00-620-4540 EA 1
constant of 2.0
Cooler, sample, boiler water 1H 4420-00-376-1545 EA 1
Cylinder, graduated, 100 ml 9L 6640-00-420-0000 EA 3
Dipper, brass 9C 4410-01-077-2467 EA 3
Grease, ground glass joint, silicone 9G 9150-00-965-2408 TU (150 g) 1
Jerrican, plastic, 5 gal 9L 6640-01-083-9756 EA 2
Jug, safety, plastic, 2 1/2 gal 9L 6640-01-083-9755 EA 2
Meter, conductivity Solubridge 9N 6625-00-620-4539 EA 1
Rod, stirring, 7 in long 9L 6640-00-290-0154 EA 6
Scoop, plastic 9Q 7330-01-079-0694 DZ 1
Spatula, nickel-plated steel 9L 6640-00-171-5198 EA 2
Stopper, 2-hole and solid, rubber, size 9 9L 6640-00-935-1108 PG (15) 1
Thermometer, metal, dial type 9G 6685-00-663-8093 EA 2
(0 to 100°C)
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
220-227
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
BOILERS) - Continued
Qty Per
Item NSN Unit of Issue Ship
Apron, rubber 9Q 8415-00-634-5023 EA 2
Face shield 9Q 4240-00-542-2048 EA 2
Gloves, rubber 9D 8415-00-266-8677 PR 6
Gloves, plastic 9D 8415-00-682-6786 PR 100
Goggles 9G 4240-01-364-2169 PR 2
STANDARDS
Chloride (2.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-129-3762 BT (75 ml) 12
Conductivity (1400 µmho/cm) 9G 6810-00-945-7682 BT (250 ml) 12
Hardness (0.2 epm) 9G 6810-01-125-5234 BT (150 ml) 8
Methyl purple alkalinity (6.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-259-8231 BX(6-100 ml btl) 2
TREATMENT CHEMICALS
Caustic soda (lye, sodium hydroxide) 9Q 6810-00-270-8177 CO (500 g) 1
Desiccant, 1 lb bag 9G 6850-00-264-6572 DR (150 bags) 1
Desiccant, 1/2 lb bag 9G 6850-00-264-6571 DR (300 bags) 1
Disodium phosphate anhydrous 9G 6810-00-584-4298 DR (25 lb) 2
(sodium phosphate, dibasic, O-S-639)
Humidity indicator card 9G 6685-00-752-8240 CN (125) 1
Sodium Nitrite 9G 6810-00-270-3254 BT (5 lb) 3
Trisodium phosphate dodecahydrate (sodium phos- 9G 6810-01-082-5415 DR (25 lb) 4
phate, tribasic, dodecahydrate, O-S-642, Type II)
220-29.91
There are two types of conventional steam propelled ships that have auxiliary boilers: GARCIA, BROOKE,
and GLOVER Class frigates and CHARLESTON Class cargo ships. The water chemistry principles and the pro-
cedures for sampling and testing are the same as those for the propulsion boilers. The auxiliary boiler water
treatment on the frigates is the same as Type B propulsion boiler water treatment. On the CHARLESTON Class
ships the treatment procedures differ somewhat from the propulsion boiler water treatment since the auxiliary
boiler is a forced circulation boiler. The requirements in the propulsion boiler sections apply to these boilers. The
modifications to the treatment requirements due to size and configuration differences are given in this section.
220-29.93
The feedwater requirements for these boilers are the same as for the propulsion boilers except that the tests
for dissolved oxygen and for pH are not required since the DFT and the morpholine treatment system are not
used. The feedwater limits are the same whether steaming main or auxiliary. The test results are recorded on the
propulsion boiler feedwater records.
220-228
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
NSTM Chapter 221 requires that the steam used for propulsion boiler layup be
produced from boilers that operate on deaerated feedwater. Therefore the auxil-
iary boilers cannot provide steam for propulsion boiler layup.
220-29.95
There are two types of auxiliary boilers installed on these ships. An Orr and Sembower boiler is installed on
the FF-1040, FF-1041, and FF-1098. The rest have a Cyclotherm MC-4000 boiler. Due to the small boiler vol-
ume, the treatment chemicals are weighed in grams instead of ounces. The boiler water volumes for chemical
treatment purposes are:
Orr and Sembower 215 gallons
Cyclotherm 300 gallons
220-229
Table 220-29-10. TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE DOSAGE FOR AUXILIARY BOILERS ON BROOKE, GARCIA, AND GLOVER CLASS SHIPS
220-230
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Boiler Water pH
Boiler Water less 9.00 9.10 9.20 9.30 9.40 9.50 9.60 9.70 9.80 9.90 10.00
Volume for than to to to to to to to to to to to
Chemical Treat- 9.00 9.09 9.19 9.29 9.39 9.49 9.59 9.69 9.79 9.89 9.99 10.09
ment (Gallons) Grams of TSP to Raise pH to 10.20
215 42 41 40 39 37 35 32 29 25 20 13 5
300 58 57 56 54 51 49 45 40 35 27 18 7
Phosphate Correction (ppm)
15 15 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 12.5 10 10 7.5 5 2.5
TSP = Trisodium Phosphate
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.103
The auxiliary boilers on CHARLESTON Class ships are oil fired, forced circulation, watertube boilers manu-
factured by Vapor Corporation. The boiler consists of a feedwater pump, the boiler coil and a separator. Feedwa-
ter is pumped to the coil where it is heated by the fires. The steam/water mixture then enters the steam separator.
The steam leaves the separator by way of the steam outlet. The concentrated boiler water returns to the auxiliary
boiler feedwater tank. The boiler is equipped with a coil blowdown and a separator blowdown connection. The
boiler operates automatically to maintain the required steam demand.
220-231
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.104
Ninety percent of the feedwater entering the boiler leaves the separator as steam. Therefore the boiler water
in the separator is concentrated about ten times. The treatment level must be low to allow for this concentration
effect. The boiler is chemically treated at the auxiliary boiler feedwater tank. Samples are obtained at this tank
and tested as boiler water. Ships using coordinated phosphate propulsion boiler treatment shall test the auxiliary
boiler feedwater tank for pH, phosphate, conductivity and chloride (Table 220-29-12). Ships using chelant pro-
pulsion treatment, test for alkalinity, phosphate, conductivity and chloride (Table 220-29-13).
NOTE
SHIPALT LKA-1041D provides for the installation of the auxiliary boiler feed-
water tank. Ships not having this alteration return the boiler drains to the propul-
sion boiler feedwater system, therefore, the auxiliary boiler cannot be treated
without contaminating the propulsion system. Boilers without the auxiliary boiler
feedwater tank shall not be steamed.
220-232
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Within 1/2 hour after the boiler has been placed on the line (steam stop opened).
2. As often as required to maintain limits, but at least every 8 hours (maximum 8 hours between samples).
3. Within 1 hour before commencing blowdowns (water chemistry related).
4. 30 to 45 minutes after blowdowns are completed (water chemistry related).
5. 30 to 60 minutes after chemical treatment.
NOTE
Guidance for sampling prior to and during casualty control drills is contained in
paragraph 220-31.48.
WARNING
220-29.108 Conductivity.
The auxiliary boiler water conductivity level is controlled by separator blowdown.
220-29.109 Chloride.
The chloride level of the auxiliary boiler water is controlled by separator blowdown.
220-233
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-29.110 BLOWDOWN.
Blowdowns are used to control the dissolved and the suspended solids. High levels of dissolved solids from
contamination or excess treatment chemicals are reduced by using the separator blowdown valve. The separator
blowdown valve is opened for 3 to 5 seconds. This cycle is repeated as required to reduce the high levels. Sludge
buildup in the boiler water is controlled by periodic separator blowdowns. The separator blowdown valve is
opened for 3 to 5 seconds several times as soon as the boiler is on-line and then once each day. The routine
blowdowns are not recorded in the log nor are any samples required before or after the routine blowdowns.
220-29.112
If one treatment action does not return the boiler water to within normal or moderate limits then the auxil-
iary boiler shall be secured. A coil and a separator blowdown are required after the boiler is secured prior to
dumping. The boiler and the feedwater tank shall be dumped and flushed. The auxiliary boiler is then ready to
be prepared for light-off or to be laid-up. The source of the contamination must be located and corrected. Any
test result that is outside normal limits, but does not meet the conditions of serious contamination, is defined as
moderate contamination.
220-29.113 REPORTS.
The cognizant activity shall provide a detailed message report to the Type Commander with an information
copy to ISIC, NAVSEA, and NSWCCD-SSES if any of the following conditions occur:
220-234
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. The boiler is steamed under conditions of serious contamination for more than 24 hours.
The information to be included in the report is contained in paragraph 220-23.27 or 220-31.231 for ships
using COPHOS propulsion boiler water treatment.
SECTION 30.
WATER REQUIREMENTS FOR WASTE HEAT BOILER SYSTEMS
220-30.1 INTRODUCTION.
This section provides water treatment procedures for the waste heat boilers. The waste heat boiler system
consists of three boilers, two condensate/feedwater tanks, and associated pumps and piping. These boilers utilize
the waste heat in the exhaust gas from the gas turbine generators to produce steam for the service steam system.
There are two types of waste heat boilers:
220-235
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
The components of the two systems are essentially the same but the boiler designs are different. The boiler
tubes on the CONSECO are arranged in horizontal coils while the Combustion Engineering (CE) boiler has hori-
zontal straight tubes. The CONSECO boiler coils are stainless steel. The tubes on the CE boiler are chrome-
molybdenum alloy steel. The water requirements are the same for all of the waste heat boilers.
220-30.3
In general, the principles of water chemistry control given in Section 21 apply to the waste heat boiler sys-
tem. Additional information specific to waste heat boilers follows.
The overall waste heat system water cycle is a closed system in which feedwater is fed to the boiler, the water
is heated to generate steam, the steam is used for ship’s services, and is then condensed and returned to the feed-
water system. Water for the cycle is obtained from the evaporation of seawater by the distiller. The distillate is
added to the feedwater to replace water that is lost from the system due to boiler blowdown, laundry presses, and
miscellaneous leaks. The CE boilers have deaerating feedtanks to remove oxygen from the feedwater before the
water enters the boiler.
The waste heat boilers consist of a steam drum/separator, a circulating pump, an inlet and an outlet header,
and the generating tubes. Feedwater is supplied to the boiler through the feedwater control valve. The boiler water
is circulated from the steam drum/separator to the inlet header by a circulating pump. The water then enters the
tubes where it is heated by the exhaust gases to generate steam. The steam/water mixture leaves the tubes via an
outlet header to the separator where the steam/water is separated by centrifugal action. The water drops to the
lower portion of the drum/separator and the steam exits the top of the boiler to the main steam line.
220-30.6
The amount of steam produced by the waste heat boilers is dependent on the generator load rather than the
steam demand. When more steam is produced than is required, the excess steam is condensed and cooled by a
control condenser. The drains from the main steam system are condensed and cooled by a condensate cooler. The
condensate is then returned to the feedwater tank.
Maintaining good quality feedwater is essential to effective control of the water chemistry. The water condi-
tions must be controlled within the allowable limits to prevent waterside corrosion, scale formation, and carry-
over.
220-236
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.8
In a properly operating waste heat boiler system the distillate contains the highest level of contaminants.
Therefore, the makeup rate will determine the amount of contaminant that enters the boiler. High makeup rates
will cause the boiler water chloride and conductivity to increase, and lead to a higher usage of treatment chemi-
cals. This will cause greater sludge formation and an increase in the deposits on the watersides. The makeup rate
shall be maintained at a minimum by correcting all system leaks. On a properly maintained system the makeup
rate should be less than 900 gallons per day.
220-30.9 SEAWATER.
Seawater is the most common contaminant found in marine boiler systems. The usual source of intermittent
seawater contamination is the distillers, especially during light-off of the distiller. The distiller air ejector drains
and the feedwater heater drains should be diverted to the bilge during light-off until the salinity/conductivity
indicators read within limits. The drains must be dumped whenever the salinity/conductivity indicator alarms. The
evaporator watch shall notify the oil king when contamination occurs so that the boiler water may be tested.
Contamination from the distiller air ejector drains can cause a rapid, large increase in the boiler water chloride
since the contamination is brine (concentrated seawater). A small condenser leak will cause a continual, low level
increase in the boiler water chloride. A small leak can be difficult to locate. Methods of testing for tube leaks are
given in NSTM Chapter 254, Condensers, Heat Exchangers, and Air Ejectors. The following summarizes the
sources, detection methods, effects and corrective actions for seawater contamination:
1. Source
a. Distillate; dump valve malfunctioning or bypassed
b. Distiller air ejector or feedwater heater drains; leak or brine carryover to the air ejector
c. Condensate cooler; tube leak
d. Control condenser; tube leak
2. Detection
a. Salinity/conductivity indicators
b. Chemical chloride test
3. Effect on boiler water
a. Alkalinity decreases
b. Phosphate decreases
c. Conductivity increases
d. Chloride increases
4. Corrective action
a. Find, isolate, and correct source of contamination.
b. Sample and test boiler water as necessary to keep alkalinity and phosphate within limits.
c. Blowdown to remove contamination.
d. The most effective method to remove high levels of contamination from the boiler is to secure, cool, dump
and flush.
220-237
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
when shore water contamination occurs. The feedwater chemical chloride test result will be lower than the chlo-
ride level indicated by the salinity/conductivity indicators. The effects of shore water contamination will stop after
a few days at sea as the shore source water is replaced with distillate. The usual source of shore potable water
contamination is through a leak in a hot water heater steam coil. The source of a small leak can be very difficult
to find. Monitoring the salinity/conductivity indicators and the condensate hardness while each heater is secured
for 30 minutes, and then placed back in service will help indicate the source. The following summarizes the
sources, detection methods, effects and corrective actions for shore water contamination:
1. Source
a. Hot water heaters; leaking steam coil
b. Shore source feedwater; contaminated
c. Shore steam; contaminated
2. Detection
a. Condensate cooler salinity indicator
b. Feedwater hardness test
3. Effect on boiler water
a. Alkalinity will increase
b. Phosphate will decrease
c. Conductivity will usually increase
d. Chloride will usually increase
4. Corrective action
a. Find, isolate, and correct source of contamination.
b. Sample and test boiler water as necessary to keep alkalinity and phosphate within limits.
c. Blowdown to remove contamination.
d. The most effective method to remove high levels of contamination from the boiler is to secure, cool, dump
and flush.
220-30.11 OIL.
The steam can become contaminated with oil if a leak occurs at the fuel or lubricating oil heaters. Oil enter-
ing the feed system will coat the salinity/conductivity cell electrodes causing erroneous low readings. The cells
must be cleaned in alcohol to remove the oil film until the contamination is corrected. The following summarizes
the sources, detection methods, effects and corrective actions for oil contamination:
1. Source
a. Fuel oil heater; leak
b. Lubricating oil heater; leak
2. Detection
a. Oily condensate in inspection tank
b. Oil in feedwater or the boiler water sight glass
c. Oil in feedwater or the boiler water samples
3. Effect on boiler water chemistry
a. No effect on the alkalinity, phosphate, conductivity, or chloride
220-238
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
3. Excessive water level in the DFT, flooding the steam atomizing valve.
4. Fluctuating steam supply pressure as a result of a malfunction of the steam control valve.
1. Metal corrosion products and suspended solids. Corrosion products from the feedwater system are washed to
the boiler. To some extent erosion of the feedwater system metal surfaces also contributes suspended matter
to the boiler water. These particles contribute to the formation of sludge in the boiler water. This will be most
noticeable after long idle periods and will be indicated by discoloration of the boiler water. Extra blowdowns
or securing and dumping are required to remove the sediment from the boiler.
2. Preservatives. Metal preservative coatings are used to protect metal surfaces after manufacture. The preserva-
tive is usually removed prior to installation aboard ship. Contamination from preservatives is usually found
only in new ships where the preservative has not been properly removed. Preservative contamination can also
occur when piping is replaced without removing the preservative from the new component. Preservative that
is washed to the boiler will bake onto the boiler tubes. Preservative contamination is removed by an alkaline
boil out in accordance with NSTM Chapter 221 .
3. Dirt and Debris. Whenever the waste heat boiler system is open for repair or maintenance, care must be taken
to prevent dirt from entering the system. Dirt and debris that has entered the system will contribute to the sus-
pended matter in the boiler water and may increase the waterside deposits. The effects will be seen when the
generator is first lit off, the boiler water sample will be dark and may be difficult to test. The boiler water
chemistry may be affected. Extra blowdowns or securing and dumping will be required to remove the sedi-
ment.
220-239
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.15
The feedwater requirements for waste heat boilers are based on the actual values attainable for a properly
operated system. The feedwater limits are the maximum allowed. Whenever the feedwater test results exceed the
limits, either by salinity/conductivity indicator or by chemical tests, the source of the contamination must be
located and corrective action taken. The values should be maintained at the lowest levels for routine control of
the boiler water. The limits are summarized in Table 220-30-1.
220-30.17
Salinity indicators and conductivity indicators both measure the conductivity of the water. Salinity indicators
are labeled to read in epm of chloride based on the conductivity of seawater. If contamination from other than a
seawater source is present the salinity/conductivity indicators will read higher than the chemical chloride test.
220-30.18
Continuous monitoring of either boiler feedwater or all condensate contamination sources by salinity or con-
ductivity indicators is required to ensure maintenance of boiler water quality. If waste heat boiler feedwater or
condensate quality is not continuously monitored by salinity or conductivity indicators installed in either all con-
densate streams or in the feedwater piping, boiler water shall be sampled and tested every four hours. When indi-
vidual salinity/conductivity indicators are not operational, except distillate or reserve feedwater, either sample the
affected feedwater and chemically test for chloride every four hours or sample and test boiler water every four
hours. If distillate cannot be continuously monitored, send distillate to an isolated tank and test for chloride 30
minutes prior to placing on makeup.
220-240
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
SUMMARY - Continued
Maximum Limit
Conductivity Indica- Salinity Indica- Chemical Chlo- Chemical Hard-
Source tor µmho/cm tor epm ride epm ness epm
Distiller Air Ejector Drains 10.0 0.065 0.05 ----
Idle Feedwater Tank ---- ----- 0.10 0.10
Feedwater, Condensate, Drains 8.0 0.050 0.05 0.02
Dissolved Oxy-
gen ppb
Deaerated Feedwater 15
Source Test Frequency
All distillate, conden- Perform daily comparison test on all salinity indicators that can be sampled (except distiller
sate, and feedwater air ejector drains).
monitored by salinity Monitor indicators whenever system component is operating.
indicators. When indicator is malfunctioning, test the water that is monitored by the affected indicator for
chloride every 4 hours or test boiler water every 4 hours.
Distiller air ejector Test for chloride daily.
drains When indicator malfunctions or indicates an out of limits condition, test for chloride every 4
hours. Drains may be used based on chemical chloride test.
Idle feedwater tanks Test feedwater tanks for chloride and hardness within 24 hours prior to light off.
Test feedwater tanks after filling with distillate or shore source feedwater.
Deaerated feedwater Test for dissolved oxygen 2-3 hours after boiler is steaming and then daily.
NOTE
Salinity indicator alarm and dump valves shall be set as close to the above lim-
its as installed hardware permits. Replacement or modification of installed hard-
ware is not authorized or required by this chapter. Updating of these systems is
only approved by ship alteration as authorized by the Type Commander and
NSWCCD.
This check shall be made by comparing the chemical test result for feedwater chloride to the salinity/conduc-
tivity indicator reading (measured in or converted to epm chloride). Sampling of the water and reading of the
salinity/conductivity indicator is accomplished concurrently:
1. If the difference between the chemical test result and the indicator reading is 0±0.02, the comparison is satis-
factory.
2. If the chemical test result is higher than the indicator reading by more than 0.02, the comparison is unsatis-
factory and the indicator must be checked for malfunction (paragraph 220-24.70).
3. If the chemical test result is lower than the indicator reading by more than 0.02, check the water for hardness
(excluding distillate)* . If the hardness is 0.02 epm or less, check the indicator for malfunction. If hardness is
more than 0.02 epm, the indicator is functioning satisfactorily.
*
The comparison test for distillate is based only on chemical chloride because the hardness test may give false
high results. If the chemical chloride test result is lower than the indicator reading by more than 0.02 epm, check
the indicator for malfunction.
220-241
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
220-30.20
The comparison test is accomplished by sampling at a location near the cell. Many of the waste heat boiler
systems do not have a sample test connection at either the condensate cooler or the control condenser. If this is
the case, then these cells shall be compared to a feedwater tank sample. Do not perform the comparison using a
feedwater tank sample within 1 hour of adding distillate to the feedtank. During light-off of the waste heat boil-
ers, the water level in the steam drum/separator will usually increase until boiler water overflows into the steam/
condensate system. Since boiler water contains treatment chemicals which contribute to the conductivity of the
water, the indicators will read higher than the chemical chloride test. This contamination may also occur when
the boiler is secured. Therefore, do not perform the comparison tests within one hour after lighting off or secur-
ing. Some of the waste heat boilers have a problem with excessive carryover. The salinity/conductivity indicators
will read higher than the chemical test if carryover is excessive. Refer to paragraph 220-30.69.
220-30.21 DISTILLATE.
Distillate is continuously monitored by a salinity or conductivity indicator at the discharge of the distilling
unit. The limit is 0.065 epm chloride by salinity indicator or 10 µmho/cm by the conductivity indicator. The indi-
cator controls a solenoid valve which dumps the distillate to the bilge if the limit is exceeded. The daily com-
parison test will assure that the cell is reading correctly. The limits by chemical test for distillate discharging to
feed are 0.07 epm chloride. Distillate not meeting the requirements shall not be used as feedwater.
All feedwater tanks shall be sampled and tested for chloride and hardness within 24 hours prior to light off
of a cold plant. The limits by chemical test are 0.10 epm chloride and 0.10 epm hardness. If distillate or shore
source feedwater is required prior to light off, the tank samples shall be obtained after the tanks have been filled.
Water exceeding these limits shall be dumped.
220-242
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.23 FEEDWATER.
Ships having the conductivity indicator system shall monitor the feedwater entering the boiler for any sign
of contamination. The limit is 0.05 epm by salinity indicator or 8 µmho by conductivity indicator. The daily
comparison test will assure that the cell is operating properly. The limits by chemical test are 0.05 epm chloride
and 0.02 epm hardness. The feedwater may be above the limits for about 1 hour after a tank is placed on suc-
tion due to higher limit for feedwater in an idle tank.
Whenever the feedwater system is operating the salinity/conductivity indicator for the applicable control
condenser, condensate cooler, or distiller condensate shall be monitored for any sign of contamination. The limit
is 0.05 epm by salinity indicator or 8 µmho/cm by conductivity indicator. The daily comparison test will assure
that the cell is operating properly. The limits by chemical test are 0.05 epm chloride and 0.02 epm hardness.
The chloride limit by chemical test for distiller air ejector drains is 0.05 epm. Carbon dioxide gas removed
from the distilling unit can dissolve in the air ejector drains causing the salinity or conductivity readings to be
higher than the actual chloride content. Therefore, the limit by salinity indicator is 0.065 epm or by conductiv-
ity indicator is 10 µmho/cm. The daily salinity/conductivity comparison test is not required. The high bicarbon-
ate level can also interfere with the hardness test giving false high results. The hardness test is not accomplished
on distiller air ejector drains. A chemical chloride test of distiller air ejector drains is required daily and every
four hours if the salinity/conductivity indicator malfunctions or indicates an out of limits condition. Use of dis-
tiller air ejector drains is based on the chemical chloride test.
The dissolved oxygen content shall not exceed 15 ppb. The deaerated feedwater is tested for dissolved oxy-
gen 2 to 3 hours after a boiler is steaming and then daily (no more than 24 hours between samples). This require-
ment applies to the CE boilers and those non-stainless steel CONSECO boilers with a DFT installed.
Steam and feedwater from a shore source shall meet the requirements of paragraphs 220-22.18 through
220-22.22. Documentation certifying that the water meets these requirements shall be obtained from the supply-
ing facility or contractor. Ship’s force shall sample and test each shipment of shore source feedwater prior to
acceptance and at each tank that receives water for compliance with the following requirements:
Test Requirement
Hardness 0.10 epm
Conductivity less than 40 µmho/cm*
*
The lowest reading on the shipboard conductivity meter is 40 µmho/cm.
220-243
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.29
The chemical treatment used in the waste heat boilers is designed to provide alkalinity and phosphate within
specified limits. The treatment is a coordinated phosphate treatment which prevents acid corrosion, caustic cor-
rosion, scale formation and minimized carryover. The same treatment is used in all waste heat boilers. The waste
heat boilers limits are given in Table 220-30-2.
220-30.30
Trisodium phosphate and disodium phosphate are the chemicals used to treat the waste heat boiler water. Tri-
sodium phosphate provides alkalinity and some of the phosphate. The disodium phosphate provides additional
phosphate while contributing little to the alkalinity. Maintaining alkaline boiler water prevents acid corrosion and
is necessary for the reaction between the phosphate and the scale formers. The additional phosphate prevents the
formation of free caustic in the boiler water which could lead to caustic corrosion. The relationship of the waste
heat boiler water treatment to the coordinated phosphate curve is shown in Figure 220-30-1.
220-244
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.32
The chloride level provides an overview of the contamination entering the boiler. Maintaining a chloride level
of less than 1.0 epm is easily accomplished by maintaining good quality distillate and correcting any in-leakage
of seawater or potable water.
220-245
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
The required amount of trisodium and disodium phosphate are weighed to the nearest gram. The chemicals
are dissolved in feedwater in the 2-1/2-gallon safety dispensing bottle. The chemicals are sprinkled into the feed-
water since disodium phosphate will cake if water is poured onto it. Disodium phosphate will dissolve more eas-
ily in warm feedwater; however, do not use water hotter than 50°C (122°F). The safety dispensing bottle is to be
marked and used FOR BOILER WATER TREATMENT CHEMICALS ONLY . The chemicals shall be com-
pletely dissolved before adding to the treatment tank. Wear a face shield when mixing the treatment chemicals
and when pouring the chemical solution into the treatment tank.
See Figure 220-30-2 and Table 220-30-3 to prepare the continuous treatment tank solution.
220-246
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-247
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A waste heat boiler shall be filled, in preparation for steaming, with feedwater meeting the requirements of
paragraph 220-30.22. An initial dosage of treatment chemicals shall be placed in the batch injection tank and the
boiler filled through the injection tank, Figure 220-30-3. The amount of trisodium and disodium phosphate
required for initial treatment is given in Table 220-30-4. The boiler should not be filled until just before light-off
to prevent corrosion due to the oxygenated water. If light-off is postponed for more than 24 hours after a boiler
has been freshly filled, the boiler shall be placed under an acceptable layup in accordance with NSTM Chapter
221 , Section 5.
220-248
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-249
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.37
A waste heat boiler under hydrazine/morpholine lay up may be lit off without draining and flushing. Place
the initial dosage of treatment chemicals in the batch injection tank and light-off with the injection tank lined up
to the boiler. A boiler containing sodium nitrite solution must be dumped and repetitively flushed prior to being
freshly filled and treated. A boiler that has been dumped shall have an initial dose of treatment chemicals placed
in the treatment tank prior to light-off. Light-off with the injection tank lined up to the boiler and secure treat-
ment tank when the AOL sample is taken.
The operation of waste heat boiler is dependent on the generator. The boiler operates automatically when the
generator is lit off. Therefore a sample is not obtained prior to light-off. Adjustment of the boiler water chemis-
try, if required, is made based on the after-on-line sample.
Maintain the boiler water chemistry in a steaming waste heat boiler within the specified limits. Sample and
test the steaming boiler as follows:
2. As often as required to maintain the limits, but at least every 8 hours (maximum of 8 hours between samples).
NOTE
Guidance for sampling prior to and during casualty control drills is contained in
paragraph 220-31.48.
The continuous treatment system should maintain the alkalinity between 0.10 and 0.20 epm and the phos-
phate between 30 and 50 ppm. Batch treatment will be required if the alkalinity or the phosphate are near or
below the lower limit. A logic chart for treatment action of a steaming waste heat boiler is given in Figure
220-30-4.
220-250
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-30-4 Logic Chart for Treatment Action of Steaming Waste Heat Boilers
220-251
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
When filling a 32 gallon injection tank, add 40 grams TSP and 25 grams DSP
when tank is empty. Add 30 grams TSP and 20 grams DSP when tank level is
between 5 and 10 gallons.
220-30.41 Conductivity.
The conductivity level is controlled by blowdown. The conductivity should be within limits if the alkalinity,
phosphate and chloride are maintained properly.
220-30.42 Chloride.
The chloride level of the boiler water is controlled by surface/separator blowdown. When the feedwater qual-
ity is properly maintained, a boiler water chloride of less than 1.0 epm can be achieved without difficulty. If the
boiler water chloride is difficult to maintain then the source of the contamination must be located and corrected.
The continuous treatment system does not operate automatically when the generator/boiler is lit off. Within
30 minutes after light-off, assure that the treatment line valves are open (Figure 220-30-2 valves 2, 5, 6, 8, and
9) and the pump is operating. Secure the system as soon as the generator is secured. The tank level shall be
monitored to assure that the solution is entering the boiler. Record the tank level in the boiler water log within
30 minutes after light-off and at least every 8 hours. Refill the injection tank when the level drops to between 10
and 20 gallons. The procedures for preparing the treatment solution are given in Figure 220-30-2.
220-252
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.44
The first time the injection pump is operated, the injection pump stroke shall be set to 60%. This will pro-
vide about 1 gallon per hour of treatment solution to the boiler. If batch treatment is required daily and contami-
nation is not occurring, increase the pump stroke in 10% increments until the proper limits are maintained. If the
alkalinity and the phosphate are continually over the upper limit, then reduce the pump stroke in 10% increments
until the proper level is maintained. Be sure that contamination is not occurring before making any adjustments
to the continuous treatment system. Once an operating pump setting has been determined for a specific plant
alignment, this setting is recorded in the Waste Heat Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet Log for successive
securings and light-offs. Excessive boiler water carryover will affect the use of the continuous treatment system;
refer to paragraph 220-30.69.
WARNING
1. Determine the alkalinity and phosphate in the boiler water from the sample test results.
2. Locate the boiler water alkalinity at the top of Table 220-30-5, then read down to find the weight of trisodium
phosphate for the appropriate boiler. Record this weight in the log.
3. Go to the last line of the column to find the phosphate correction. This is the amount that the phosphate will
increase due to the trisodium phosphate. Record the phosphate correction in the log.
4. Add the phosphate correction to the boiler water phosphate. This gives the corrected phosphate. Record the
corrected phosphate in the log.
5. Find the corrected phosphate at the top of Table 220-30-6. Then read down to find the weight of disodium
phosphate for the appropriate boiler. Record this weight in the log.
6. Weigh the chemicals, dissolve them in feedwater in the safety dispensing bottle, and inject them into the boiler
in accordance with Figure 220-30-3.
220-253
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
BOILERS - Continued
220-30.46
When the test results indicate that a batch treatment is required, the treatment shall be initiated within 60
minutes after the sample was taken. The dosages will bring the alkalinity to 0.2 epm and the phosphate to 60
ppm.
220-30.47
If required, add treatment chemicals in accordance with the normal dosage tables prior to blowdown to pre-
vent the alkalinity or the phosphate from going below the lower limit. Due to the lower operating pressures, the
extent of damage caused by steaming in the free caustic region is much less than for a propulsion boiler. There-
fore, blowdown is permissible in the free caustic region to reduce high alkalinity. Add disodium phosphate
according to the normal dosage chart to prevent phosphate from going below lower limit.
220-254
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
5. Dissolved oxygen in feedwater entering the boiler greater than 15 ppb for 24 hours after detection.
NOTE
The above criteria do not apply to low alkalinity or phosphate in the after light
off sample or when hideout is occurring unless other symptoms of contamination
are present.
Significant Damage - causing rapid damage will occur if serious contamination deteriorates to any of these
conditions:
1. Alkalinity is zero.
3. Phosphate is zero.
Moderate Contamination - defined as any test result which is outside normal limits but does not meet the
conditions of serious contamination or significant damage.
220-30.49 ACTION.
Serious contamination of boiler water is a major casualty that demands immediate corrective actions:
3. If treatment actions do not return the boiler water to a condition of moderate contamination or normal limits
within four hours, secure the boiler unless the Commanding Officer directs continued operation. If operation
must be continued, minimize the firing rate.
Securing the boiler will minimize damage, therefore, do not remain steaming simply to treat the boiler. If the
boiler is secured prior to the injection of chemicals, add the chemicals immediately after securing. Only one batch
injection may be accomplished after securing, since further chemical additions will not be effective due to inad-
equate circulation. If after this injection the boiler water continues to meet the serious contamination criterion for
a steaming boiler, the boiler must be dumped. Do not light off another boiler if the feedwater is still contami-
nated. Serious contamination due to seawater or shore water, followed by chemical additions will generate large
amounts of sludge. This must be removed by bottom blowdown as soon as the boiler can be secured. The most
effective method of eliminating high levels of contamination is to secure, bottom blow, drain, and flush. Bottom
blowdown is required even if the boiler is to be dumped due to contamination. Immediate action shall be taken
to correct any dissolved oxygen greater than 15 ppb.
220-255
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.50 REPORTS.
The cognizant activity (for example, ship, NAVSHIPYD, SUPSHIP) shall provide a detailed message report
within 24 hours to the Type Commander with an information copy to the ISIC, NAVSEA and NSWCCD-SSES
if any of the following conditions occur:
1. The contamination reaches a condition of significant damage as defined in paragraph 220-30.48 for 8 hours or
more.
2. The boiler is steamed under conditions of serious contamination for more than 24 hours.
The information to be included in the report is contained in paragraph 220-23.27.
NOTE
Do not inject more than 500 grams (18 ounces) of trisodium phosphate at one
time.
220-30.53 BLOWDOWNS.
A separator blowdown (CONSECO) or a surface blowdown (CE) is used to reduce high levels of treatment
chemicals or contaminants. A separator/surface blowdown is applied as required by the test results. Periodic bot-
tom blowdowns are used to control sludge buildup. A bottom blowdown is required weekly (no more than 168
steaming hours between bottom blowdowns) and whenever it is secured for more than 2 hours. Wait at least 1
hour after securing to allow the sludge to settle. The steam blanket pressure of 15 psi is sufficient for blowdown.
A bottom blowdown is required daily (no more than 24 hours between blowdowns) when the boiler water sample
contains sediment. Waste heat boilers do not have to be secured to be given a bottom blowdown. The procedures
for blowdown are:
220-256
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
CONSECO: The CONSECO boiler has three bottom blowdown connections: at the separator, the inlet header,
and the outlet header. The separator blowdown is used to control high chemical levels. The blowdown proce-
dures are:
1. Obtain permission to conduct a blowdown.
2. Open the overboard discharge valve and the guarding valve.
3a. Separator blowdown: Open the separator blowdown valve three turns. Allow the boiler water level to
decrease 3 inches, then secure the valve.
3b. Bottom blowdown: Open the separator blowdown valve fully and then secure. Repeat for the inlet and the
outlet header.
4. Close the guarding valve and then the overboard discharge valve.
5. Note the time of completion of the blowdown and record the time in the boiler log.
Combustion Engineering: The CE boiler is equipped with four blowdown connections. The steam drum has
a surface blowdown connection. Bottom blowdown connections are on the steam drum, inlet header, and the
outlet header. The surface blowdown is used to control high chemical levels. The blowdown procedures are:
1. Obtain permission to conduct a blowdown.
2. Open the overboard discharge valve and the guarding valve.
3a. Surface blowdown: Open the steam drum surface blowdown valve and wait 1 minute, then close the valve.
3b. Bottom blowdown: Open the steam drum bottom blowdown valve fully and then secure. Repeat for the
inlet header and the outlet header.
4. Close the guarding valve and then the overboard discharge valve.
5. Note the time of completion of the blowdown and record the time in the log.
220-30.54
The procedures given for a separator/surface blowdown will reduce the alkalinity, phosphate, conductivity,
and chloride of a steaming boiler by about 10%. If more than a 10% reduction is indicated, repeat the blowdown
cycle as required. Wait 1 minute between each blowdown cycle for the water to circulate. Do not blowdown a
steaming boiler more than 50% at one time (five, 3-inch blowdowns on the CONSECO or 5 minutes on the CE).
Sample and test 30 to 60 minutes after the blowdown and base further action on the test results. It is required
that the percentage of blowdown on a steaming boiler be recorded in the boiler water treatment log. The percent
blowdown is determined by using the formula:
% blowdown = [ 100(CB - CA ) ] / CB
Within 1 hour prior to bottom blowdown a boiler water sample shall be obtained and tested. No further test-
ing or treatment is required of an idle waste heat boiler. A sample is not required after bottom blowdown or prior
to light-off. Samples of the idle waste heat boiler are not representative. A sample is obtained after securing/prior
to blowdown only to assure that the boiler water is not contaminated. If the prior to blowdown test result shows
220-257
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
a chloride of more than 1.0 epm or a conductivity of more than 500 µmho/cm then the boiler shall be dumped
and flushed. Large increases in the boiler chemical levels after securing are an indication of hideout, refer to
paragraph 220-30.66.
CAUTION
1. A steam supply from another boiler or shore steam up to maximum of the boiler operating pressure is required.
2. Do not add feedwater to the secured boiler after the bottom blowdown.
220-258
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
3. The steam blanket method on waste heat boilers (CG 47 class) is automatic any time the boiler is shut down,
providing there is steam pressure on the steam main. When the boiler is shut down and the steam pressure
falls to 15 psig, the steam blanketing system will maintain 15 psig. The operator should check the drum pres-
sure gauge hourly. The DD 963 class requires manual opening of steam blanket valves.
4. The boiler shall have been steamed for at least one hour prior to securing. Requirement for the feedwater dis-
solved oxygen level to be within limits per NSTM Chapter 220 only applies to ships with DFTs installed
(CG-47 Class).
NOTE
During depot level availability, DD-963 class with stainless steel coils may apply
a steam blanket following the final hydrostatic test for up to two weeks.
1. When securing, after performing the required blowdown, allow the boiler pressure to reduce to the DFT pres-
sure.
2. Fill the boiler with deaerated feedwater to overflow at vent.
3. Secure the vent valve.
4. Manually close the feed valves at the inlet to the steam separator to prevent boiler drain down.
5. Maintain a positive pressure, not to exceed the boiler operating pressure, using the feedwater pump or head
tank.
220-30.60 Hydrazine/Morpholine.
This method is applicable to waste heat boilers but is to be utilized by industrial activities only. Follow para-
graph 220-22.71 for layup procedures and precautions with the exception of the following provisions:
1. Prepare sufficient hydrazine/morpholine treated water to fill the boiler and provide a reservoir, approximately
double the steaming volume plus 50 to 100 gallons.
2. Maintain a positive pressure not in excess of the boiler operating pressure.
220-259
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Prepare sufficient sodium nitrite solution to fill the boiler and provide a reservoir, approximately double the
steaming volume plus 50 to 100 gallons. Dissolve 1 pound of sodium nitrite per 100 gallons of feedwater
required in pierside tank or ship’s feed tank. Mixing is accomplished by dissolving the sodium nitrite in feed-
quality water (10 pounds will dissolve in 2 gallons of water), and the adding the dissolved chemicals to the
feedwater in the tank. The tank is then recirculated for 30 minutes to mix the solution.
2. A head tank is the easiest and the preferred method of maintaining positive pressure. If a head tank method
is used, locate and pipe the head tank above the highest boiler vent.
3. Fill the boiler with sodium nitrite solution and maintain pressure using a head tank or feed pump.
220-260
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
or restrictor plugs (DD-963) can also cause low flow rates. A gas lane can be created across the top of the tube
coil in a DD-963 class WHB due to excessive clearance between the cinch cover and the coil. This results in an
increased gas flow around the top tube, resulting in transfer of more heat to the upper tube coils causing these
tubes to dry out.
220-30.67 Detection.
The symptoms of chemical hideout are a decrease in all of the boiler water parameters usually associated with
an increase in generator load. The chemicals return when the load is reduced. If hideout is confirmed and opera-
tion must be continued, then maintain a minimum of 0.025 epm alkalinity and 5 ppm phosphate. Batch inject
only if at or below these limits using the normal dosage tables. High chemical levels due to a decrease in gen-
erator load are controlled by blowdown. If hideout is suspected, secure the boiler and allow to cool. Recirculate
the boiler water for about 5 minutes and then obtain a boiler water sample. If the chemical level more than
doubles, hideout is confirmed. If symptoms persist, seek TYCOM/NAVSEA/NSWCCD-SSES assistance.
220-30.68 Action.
Occasional incidents of hideout may occur when the generator is operating at high load. Reducing the gen-
erator load will stop the hideout. Do not continue to batch inject treatment chemicals if hideout is confirmed.
Maintain a minimum of at least 0.025 epm alkalinity and 5 ppm phosphate. When the boiler is secured, it shall
be drained and flushed repeatedly until a sample of the flush water shows chemical levels to be within limits.
Excessive hideout requires that the mechanical problem be corrected. Problems with poor circulation will not
necessarily cause low discharge pressure. Examination of the pump and valves is required. If excessive waterside
deposits are suspected, the boiler watersides should be inspected to determine the need for chemical cleaning.
Report the inspection results to NAVSEA/NSWCCD-SSES for further guidance.
220-30.69 CARRYOVER.
The amount of boiler water that leaves the boiler with the steam is given by the percent carryover. The waste
heat boilers are supposed to have less than 1 percent carryover; however, many of the waste heat boilers have
been found to have much higher levels of carryover. High levels of carryover allow boiler treatment chemicals
and any contaminants to enter the steam/condensate system. This can cause deterioration of the piping and for-
mation of deposits in the steam lines. As long as only one boiler is steaming the effects on the boiler water chem-
istry will be minimal. Most of the chemicals that leave the boiler will be washed to the feedwater tank and then
returned to the boiler. However, when two boilers are steaming that have different rates of carryover the chemi-
cals that leave the boiler will be mixed at the feedwater tank and fed to both boilers. The boiler with the higher
carryover rate will lose chemicals to the other boiler. The boiler with the higher carryover will require frequent
injections while the other will require frequent blowdowns. During the light-off of a waste heat boiler a large
amount of boiler water will carryover. Similarly, when a boiler is secured, boiler water can carry over or drain
back to the feedtank and contaminate the other boiler. These incidences during light-off and securing will cause
an increase in the chemical level of another boiler that is steaming.
220-30.70 Detection.
Excessive carryover can be seen in the boiler water logs. When two boilers are steaming, an increase in the
chemical levels in one boiler, while the other loses chemicals, is an indication of carryover. Each of the boilers
may carryover at different rates; therefore, when a different set of boilers is steaming the boiler that was losing
chemicals may gain chemicals. Excessive carryover will cause the salinity/conductivity indicators to read higher
than the chemical chloride test. The detection of alkalinity in the condensate or the feedwater is also a sign of
carryover (feedwater sample pink to phenolphthalein).
220-261
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.71 Action.
The treatment procedures are designed to compensate for some carryover. The batch dosage does not increase
the alkalinity or the phosphate to the upper limits to allow for some increase in chemicals. The low treatment
levels reduce the amount of chemicals that leave a boiler having excessive carryover. When it is known that one
boiler carries over more than another, secure the continuous treatment system to the boiler that is collecting the
chemicals. Adjust the continuous treatment to the boiler that is carrying over to maintain the chemical levels as
low as possible. Excessive carryover may cause the indicator alarms to actuate, if this occurs bypass the alarm.
When contamination occurs, the boiler water chloride will carryover and cause high chloride test results in the
feedwater. It is more effective to blowdown the boiler to reduce the contamination than to dump feedwater. If the
carryover is so severe that it is impossible to maintain the water chemistry, then a problem with the steam sepa-
rator may be indicated. If symptoms of severe carryover are persistent seek TYCOM/NAVSEA/NSWCCD-SSES
assistance.
220-30.72 WASTE HEAT BOILER FEEDWATER AND BOILER WATER SAMPLING AND TESTING
220-30.73
Section 24, Techniques and Section 25, Safety, pertain to the waste heat boilers. The procedures for sampling
are given in Section 26.
220-262
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.78
The personnel responsibilities and the general information given in Section 27 applies to the waste heat boil-
ers. There are six forms available for recording the necessary data used to assist in maintaining proper water con-
ditions in a waste heat steam plant. The records are:
220-30.79
A complete Steam Plant Water Treatment Log Package shall be compiled each month. This package is
retained for 2 years and shall consist of:
3. The daily waste heat boiler water chemistry worksheet/logs for each boiler.
220-263
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-264
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-265
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
4. Blowdown.
6. Remarks.
220-266
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-267
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-268
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.85
Initiate the daily log for each boiler by entering the boiler number, the ship name and hull number, and the
date.
220-30.86
Chemical Test Results section shall be maintained as follows:
1. Enter the time on a 24 hour clock basis and the appropriate code for:
a. Completion of boiler sampling.
b. Generator light-off (boiler steaming or dry).
c. Commencement of batch chemical addition.
d. Completion of blowdown.
e. Generator secured.
f. Completion of freshly filling the boiler.
g. Completion of draining the boiler.
h. Completion of flushing the boiler.
i. Commencement and completion of full layup conditions.
j. Other items of interest.
2. Record the test results for each sample.
3. Record the continuous injection tank level and generator gas inlet temperature for each sample (WHB steam-
ing).
4. The analyst and the reviewing EOOW initial the log upon completion of the test.
220-30.87
The Batch Chemical Treatment section shall be maintained as follows:
220-30.88
The Continuous Chemical Treatment section shall be maintained as follows:
220-269
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
3. Enter the percent pump stroke. Changes in pump stroke are entered in remarks.
220-30.89
The Blowdown section shall be maintained as follows:
220-270
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-30.92
The Waste Heat Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log need not be prepared on a daily basis when the boiler
is idle. When no testing is required and no change in boiler condition is occurring, enter the inclusive dates on
the front of one log and enter the type of layup applied in the code column. Describe significant events occur-
ring during the idle period.
220-30.93
For every day that there is a log, the LCPO shall review and initial the log.
220-30.96
The general information contained in Section 28 also applies to waste heat boiler supplies. Specific material
recommendations for waste heat boilers are contained in Table 220-30-8.
220-30.97 FORMS.
The following forms are used to record water conditions in waste heat boiler systems. They may be obtained
through normal supply channels in accordance with NAVSUP Publication 2002.
1. NAVSEA 9255/6 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-2300, Cover Sheet and Monthly Boiler Data.
2. NAVSEA 9255/7 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-2400, Waste Heat Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log.
3. NAVSEA 9255/9 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-2600, Fuel and Water Report.
4. NAVSEA 9255/16 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-3100, Boiler Water/Feedwater Test and Treatment Chemical
Inventory Log.
5. NAVSEA 9255/17 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-3200, Auxiliary Waste Heat Feedwater Chemistry Worksheet/
Log.
BASIC EQUIPMENT
Boiler water testing cabinet (complete) 1H 6630-00-372-0839 EA 1
Boiler water conductivity test equipment All items in 220-28.6 N/A 1
Dissolved oxygen testing kit (complete) 9G 6635-01-044-6065 KT 1/DFT
Hardness test equipment All items in 220-28.9 N/A 1
220-271
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
SPARE EQUIPMENT
Aspirator bulb assembly (for filling burets) 1H 6640-00-291-1162 EA 2
Balance, triple beam 9G 6670-00-641-7341 EA 1
Bottle, dropper, 60 ml, plastic 9L 6640-01-077-2468 PG (12) 1
Bottle, polyethylene, screw cap, 1 qt 9G 8125-00-819-6085 EA 12
Bottle, reagent, 1 liter (for nitric acid) 9L 6640-00-253-2495 EA 1
Bottle, reagent, 1 liter (for mercuric nitrate) 9L 6640-00-702-2540 EA 1
Bottle, square, 8 oz 9G 8125-00-543-7699 EA 2
Bottle, wash, plastic, 500 ml 9L 6640-00-314-2097 EA 1
Buret assembly, automatic zero, 10 ml, for hard- 1H 6640-01-072-1980 EA 2
ness
Buret, automatic zero, 10 ml, for chloride, alkalin- 9L 6640-00-264-6951 EA 3
ity, and phosphate
Casserole, porcelain, white 9L 6640-00-412-8400 EA 2
Cell, conductivity, dip type,constant of 2.0 1H 6630-00-620-4540 EA 1
Comparator, 0-40 ppb oxygen 9L 6630-01-035-1864 EA 1/DFT
Cooler, sample, boiler water 1H 4420-00-376-1545* EA 1
Cooler, sample, DFT 1H 4420-00-376-1545* EA 1
Cylinder, graduated, 100 ml 9L 6640-00-420-0000 EA 3
Dipper, brass 9C 4410-01-077-2467 EA 4
Grease, ground glass joint, silicone 9G 9150-00-965-2408 TU (150 g) 1
Jerrican, plastic, 5 gal 9L 6640-01-083-9756 EA 2
Jug, safety, plastic, 2 1/2 gal 9L 6640-01-083-9755 EA 2
Meter, conductivity Solubridge 9N 6625-00-620-4539 EA 1
Rod, stirring, 7 in long 9L 6640-00-290-0154 EA 6
Sampler, glass, dissolved oxygen 9L 6640-01-045-0821 EA 4/DFT
Scoop, plastic 9Q 7330-01-079-0694 DZ 1
Snapper, dissolved oxygen 9Q 5120-01-090-5860 EA 5/DFT
Spatula, nickel-plated steel 9L 6640-00-171-5198 EA 2
Stopper, rubber, size 9 9L 6640-00-935-1108 PG (15) 1
Thermometer, metal, dial type (0 to 100°C) 9G 6685-00-663-8093 EA 2
Tubing, neoprene, 3/16 in ID, dissolved oxygen 9C 4720-00-529-5015 FT 3/DFT
220-272
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Apron, rubber 9Q 8415-00-634-5023 EA 2
Face shield 9Q 4240-00-542-2048 EA 2
Finger cot 9L 6515-00-935-1194 PG (144) 2/DFT
Gloves, rubber 9D 8415-00-266-8677 PR 6
Gloves, plastic 9D 8415-00-682-6786 PR 100
Goggles 9G 4240-01-364-2169 PR 2
STANDARDS
Chloride (2.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-129-3762 BT (75 ml) 12
Conductivity (1400 µmho/cm) 9G 6810-00-945-7682 BT (250 ml) 12
Hardness (0.2 epm) 9G 6810-01-125-5234 BT (150 ml) 8
Methyl purple alkalinity (6.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-259-8231 BX(6-100 ml 2
btl)
TREATMENT CHEMICALS
Caustic soda (lye, sodium hydroxide) 9Q 6810-00-270-8177 BT (500 g) 1
Desiccant, 1 lb bag 9G 6850-00-264-6572 DR (150 bags) 1
Desiccant, 1/2 lb bag 9G 6850-00-264-6571 DR (300 bags) 1
Disodium phosphate anhydrous (sodium phos- 9G 6810-00-584-4298 DR (25 lb) 2
phate, dibasic, O-S-639)
Humidity indicator card 9G 6685-00-752-8240 CN (125) 1
Trisodium phosphate dodecahydrate (sodium phos- 9G 6810-01-082-5415 DR (25 lb) 4
phate, tribasic, dodecahydrate, O-S-642, Type II)
*
The same cooler is used for boiler water, desuperheated steam and DFT.
SECTION 31.
REQUIREMENTS FOR PROPULSION BOILER COORDINATED PHOSPHATE TREATMENT
220-31.1 INTRODUCTION.
This section provides the requirements for coordinated phosphate treatment of main propulsion boilers. Most
of the information provided in Section 20 through Section 28 is applicable to coordinated phosphate treatment.
Morpholine treatment of condensate is also included. Information in this section covers two types of main pro-
pulsion boilers:
1. Type A: All propulsion boilers with up to 600 psi (4,100 kpa) nominal operating pressure which are not listed
below as Type B.
2. Type B: All propulsion boilers with 1,200 psi (8,300 kpa) nominal operating pressure, and the propulsion
boiler in the following ships:
a. LHA 1 through LHA 5
b. AGF 3 and AGF 11 (formerly LPD 3 and LPD 11)
220-273
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
c. LPD 1, LPD 2, LPD 4, through LPD 10, and LPD 12 through LPD 15
d. LSD 32 through LSD 34 and LSD 36
e. AOE 1 through AOE 4
f. CV 59
g. FF 1037 and FF 1038
h. BB 61 through BB 64
Many of the above ships have been converted to chelant treatment. Those not converted follow coordinated
phosphate treatment instructions of this section.
220-274
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
increases and corrosion is reduced. This reduces the amount of sludge in the boiler. The morpholine added to the
condensate enters the boiler with the deaerated feedwater, is volatilized along with the steam, disperses through-
out the steam plant, is condensed, and is recycled. Although the cycle is continuous, additional morpholine must
be fed to the condensate to compensate for losses which occur via the air ejectors, DFT vents, and leaks. Dem-
ineralization of make up feedwater is also employed to reduce contamination levels.
1. Prevent the formation of scale by maintaining a phosphate residual in alkaline water sufficient to precipitate
calcium and magnesium as sludges which are less adherent than scale.
2. Prevent acid attack on boiler waterside surfaces by maintaining boiler water pH in the alkaline range.
3. Prevent caustic corrosion of boiler water by maintaining the proper relationship between pH and phosphate.
4. Prevent carryover by maintaining the dissolved and suspended materials sufficiently low.
220-31.6
Because water conditions are maintained in a manner conducive to precipitation of sludges, coordinated
phosphate control is referred to as a phosphate precipitating program. Though the boiler water will accommodate
some contamination, the boiler should not be considered a safe reaction vessel for the generation of sludge.
Sludge is a deposit which has most of the objectionable properties of scale. The other boiler water control
method, blowdown, helps to remove sludge and prevent carryover.
The sodium hydroxide contributes hydroxyl ions which raise pH while the disodium phosphate provides
some of the needed phosphate. Sodium hydroxide and disodium phosphate could be used in the treatment to pro-
duce the same results. However, the weights of sodium hydroxide needed would be so small that weighing errors
would be large. In addition, accidental overaddition of sodium hydroxide would lead to caustic corrosion.
220-31.8
Notice that the previous equation has reversing arrows. When boiler water containing the correct amount of
sodium hydroxide and disodium phosphate is concentrated by heating, or evaporated to dryness, only trisodium
220-275
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
phosphate will concentrate or remain behind. There will be no excess hydroxyl ion, called free caustic. A pri-
mary aim in coordinated phosphate control is elimination of free caustic which forms in concentrated boiler water
when pH is too high (too much hydroxyl ion).
220-31.9
The amount of sodium hydroxide dissolved in boiler water converts mathematically to pH. In order to deter-
mine what pH and phosphate levels are needed to prevent formation of free caustic, it is necessary to use the
calculations for aqueous equilibria as described in NSTM Chapter 220 Volume 1, Section 9. The calculations for
trisodium phosphate yield the curve (line) presented in Figure 220-31-1. If 9.54 ppm of phosphate from triso-
dium phosphate were dissolved in water, the pH would be 10.00. If 99.17 ppm of phosphate from trisodium
phosphate were dissolved in water, the pH would be 11.00. As long as boiler water phosphate and pH levels are
maintained under the curve in Figure 220-31-1 free caustic cannot result. When pH rises above the curve, free
caustic is present and caustic corrosion of boiler metal can result.
220-31.10
If trisodium phosphate alone were used in treatment, boiler water control would have to follow exactly along
the curve. The addition of extra disodium phosphate does not detectably change the pH of the water and permits
assignment of a range for boiler water control. Of significance is the fact that when added to boiler water neither
trisodium phosphate nor disodium phosphate can force boiler water into the free caustic region.
220-31.11
Control limits are based on heat transfer characteristics of the boiler. Boilers whose tube heat absorption is
150,000 BTU/hr/ft2 or less are designated Type A. These include all boilers having up to 600 psi nominal drum
pressure except boilers of the AGF 3, AGF 11, AOE 1 to AOE 4, BB 61 to BB 64, CV 59, FF 1037, FF 1038,
LPD 1, LPD 2, LPD 4 to LPD 10, LPD 12 to LPD 15, and LSD 32 to LSD 34 and LSD 36. These exceptions,
as well as all 1,200 psi boilers, have higher heat absorption and are classed as Type B. The high heat transfer
boilers have less tolerance to any chemical in the water, whether from treatment or contamination. In addition,
the higher pressure boilers cannot tolerate as much conductivity as lower pressure boilers because of carryover.
For these reasons, operating limits for Type B boilers are lower than for Type A boilers.
220-276
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 2.
4.
Figure 4.
6.
Figure 6.
Since sodium hypoferrite, which is a reaction product of a and b, reforms magnetite, deposits of magnetite
can be found in areas of the boiler far removed from the corrosion site.
220-277
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.13
A prime example of caustic corrosion is evidenced by pitting and gouging in lower bends of screen tubes
where deposits tend to collect. A special case of caustic corrosion is created when metal is stressed and is called
caustic stress corrosion. This results in a brittle failure similar to, and as severe as, the hydrogen damage failure
caused by excess acid in boiler water (paragraph 220-21.37).
The behavior of treatment chemicals in general, and under various contaminant conditions is described in the
following paragraphs.
The alkaline pH level in boiler water serves to minimize boiler metal corrosion and also provides hydroxyl
ions (OH- ) needed to react with the magnesium that would otherwise turn neutral water acidic. The reaction is:
220-278
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
The magnesium hydroxide forms a sludge as long as the water remains alkaline. Both the sodium hydroxide
and disodium phosphate in the water react with calcium and magnesium to form various phosphate sludges as
follows:
220-279
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.17
As a matter of interest, addition of salt alone, sodium chloride, will increase chloride and conductivity but
will not affect pH or phosphate. It is not sodium chloride nor chloride per se which causes scale formation or
acid attack.
220-280
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Chloride may not change. Since shore water depletes phosphate and increases pH, boiler water control param-
eters will be forced into the free caustic range. Again, the pH and phosphate must always be kept under the coor-
dinated phosphate curve and within specified limits to prevent scale formation and caustic corrosion.
220-31.20
One mechanism shows that circumstances must allow concentration of chemicals. The other shows that reac-
tion with the magnetite protective layer occurs.
220-31.21
If tube surfaces are smooth and free of deposits, boiler water circulates freely and is effective in continuously
washing tube metal. Porous deposits, crevices, pits and leakage sites interfere with circulation creating areas con-
ducive to concentration of boiler water. All of the normally soluble chemicals concentrate. If the interference is
severe, localized dry-out of boiler water treatment chemicals and contaminants can occur. Sodium chloride is
more soluble in high-temperature water than trisodium phosphate which is more soluble than disodium phos-
phate. When such localized concentration of boiler water is occurring, pH, phosphate, and conductivity decrease.
A decrease in chloride may or may not be detected. As heat input to the boiler tubes increases, the concentrat-
ing effect at the metal increases. As heat transfer rate decreases, the chemicals return to the bulk boiler water.
220-31.22
Phosphates also react directly with magnetite (Fe3 O4 ) to form a solid sodium iron phosphate compound
whose exact chemical structure is unknown. This is a high-temperature reaction and the compound decomposes
when temperatures are reduced. If reaction with magnetite is occurring, pH increases when phosphate decreases,
and vice versa.
220-31.23
Virtually all instances of chemical hideout in naval boilers are reported after the following events have
occurred:
1. Acid cleaning.
2. EDTA cleaning.
3. A contamination incident.
4. Initiation of morpholine.
The events can all cause disruption of magnetite or generation of deposits in the boiler and the appearance
of hideout. Mechanical cleaning (via water-jet) alleviates the condition when caused by soft deposits. If contami-
nation has caused hard deposits, only acid cleaning will remove them. Hard deposits represent a hazard to boiler
operation and in themselves cause hideout.
220-281
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.24
The reason for development of hideout soon after acid cleaning is not clear, but either or both of the previ-
ously described mechanisms may be at work when sensitized metal surfaces and soft deposits are present. Refer
to paragraphs 220-31.134 and 220-31.138 for further discussion of hideout.
220-31.25 BLOWDOWN.
Blowdown provides control of accumulated boiler water solids both suspended and dissolved. Both surface
and bottom blowdowns are employed.
As described in Section 21, the prime consideration of idle boiler layup is the prevention of oxygen corro-
sion of the boiler metal.
The feedwater requirements of Section 22 are generally applicable except as noted here. Table 220-31-1 pro-
vides a summary of feedwater requirements. Refer to Section 22 for additional guidance on specific feed system
component limits as well as shore source steam and feedwater quality requirements.
A number of ships are equipped with morpholine condensate treatment systems that utilize a water solution
of 40 percent morpholine as the treatment chemical. Detailed operating and maintenance instructions for mor-
pholine condensate treatment systems are contained in NAVSEA S9255-AE-MMO-010/MCTS. Figure 220-31-3
shows the relationship of units in the morpholine condensate treatment system. Morpholine is continuously grav-
ity fed to the freshwater drain collecting tank to obtain a pH range of 8.60 to 9.00 in the steam drain lines, con-
densate, and deaerated feedwater. Sampling is performed at the DFT sample cooler outlet. The feedwater pH is
determined by use of a pH test (paragraph 220-31.183).
WARNING
220-31.29
The level of 40 percent morpholine solution in the morpholine treatment tank must be checked periodically.
Whenever the solution level drops to less than 10 gallons, add morpholine solution to bring the solution level in
the tank to 20 gallons.
220-282
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.30
The addition of morpholine increases the conductivity of water. Since salinity indicators measure conductiv-
ity, not chloride, salinity indicator readings will rise although the actual chloride content is not increased by the
addition of morpholine. The chemical chloride limit for all condensate and feedwater is 0.02 epm regardless of
whether the condensate is treated with morpholine. Salinity indicator readings over 0.04 epm or 6 µhmo/cm indi-
cate contamination or morpholine overtreatment. Chemical tests for chloride, hardness, and feedwater pH shall
be conducted when this limit is exceeded and appropriate corrective action shall be taken. The chemical chloride
limit can be exceeded without raising the salinity readings above the 0.04 epm or 6 µhmo/cm limit. Therefore,
ships using morpholine treatment shall conduct chemical tests as appropriate whenever salinity indicators show
a significant increase above normal, even though the salinity indicator readings are within limits. Test for chlo-
ride, then hardness, then feedwater pH, and take corrective action based on results of chemical analysis. When
performing the salinity indicator comparison tests, if the chemical chloride test result is lower than the salinity
indicator reading by more than 0.02 and the hardness is 0.02 epm or less, check the feedwater pH. If the feed-
water pH is 9 or less, check the indicator for malfunction. If the pH is greater than 9, the indicator is function-
ing satisfactorily.
NOTE
Main condensate and distilling plant salinity and conductivity indicator alarms
and dump valves shall be set as close to the above limits as installed hardware
permits. Replacement or modification of installed hardware is not authorized or
required by this chapter. Updating of these systems is only approved by ship
alteration as authorized by the Type Commander and NAVSEA.
220-283
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-284
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-285
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.31
All ships having the morpholine system installed (Figure 220-31-3) shall operate it in a continuous treatment
mode. Continuous injection of morpholine shall be performed only when the condensate/feedwater system is
on-line. The amount of morpholine injected into the freshwater drain tank is controlled by adjusting the rotame-
ter setting. Aircraft carriers have a flowrater and float that are different from other surface ships in order to per-
mit a higher flow rate of morpholine into the condensate system. The need for a higher flow rate results from a
relatively higher makeup rate aboard aircraft carriers. Ships which have both morpholine condensate treatment
and reserve feedwater demineralizers installed should ensure proper DFT level control calibration to prevent
unnecessary dumping of morpholine-treated condensate to the reserve feed systems. This results in depletion of
both morpholine and demineralizer resin, and hot condensate dumped back to the reserve feed tank can cause
melting of demineralizer resin.
220-31.32
Initiation of the morpholine treatment sometimes causes a sludge buildup to occur in boilers. This results
from the scouring effect of the treatment whereby loosely adhering corrosion products on the surfaces of the pre-
boiler system are flaked off into the feedwater and are carried into the boiler. Following initial installation and
use of the morpholine treatment system, more frequent blowdown is required. It is required that two nominal 10
percent surface blowdowns be performed daily and bottom blowdown be performed at least every 72 steaming
hours. If at all possible, the bottom blowdown should be performed every 48 steaming hours. The DFT and boiler
watersides shall be inspected for the presence of sludge at intervals of 300 steaming hours. Visible sludge must
be removed. Waterside inspections shall be performed every 300 hours until the sludge buildup has ceased.
1. As soon as the boiler is on-line, the steam drains are certified as acceptable, and the freshwater drain collect-
ing tank is aligned to the main condenser or the condensate system, open the morpholine solution shutoff
valve.
2. Adjust the rotameter to obtain a flow indication equal to the setting logged during the previous steaming
period. For first time use of new installations, initially set flowrater to the 4 setting.
3. Sixty to ninety minutes after start of treatment, and at least every 12 hours while the system is in operation,
obtain a feedwater sample from the DFT and test the sample for pH (paragraph 220-31.183).
4. If test results show a high pH (above 9.00) or low pH (below 8.60) level over a 24-hour period, adjust the
rotameter float by ±10 percent (one unit on rotameter) accordingly until the pH level is consistently within the
allowable range (8.60 to 9.00). Increase morpholine flow to raise condensate pH or decrease morpholine flow
to decrease condensate pH. Allow 24 hours before making any additional adjustments.
220-31.34
To secure, close the rotameter needle valve and morpholine solution discharge shutoff valve just before
securing the feedwater system (including drills).
220-286
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.35 REQUIREMENTS FOR PROPULSION BOILER WATER FOR SHIPS USING COORDI-
NATED PHOSPHATE BOILER WATER TREATMENT
220-31.36
The chemical treatment used in main propulsion boiler water is designed so that pH and phosphate are main-
tained under the coordinated phosphate curve (paragraphs 220-31.7 through 220-31.13) and within specified lim-
its. Because of differences in heat transfer rates, boiler water pH, phosphate, and conductivity limits for Type A
boilers are different from Type B boilers. Refer to paragraph 220-31.1. The chloride limit is the same since it is
based on feedwater/condensate contamination limits. Although limits are different, all test and treatment proce-
dures are the same. The boiler water limits are given in Table 220-31-2.
220-31.37
Two treatment chemicals, trisodium phosphate and disodium phosphate, are normally used to control pH and
phosphate. Trisodium phosphate raises both pH and phosphate while disodium phosphate raises the phosphate
level without significantly affecting the pH. Caustic soda may be used under casualty control circumstances
(paragraphs 220-31.108.5 and 220-31.108.7) when only pH adjustment is needed and phosphate is above the
upper limit. Figure 220-31-4 shows the positions of boiler water control parameters under the curve for all pro-
pulsion boilers.
220-31.38
The pH limits provide an alkaline boiler water which is necessary for reaction of calcium and magnesium
with the phosphate in the water to form sludge. Alkaline boiler water also reduces corrosion of tube metal. The
phosphate in the alkaline water reacts with calcium and magnesium contaminants and provides protection against
formation of acid or excess alkali. Under normal conditions (contamination not occurring), the boiler water chlo-
ride level should not exceed 1.00 epm. The conductivity limit is based on the total conductivity contributed by
pH, phosphate, and contamination. Table 220-31-3 shows the theoretical conductivity of various species mea-
sured in boiler water. Theoretical conductivity is calculated daily for a steaming boiler. Under normal conditions
the measured conductivity will not differ from the theoretical conductivity by more than 30 percent. A difference
greater than 30 percent may indicate contamination from other than a seawater source, a faulty meter or one or
more tests being in error. If measured conductivity differs from theoretical conductivity by more than 30 percent
for the first samples taken following hydrazine/morpholine layup, take no action unless the condition is still
present after 24 hours of steaming. If measured conductivity differs from theoretical conductivity by more than
30 percent for a routine sample:
220-287
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
b. If the second analysis indicates more than a 30 percent difference between measured and theoretical conduc-
tivity, conduct standardization and calibration procedures on all equipment and reagent. Resample and test.
c. If the third analysis indicates more than a 30 percent difference between measured and theoretical conductiv-
ity, contamination other than a seawater source is occurring. The most probable contamination sources are
shore water, demineralizer resin and morpholine. If the source of contamination cannot be identified, assis-
tance can be requested from the Naval Surface Warfare Center Carderock Division.
220-288
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Continued
220-31.39
Two aims are paramount in the Navy COPHOS boiler water treatment. These are:
220-289
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Maintain boiler water under the curve in the coordinated phosphate region.
2. Maintain boiler water within limits.
220-31.40
The small arrows in the right-hand corner of Figure 220-31-4 serve to indicate the approximate direction that
treatment actions will cause boiler water control parameters to move when chemical addition or blowdown is
applied. If trisodium phosphate is added, pH and phosphate will increase in a direction that slowly approaches
the curve. Addition of disodium phosphate moves boiler water conditions to the right. Addition of caustic soda
causes an increase in pH only. Blowdown causes pH and phosphate to decrease in a direction parallel to the
curve. In all but a very few instances, the chemical treatment dosage tables will compensate for and correct boiler
water conditions moving pH and phosphate near the upper limits for the boiler water. Since pH and phosphate
control limits are higher for Type A than for Type B boilers, dosage tables are different; however, the operational
requirements and test procedures are the same. A log of the boiler water conditions shall be maintained in accor-
dance with paragraph 220-31.222.
220-31.42
The following waters may not be used to fill a boiler in preparation for light-off:
220-31.43
All the waters listed in paragraph 220-31.42 shall be dumped. Flushing of the watersides, steamsides, or feed
tanks that contained the water is required. If sodium nitrite was not properly dissolved in the water or drained
from the boiler, it can cause boiler water control problems. See paragraph 220-31.162 for casualty control pro-
cedures.
220-31.44
The boiler is normally filled to the bottom of the direct reading gauge glass with deaerated feedwater (if
available). Feedwater, used in a hydrostatic test, or hydrazine/morpholine treated feedwater used for layup, must
220-290
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
be drained to the bottom of the direct reading gauge glass. Treatment chemicals are then added to bring boiler
water conditions to the upper limits of the appropriate boiler water treatment. The necessary amount of treatment
is weighed, dissolved in feedwater, and injected into the boiler. All propulsion boilers are equipped with a chemi-
cal injection system. The injection procedure, including a schematic of the system, is shown in Figure 220-22-4.
When an injection system is used, care must be exercised to keep the amount of air introduced into the boiler to
a minimum. The tank is overfilled slightly to bleed air out of it. Overfilling must be minimized to avoid the loss
of treatment chemicals. In addition, the tank must be on-line for at least 10 minutes to ensure that all of the treat-
ment is flushed into the boiler. Check boiler water level to verify that chemicals are added to the boiler. It is per-
missible to inject chemicals at any time during the boiler filling process. On some ships it may be preferable to
add the chemicals before filling the boiler, particularly if low test results for phosphate, pH or alkalinity have been
previously encountered in the after-on-line sample(s). Upon completion of chemical addition, finish filling the
boiler to the light-off level or, if the boiler has been overfilled, drain until the proper water level is reached. A
boiler water sample, obtained from a freshly filled, chemically treated boiler prior to light-off, is not required
because the sample is not representative and is therefore meaningless. Circulation of boiler water to distribute the
chemicals is prohibited because boiler metal damage through oxygen attack may result. The freshly filled and
treated boiler should be lit off immediately, but not later than 24 hours after being filled. Preferably, the boiler
should not be filled unless it is expected that it will be lit off within 24 hours. If the boiler cannot be lit off within
24 hours after filling, it shall be dumped and placed under layup as prescribed in Section 22 and in NSTM Chap-
ter 221, Boilers. A boiler is considered to be steaming (on-line) for boiler water chemistry purposes from the time
auxiliary or main steam stops are open until fires are secured. For calculation of steaming hours, a boiler is con-
sidered to be steaming when the fires are lit.
NOTE
Boiler water in a steaming boiler shall be maintained in accordance with the requirements for that particular
type of boiler. Boiler water samples shall be obtained from a steaming boiler in accordance with the following
requirements:
1. Within 1/2 hour after the boiler has been placed on-line (auxiliary or main steam stops open), and then two
additional samples 60 to 75 minutes apart. (See NOTE)
2. As often as required to maintain a boiler within limits but at least every 8 hours (maximum 8 hours between
samples).
3. Within 1 hour before commencing surface and bottom blowdowns. (See NOTE)
4. Thirty to forty-five minutes after surface and bottom blowdowns are completed.
220-291
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
The lower limit for pH is reduced to 9.00 and for phosphate to 10 ppm for the
after on line samples to allow boiler water to reach equilibrium. Base treatment
action on the the third after on line sample, unless the pH or phosphate are less
than these reduced limits or contamination occurs. If pH is less than 9.00 or
phosphate less than 10 ppm, add treatment chemicals using the normal dosage
tables. If contamination occurs, treat the boiler in accordance with casualty con-
trol procedures. If it becomes necessary to secure the boiler, treat based on the
last sample taken.
NOTE
220-31.46
When chemical treatment is needed as indicated by boiler water test results, treatment injection shall be ini-
tiated within 1 hour after sampling.
220-31.47
The time limitations specified in paragraphs 220-31.45 and 220-31.46 above apply to normal steaming. Under
casualty control circumstances, rapid response is needed in order to prevent boiler damage. Refer to paragraphs
220-31.94 through 220-31.116 for requirements.
220-292
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
continue steaming and take the after chemical addition sample 60 to 90 minutes after chemical addition. If treat-
ment is not required, either secure within 90 minutes of the prior to securing sample or continue steaming tak-
ing another prior to securing sample within 90 minutes of securing.
Surface blowdown provides the normal control of boiler water conductivity, chemical overtreatment, and
nondetergent lubricating oil. In following the procedures of paragraph 220-31.51, an approximate 5-percent sur-
face blowdown will be obtained; however, there is no requirement for a percentage surface blowdown. Surface
blowdown shall be performed on a steaming boiler as necessary to maintain boiler water within limits. There is
no interval specified for performance of surface blowdown since the need for the action is dictated by the chemi-
cal test results of the boiler water. It is required that the percentage blowdown be recorded in the boiler water
treatment log since it gives an indication of procedural or water treatment problems. When a secured boiler under
a steam blanket wet layup is run down to reduce water level, no testing prior to or after the rundown is required;
however, the action should be noted on the boiler water log.
When conducting a surface blow on a steaming boiler, do not permit steam drum water level to drop below
the surface blow takeoff or drop out of sight in the boiler water gauge. Do not permit superheater outlet tempera-
ture to rise above the maximum limit. Maintain a steady feedwater rate and do not change this rate during blow-
down. Ensure that the boiler gravity drain hose valve connection is closed and capped during blowdown. (See
Figure 220-22-5 for a typical arrangement.) Blowdown piping materials are specified in NSTM Chapter 221 .
Surface blowdown is conducted in the following manner:
2. Prepare the blowdown system by first opening the overboard discharge valve(s) and then the guarding
valve(s).
3. Nonpressure-fired boilers: By manual or remote manual feedwater control, establish the boiler water level at
3 inches above the surface blow take-off pipe. Pressure-fired boilers: Switch the feedwater to manual or remote
manual control and maintain a steady feedwater rate. Do not raise the boiler water level above normal.
4. Wait 4 to 5 minutes and then open the surface blow valve. Do not throttle. Maintain continuous observation
of the boiler water level during blowdown.
5. Nonpressure-fired boilers: Close the surface blow valve quickly when the water level in the steam drum drops
to the surface blow pipe. Pressure-fired boilers: Close the surface blow valve quickly when the water level in
the steam drum drops 3 inches below normal.
6. Repeat steps 3 through 5 as required to correct observed conditions. Refer to paragraphs 220-31.65 and
220-31.78 for guidance specific to Type A and Type B boilers.
7. After completing the surface blow, return water level to normal, close the guarding valve(s) and the overboard
discharge valve(s), in that order. Open the drain valve to the bilge to ensure tight seating of the surface blow
valve. Close the valve when pressure is relieved. Monel-type guarding and overboard discharge valves require
a second securing; therefore, retorque the valves 15 minutes after the boiler blow is completed and the sys-
tem is secured. The 15-minute cool down period and retorque of monel valves are required to prevent leak-
age.
220-293
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
Pressure-fired boilers: If oil or scum is definitely present in the steam drum, pro-
cedures are the same except for water level. To remove oil or scum, surface
blowdown is conducted by lowering water level to minus 4 inches while steam-
ing, then opening the surface blow valve, and blowing down to minus 6 inches.
220-31.53
When visual inspection of the drums and headers indicates excessive sludge buildup, or when visible solids
or discoloration are observed in boiler water samples, the blowdown frequency should be increased. Blowdown
should also be increased after overhaul or waterside cleaning to reduce dirt, debris and suspended solids, and any
time visible solids are observed in the sample.
1. Sample, test, and chemically treat the boiler water within 90 minutes prior to securing.
2. Secure the boiler and let it stand for at least 1 hour, but no more than 24 hours.
3. Obtain permission to conduct blowdown. Never attempt to bottom blow with less than 100 psi pressure on
the boiler.
4. Sample and test the boiler water within 1 hour prior to blowdown.
5. Raise the steam drum water to plus 6 inches.
6. Prepare the blowdown system by opening the overboard discharge valve(s) and the guarding valve(s), in that
order.
7a. (For nonpressure-fired boilers.) Quickly open the water drum blow valve until 2 inches of water have been
blown out and then quickly close the valve. The water drum blowdown should result in approximately a
4-inch drop in water level. Repeat blowdown at each header valve, except allow the water level to drop only
1 to 1-1/2 inches before closing each valve.
7b. (For pressure-fired boilers.) Quickly open the convection header portside blow valve until 1 to 1-1/2 inches
of water have been blown out and then quickly close the valve. Repeat procedure for starboard side header
and port and starboard downcomer blow valves. Each blow should result in approximately a 2 to 3 inch drop
in water level.
220-294
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
8. Do not let the water level drop out of sight in the boiler water level gauge. If hot deaerated feedwater is not
available, discontinue the blowdown and note the blowdown points missed in the boiler water log.
NOTE
Ships that repeatedly have incomplete bottom blowdowns must change the order
of header blowdown from blowdown to blowdown to ensure adequate blowdown
of all headers.
9. On completion of blowdown close the guarding valve(s) and the overboard discharge valve(s) in that order.
Open the drain valve to the bilge to ensure tight seating. Close the valve when pressure is relieved. Monel-
type guarding and overboard discharge valves require a second shutting after a 15-minute cool down period
to prevent leakage. If hot deaerated feedwater is available, raise the steam drum water level to steaming level.
10. Sample and test the boiler water 30 to 45 minutes after the completion of the blowdown.
The percent surface blowdown is determined by using the formula. Round to the nearest whole number (i.e.,
10.4% rounds to 10%, 10.5% rounds to 11%).
NOTE
Since atmospheric oxygen can be drawn into an idle boiler under wet layup, it is important that the proper
procedures for maintaining a positive pressure on an idle boiler be used. Refer to Section 22 and NSTM Chap-
ter 221 for layup procedures. Within 1 hour prior to bottom blowdown and 30 to 45 minutes after completing the
bottom blowdown operation, a boiler water sample shall be obtained and tested for pH, phosphate, conductivity,
and chloride. It is not necessary to chemically treat after bottom blowdown. No further chemical testing or treat-
ment is required for a boiler under wet layup until within 1 hour prior to light-off for the following reasons:
1. The boiler water conditions will not normally change while the boiler is under wet layup except in the case
of a steam blanket where gradual dilution will take place. A boiler maintained under hydrostatic pressure may
exhibit some minor dilution.
2. As long as the boiler water has been treated, waterside deposits will not form since the boiler is not being
fired.
3. A water sample taken from an idle boiler cannot be assumed to be representative of the actual boiler water
conditions.
220-295
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
CAUTION
4. Addition of treatment chemicals to a cold boiler incurs a risk of dissolved oxygen contamination.
220-31.57
Within 1 hour preceding boiler light-off, sample and test the idle boiler water. This sample is not required for
a freshly filled and treated boiler, or when the boiler has been secured for two hours or less due to a non-
chemistry related casualty. Based on the test results, appropriate action shall be determined in accordance with
the following requirements:
NOTE
Boiler water results within the above limits are within limits for the secured
boiler and need not be circled on the boiler water log.
2. Chemically treat using normal dosage table if test results indicate any of the following:
a. pH is less than 9.00.
b. Phosphate is less than 10 ppm.
3. If pH and phosphate are in the free caustic region (with pH less than 10.90 for Type A boilers and less than
10.60 for Type B boilers) treat with DSP only per normal dosage table.
4. If pH is above 10.90 for a Type A boiler or 10.60 for a Type B boiler or if conductivity or chloride is out of
limits, locate and correct the source of contamination. Ensure that the reserve feedwater meets requirements;
dump, freshly fill, and treat the boiler.
NOTE
220-296
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
WARNING
1. Locate the boiler water volume for chemical treatment, in gallons, from Table 220-31-4.
2. Locate the weights of trisodium phosphate and disodium phosphate, in ounces, from Table 220-31-5.
NOTE
If the boiler is being freshly filled and treated following EDTA cleaning, treat
with disodium phosphate only. Treat with both TSP and DSP if the boiler was
water jetted after an EDTA cleaning.
3. Half fill the 10-liter safety dispensing bottle with feedwater at 50°C (122°F) or less.
4. Weigh the necessary amount of each phosphate treatment chemical, transferring each to the same 10-liter
safety dispensing bottle. (See notes below.)
5. Add feedwater to the shoulder of the bottle, cap the bottle and spout, then shake to dissolve.
6. Inject the solution into the boiler in accordance with paragraph 220-31.44.
NOTE
The safety dispensing bottle shall be marked and used for boiler treatment chemi-
cals only.
NOTE
As the trisodium and disodium phosphate dissolve they generate heat, so water
temperature will increase slightly. Do not use very hot water to dissolve the
220-297
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
chemicals because the safety dispensing bottle is made from linear polyethylene
which has a maximum use temperature of 80°C (176°F). Trisodium phosphate
can be added to water or vice versa without difficulty.
NOTE
NOTE
The solubility of both trisodium and disodium phosphate is about 5 pounds per
10 liters of water at 50°C (122°F). If freshly filling large volume boilers (LKA
113 or AO 177 Class), two injections will be needed in order to dissolve the
chemicals. Inject 1/2 of both chemicals each time.
220-298
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
tested for pH, phosphate, conductivity, and chloride. Other sampling frequencies are listed in paragraph
220-31.45. Boiler water conditions in a steaming boiler shall be maintained in accordance with the following
requirements:
pH 10.20 to 10.60
phosphate 50 to 120 ppm
conductivity 600 µmho/cm max
chloride 1.0 epm max
Since addition of trisodium phosphate to raise pH also raises phosphate, control of pH and phosphate are
linked. The disodium phosphate provides additional phosphate as needed. The procedure is as follows:
WARNING
1. Determine the pH and phosphate concentrations in the boiler water from sample results.
2. Locate the boiler water volume for chemical treatment from Table 220-31-4.
3. Locate the boiler water pH from across the top of Table 220-31-6 then read down the column to find the
weight of trisodium phosphate required for the appropriate volume. Record this weight in the log.
4. Continue to the last line of the column to find the phosphate correction. This is the amount that phosphate will
increase because of the injection of trisodium phosphate. Record the phosphate correction in the log.
5. Add the phosphate correction caused by trisodium phosphate to the phosphate that was measured in the boiler
water. This gives the corrected phosphate concentration. Record the corrected phosphate in the log.
6. Proceed to Table 220-31-7. Locate the corrected phosphate from across the top of the table, then read down
the column to find the weight of disodium phosphate required for the appropriate volume. Record this weight
in the log.
7. Weigh the chemicals, dissolve them together in the 10-liter safety dispensing bottle, and inject the solution
into the boiler in accordance with paragraph 220-31.44. (Refer to the NOTES following paragraph 220-31.59
for information regarding treatment chemical solubility.)
220-299
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.62
220-31.63
The disodium phosphate dosage table does not bring phosphate to the upper limit of 120 ppm but instead
raises it to 100 ppm. The table is designed to allow a margin for phosphate in case it becomes necessary to treat
only for pH since addition of trisodium phosphate to raise pH also increases phosphate. In addition, both dosage
tables contain boiler water treatment volumes which are rounded to the nearest 100 gallons. The weights of
chemicals are rounded to the nearest half ounce and are based on the amount needed for treating the higher num-
ber at the top of each column. For these reasons, chemical injection will not always bring boiler water to a pH
of 10.60 exactly or to a phosphate of 100 ppm exactly. The pH could be low by 0.05 pH units and the phosphate
by 5 ppm when analyzing the sample taken after chemical injection.
220-300
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.64
Addition of caustic soda to raise pH is only permitted under casualty control circumstances and with the per-
mission of the Engineer Officer. Refer to paragraphs 220-31.108.5 and 220-31.108.7.
220-31.65
The boiler must never be surface blown, except in response to a high water casualty, if the action will cause
boiler water to go below a pH of 10.20 and a phosphate of 50 ppm, or if conditions are in the free caustic region,
regardless of conductivity or chloride. A 10-percent blowdown will cause phosphate, conductivity, and chlo-
ride to drop by 10 percent. The pH will drop by about 0.05 pH unit. The relationship between pH and blowdown
is given in Table 220-31-9.
220-31.66
There are no dump limits for pH or phosphate. These parameters must be maintained under the control curve,
Figure 220-31-4, and in limits. From the standpoint of feedwater consumption, a boiler whose pH is greater than
11 or whose phosphate is greater than 300 ppm should be dumped.
220-31.67 Conductivity.
Boiler water conductivity under various conditions can be approximated from the values given in Table
220-31-3. The conductivity level is controlled by surface blowdown. When boiler water reaches 1,800 µmhos/
cm, more feedwater is used in surface blowdown than is used in securing the boiler and dumping the water. If
boiler water conductivity exceeds 2,000 µmhos/cm for any reason, the boiler must be secured to stop carryover
unless the Commanding Officer directs continued steaming. Refer to paragraph 220-31.99.
220-31.68 Chloride.
If feedwater quality is properly maintained, boiler water chloride will remain below 1.0 epm. Leakage of
seawater into the feedwater system or abnormally high makeup rates will cause a continuous increase in the
chloride level of boiler water.
220-31.69
If seawater contamination makes it difficult or impossible to maintain chloride at or below 1.00 epm find and
isolate the source of the contamination and avoid contaminating other systems or boilers.
220-301
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
HPO 4 - Continued
220-302
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Continued
WARNING
220-303
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Locate the boiler water volume for chemical treatment, in gallons, from Table 220-31-10.
2. Locate the weights of trisodium phosphate and disodium phosphate, in ounces, from Table 220-31-11.
3. Half fill the 10-liter safety dispensing bottle with feedwater at 50°C (122°F) or less.
4. Weigh the necessary amount of each phosphate treatment chemical, transferring each into the same 10-liter
safety dispensing bottle. (See NOTE)
5. Add feedwater to the shoulder of the bottle, cap the bottle and spout, then shake to dissolve.
NOTE
If the boiler is being freshly filled and treated following EDTA cleaning, treat
with disodium phosphate only. Treat with both TSP and DSP if the boiler was
water jetted after an EDTA cleaning.
6. Inject the solution into the boiler in accordance with paragraph 220-31.44.
NOTE
The safety dispensing bottle shall be marked and used for boiler water treatment
chemicals only.
220-304
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
As the trisodium and disodium phosphate dissolve they generate heat, so water
temperature will increase slightly. Do not use very hot water to dissolve the
chemicals because the safety dispensing bottle is made from linear polyethylene
which has a maximum use temperature of 80°C (176°F). Trisodium phosphate
can be added to water or vice versa without difficulty. Large quantities of diso-
dium phosphate should be added to water because disodium phosphate tends to
cake if water is poured over it.
NOTE
The solubility of both trisodium and disodium phosphate is about 5 pounds per
10 liters of water at 50°C (122°F).
A boiler water sample shall be obtained and tested for pH, phosphate, conductivity, and chloride within 1/2
hour after placing a boiler on-line, followed by two additional samples 60 to 75 minutes apart, and at least every
8 hours thereafter (maximum 8 hours between samples). Other sampling frequencies are listed in paragraph
220-31.45. Boiler water conditions in a steaming boiler shall be maintained in accordance with the following
requirements:
pH 9.80 to 10.20
phosphate 25 to 60 ppm
conductivity 400 µmho/cm max
chloride 1.0 epm max
Since addition of trisodium phosphate to raise pH also raises phosphate, control of pH and phosphate are
linked. The disodium phosphate provides additional phosphate as needed. The procedure is as follows:
220-305
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
WARNING
1. Determine the pH and phosphate concentrations in the boiler water from sample results.
2. Locate the boiler water volume for chemical treatment from Table 220-31-10.
3. Locate the boiler water pH from across the top of Table 220-31-12 then read down the column to find the
weight of trisodium phosphate required for the appropriate volume. Record this weight in the log.
4. Continue to the last line of the column to find the phosphate correction. This is the amount that phosphate will
increase because of the injection of trisodium phosphate. Record the phosphate correction in the log.
5. Add the phosphate correction caused by trisodium phosphate to the phosphate that was measured in the boiler
water. This gives the corrected phosphate concentration. Record the corrected phosphate in the log.
6. Proceed to Table 220-31-13. Locate the corrected phosphate from across the top of the table, then read down
the column to find the weight of disodium phosphate required for the appropriate volume. Record this weight
in the log.
7. Weigh the chemicals, dissolve them together in the 10-liter safety dispensing bottle, and inject the solution
into the boiler in accordance with paragraph 220-31.44. (Refer to the notes following paragraph 220-31.72 for
information regarding treatment chemical solubility.)
220-306
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.75
220-31.76
The disodium phosphate dosage table does not bring phosphate to the upper limit of 60 ppm but instead raises
it to 50 ppm. The table is designed to allow a margin for phosphate in case it becomes necessary to treat only
for pH since addition of trisodium phosphate to raise pH also increases phosphate. In addition, both dosage tables
contain boiler water treatment volumes which are rounded to the nearest 100 gallons. The weights of chemicals
are rounded to the nearest 1/2 ounce and are based on the amount needed for treating the higher number at the
top of each column. For these reasons, chemical injection will not always bring boiler water to a pH of 10.20
exactly or to a phosphate of 50 ppm exactly. The pH could be low by 0.05 pH units and the phosphate by 5 ppm
when analyzing the sample taken after chemical injection.
220-31.77
Addition of caustic soda to raise pH is only permitted under casualty control circumstances and with the per-
mission of the Engineer Officer. Refer to paragraphs 220-31.108.5 and 220-31.108.7.
220-307
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.78
The boiler must never be surface blown, except in response to a high water casualty, if the action will cause
boiler water to go below a pH of 9.80 and a phosphate of 25 ppm, or if conditions are in the free caustic region,
regardless of conductivity or chloride. A 10-percent blowdown will cause phosphate, conductivity, and chloride
to drop by 10 percent. The pH will drop by about 0.05 pH unit. The relationship between pH and blowdown is
given in Table 220-31-9.
220-31.79
There are no dump limits for pH or phosphate. These parameters must be maintained under the control curve
(see Figure 220-31-4) and in limits. From the standpoint of feedwater consumption, a boiler whose pH is 10.6 or
whose phosphate is 150 ppm should be dumped.
220-31.80 Conductivity.
Boiler water conductivity under various conditions can be approximated from the values given in the Table
220-31-3. The conductivity level is controlled by surface blowdown. When boiler water conductivity exceeds
1,200 µmho/cm, more feedwater is used in surface blowdown than is used in securing the boiler and dumping
the water. If boiler water conductivity exceeds 2,000 µmho/cm for any reason, the boiler must be secured unless
the Commanding Officer directs continued steaming. (Refer to paragraph 220-31.99.)
220-31.81 Chloride.
If feedwater quality is properly maintained, boiler water chloride will remain below 1.0 epm. Leakage of
seawater into the feedwater system or abnormally high makeup rates will cause a continuous increase in the
chloride level of boiler water.
220-31.82
If seawater contamination makes it difficult or impossible to maintain chloride at or below 1.00 epm, find
and isolate the source of contamination, and avoid contaminating other systems or boilers.
220-308
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
HPO4 ) - Continued
It is mandatory to sample and test all idle boilers within 1 hour prior to light-off, with the exception of a
boiler that has been freshly filled and treated. Treat in accordance with paragraph 220-31.57.
220-31.85
The Navy boiler water treatment controls pH between 10.20 and 10.60, and phosphate between 50 and 120
ppm in Type A boilers. For Type B boilers, the pH limits are 9.80 to 10.20, and 25 to 60 ppm phosphate. These
parameters will decrease because of treatment chemical losses during blowdown and from reaction of the chemi-
cals with feedwater contaminants. It is not necessary to maintain pH and phosphate at or near the upper limits
at all times. Each should be permitted to pass through the allowed range before re-treating. Continual treatment
to the upper limit tends to mask signs of contamination that could otherwise be detected.
220-309
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.86
In certain situations, phosphate or pH varies from the required ranges even though a contaminating condition
does not exist and the operator has made no error. Variations from the steaming boiler requirements of ±10 per-
cent for phosphate and ±0.05 pH unit may occur under the following circumstances:
1. When idle boiler water is at a pH of 9.00 and a phosphate of 10 ppm, and the boiler is brought on-line, it is
possible that a boiler water sample result will remain below the required range.
2. If the boiler water is below a pH of 9.00 and a phosphate of 10 ppm, and treatment is added prior to light-
off, boiler water sample results may be high after the boiler is brought on-line.
3. If treatment chemicals are added to the water based on results obtained while steaming at low load, and the
load is increased, results may be high.
220-31.87
Sampling frequency and testing requirements prevent long-term steaming with the boiler water out of limits.
With the exception of light-off, all of these situations will be corrected within a short time frame, usually less
than 90 minutes, when procedures are followed.
220-31.90 GENERAL.
Casualties in plant chemistry control require prompt, well directed action to prevent or minimize plant dam-
age. Plant casualty control procedures must be invoked to stop damage and to return conditions to normal.
Troubles in monitoring chemistry conditions as a result of defective indicating devices, test equipment, sampling
systems, or test chemicals may mask the symptoms of a casualty. These must be corrected in order to permit
proper monitoring and control of plant chemistry.
Effective corrective action depends on timely recognition of a plant chemistry casualty. This in turn depends
on all indicating systems and test equipment being in good working order and on watch standers being trained
so that they recognize abnormal conditions. Casualties may be indicated by sample results, salinity/conductivity
indicator readings, abnormal noises, temperatures, or pressures, high bilge water level, or some other unusual
condition, which may occur anywhere in the plant. The Engineering Officer of the Watch (EOOW) must be thor-
oughly familiar with overall plant arrangement, principles of plant operation, symptoms of chemistry casualties,
and casualty control procedures, so that he can properly evaluate reported abnormalities, identify the casualty and
initiate appropriate corrective action. The Engineer Officer, MPA, and Oil King must be thoroughly familiar with
all aspects of plant operation and chemistry control so that they can properly direct or advise the EOOW, can
oversee corrective action, and can give timely, accurate information and advice to the Commanding Officer and
Officer of the Deck.
220-310
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.94
Damage to the boiler or other parts of the plant will occur if boiler water is seriously contaminated. The
damage may involve boiler scale formation, corrosion, or water carryover with the steam into the superheater.
The types of damage and the conditions under which they will occur are:
220-31.95 CRITERIA.
Boiler water contamination is serious if it causes any of the following conditions:
220-311
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
The use of emergency cold suction should be avoided if at all possible, or mini-
mized if it must be used by virtue of system design. Use of emergency cold suc-
tion causes entry of cold oxygenated water containing up to 8,000 ppb of dis-
solved oxygen directly into the boiler. Its use must be treated as any other high
dissolved oxygen casualty.
220-31.97 ACTION.
Serious contamination of boiler water defined in paragraph 220-31.95 is a major casualty that demands
immediate corrective action. Corrective actions must:
NOTE
If oil contamination has occurred, check salinity indicators for proper operation
by chemical comparison test.
220-312
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.99
Secure the Boiler. Securing the boiler will stop all damage except acid and oxygen corrosion. Securing will
reduce the effects of acid and oxygen corrosion. If the problem with the DFT cannot be corrected within 8 hours
of detection, the boiler must be secured unless continued steaming is directed by the Commanding Officer. If the
boiler must be steamed under serious contamination conditions (paragraph 220-31.95), the steaming rate should
be minimized.
220-313
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-31-5 Logic Chart for Chemical Treatment of Seriously Contaminated Boiler Water (1 of 2)
220-314
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-31-5 Logic Chart for Chemical Treatment of Seriously Contaminated Boiler Water (2 of 2)
220-31.100 Guidance for Securing the Boiler.
When a boiler is seriously contaminated, prompt, well-directed action may result in regaining control of the
casualty while the boiler is on-line at minimum load. In a few cases it is necessary to remain on-line to protect
ship’s safety, or to locate and correct the contamination source, or to avoid damaging another boiler.
220-31.101
If conditions reach a point of significant damage, the conditions must be controlled, the boiler must be treated
and secured as soon as possible, and the contamination must be removed.
220-31.102
The following can be expected to occur under conditions of significant damage:
1. When pH is below 6, the boiler water contains hydrochloric acid (from seawater reactions) or sulfuric acid
(from resin decomposition). Seawater contamination resulting in hydrochloric acid formation causes rapid and
dangerous corrosion. Tube failures will occur within a few hours. Sulfuric acid from resin contamination is
less dangerous in terms of catastrophic failure but tube failures can occur within a few days. Acid attack is
suspected to be a contributor to crevice corrosion in drums and headers.
2. When pH is above 11.00 and deposits are present, it is very difficult to raise phosphate level sufficiently to
prevent caustic corrosion without causing carryover. The option becomes a gouging of tubes (about 3 months
to tube wall penetration) or carryover.
220-315
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
3. With no phosphate present, rapid scaling will occur. Acid or caustic attack will occur depending on the pH
and this will be the greater immediate problem. Tube bulging and overheat from scaling will occur. The time
to proceed to tube failure from scaling is not known but the process is probably slow (greater than a year).
4. A boiler which is experiencing severe, acute carryover will suffer superheater failure in 15 minutes to 1 hour.
Chronic minor carryover will result in loss of the superheater in 3 to 6 months. Turbine blade damage will
occur over a longer unknown time frame.
5. A boiler steaming with uncontrolled oxygen contamination in feedwater will require retubing in 6 to 9 months.
Oxygen contamination is suspected to be a contributor to crevice attack in drums and headers.
220-31.103
Damage to the plant is cumulative. Once it has occurred, equipment cannot be returned to an undamaged
condition.
220-31.104
When a condition of serious contamination other than dissolved oxygen is discovered, and one treatment
action (chemical or blowdown) does not correct that condition, it is better to secure rather than to remain on-line
for the sole purpose of treating or blowing down. Addition of treatment chemicals will be successful only while
on-line, or immediately after securing. Only treat once after securing because further chemical addition will not
be effective due to inadequate circulation. If after securing and treating the boiler, boiler water contamination
remains serious, the boiler must be dumped.
220-31.105
The only conditions which will damage a secured boiler are low pH or high oxygen. It is preferable to accept
these conditions in a secured boiler rather than in one which is on-line regardless of load.
220-31.106
If the cause of high oxygen in feedwater cannot be corrected within 8 hours of detection, the boiler must be
secured and repairs effected to the DFT.
220-31.107
If a choice is available under conditions of significant damage, choose to secure.
1. If pH (above 10.9 for Type A; above 10.6 for Type B) and phosphate are in Zone A (above the coordinated
phosphate curve), inject the casualty dose of disodium phosphate determined by the following procedures:
a. Plot the actual boiler water phosphate and pH found from sample analysis on Figure 220-31-6 or Figure
220-31-8 as appropriate.
b. Draw a horizontal line from the pH value to the coordinated phosphate curve.
c. Draw a vertical line, from the intersection point of the pH horizontal line and the coordinated phosphate
220-316
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
curve, to the horizontal axis of the graph. Read the phosphate concentration at that point. This value is the
minimum phosphate concentration required to bring boiler water into the coordinated phosphate region at
the existing boiler water pH. Inject the amount of disodium phosphate (DSP) calculated by use of the
equation given below.
The casualty dose of disodium phosphate is to be injected even though it may raise phosphate and con-
ductivity above their normal high limits. If the boiler is secured prior to treatment, inject this dose as soon
as possible after securing. If the boiler is steaming, sample 15 minutes later and re-treat as needed. Example
(see Figure 220-31-9)
2. If pH (10.9 or less for Type A, 10.6 or less for Type B) and phosphate are in Zone B (above the coordi-
nated phosphate curve), inject the treatment chemicals in accordance with the normal dosage tables whether
steaming or secured. If the boiler is steaming, sample 15 minutes later, and re-treat as needed.
3. If pH and phosphate are in Zone C (in the coordinated phosphate region with phosphate less than 10 ppm,
and pH at least 9.00) inject treatment chemicals in accordance with the normal dosage tables in Section 22.
Sample 15 minutes later, and re-treat as needed. If the boiler is not steaming do not inject chemicals, unless
needed based on the results of the sample taken 1 hour prior to light-off.
4. If pH and phosphate are in Zone D (pH less than 9.00 with phosphate at or below the normal high limit),
inject a casualty dose of trisodium phosphate (TSP). The casualty dose of trisodium phosphate is calcu-
lated by using the following equation:
The casualty dose of trisodium phosphate is to be injected even though it may raise phosphate and con-
220-317
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
ductivity above their normal high limits. If the boiler is steaming, sample 15 minutes later and re-treat as
needed. If the boiler is secured inject this dose as soon as possible after securing. Example (assume Type
B boiler)
5. If pH and phosphate are in Zone E (pH less than 9.00 with phosphate above the normal high limit), and
the boiler is steaming, inject caustic soda, 1 ounce per 1,000 gallons of boiler water, sample 15 minutes
later, and re-treat as needed. If in Zone E but not steaming, inject the casualty dose of trisodium phosphate
as soon as possible after securing in accordance with paragraph 220-31.108.4 above.
WARNING
Caustic soda solutions are corrosive and cause burns to skin, eyes, and body
tissues. Affected personnel shall flush skin with cold water. If caustic soda or
its solutions enter the eyes, flush with cold water for 15 minutes and obtain
immediate medical attention.
CAUTION
Improper injection of caustic soda can drive pH up into the free caustic
region, thereby causing caustic corrosion. Therefore, it is not to be injected
unless ship’s force is positive that the following conditions are met (if in
doubt add TSP):
220-318
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
a. Boiler is steaming.
b. pH is less than normal low limit.
c. Phosphate is above the normal high limit.
d. Meter pH and chemical pH are consistent.
e. Engineer Officer’s permission has been given for the injection of caustic soda.
6. When pH and phosphate are in Zone F (in the coordinated phosphate region and below normal low limits
but with pH at least 9.00 and phosphate at least 10 ppm) and the boiler is steaming, inject treatment
chemicals in accordance with the normal dosage tables. Sample 15 minutes later and re-treat as needed. If
the boiler is not steaming, no chemical injection is needed until after the boiler is on-line.
NOTE
WARNING
Caustic soda solutions are corrosive and cause burns to skin, eyes, and body
tissues. Affected personnel shall flush skin with cold water. If caustic soda or
its solutions enter the eyes, flush with cold water for 15 minutes and obtain
immediate medical attention.
CAUTION
Improper injection of caustic soda can drive pH up into the free caustic
region, thereby causing caustic corrosion. Therefore, it is not to be injected
unless ship’s force is positive that the following conditions are met (if in
doubt add TSP):
a. Boiler is steaming.
b. pH is less than normal low limit.
c. Phosphate is above the normal high limit.
d. Meter pH and chemical pH are consistent.
e. Engineer Officer’s permission has been given for the injection of caustic soda.
220-319
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
8. When pH and phosphate are in Zone H (pH or phosphate above normal high limits) and the boiler is
steaming, inject treatment chemicals in accordance with the normal dosage tables if needed, to keep pH
and phosphate from going below normal low limits on blowdown. Sample 15 minutes later and re-treat as
needed. If the boiler is not steaming, do not inject chemicals unless needed based on results of the sample
taken within 1 hour prior to light-off.
NOTE
9. When pH and phosphate are within normal limits and the boiler is steaming, inject treatment chemicals in
accordance with the normal dosage tables if needed, to keep pH and phosphate from going below normal
limits on blowdown. Sample 15 minutes later and re-treat as needed. If the boiler is not steaming, do not
inject chemicals unless needed based on the results of the sample taken 1 hour prior to light-off.
NOTE
pH and phosphate values within normal limits do not necessarily indicate that
contamination has not occurred. Indicators of serious contamination are listed in
paragraph 220-31.95. Indicators of moderate contamination are listed in para-
graph 220-31.117.
220-320
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-31-6 Coordinated Phosphate Treatment Zone Chart for Type A Boilers
220-321
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-31-7 Coordinated Phosphate Treatment Zone Chart for Type A Boilers
220-322
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-31-8 Coordinated Phosphate Treatment Zone Chart for Type B Boilers (1 of 2)
220-323
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-31-8 Coordinated Phosphate Treatment Zone Chart for Type B Boilers (2 of 2)
220-324
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-31-9 Example for Determining Minimum Phosphate Required if Water is in the Free Caustic
Region
220-31.109 Locate and Isolate the Source of Contamination.
This should be done concurrent with securing and treating the boiler as discussed above. Locating the source
of contamination depends on identifying the type of contamination. Refer to paragraph 220-31.110.
CAUTION
Another boiler should not be fed from the same feed system, or propulsion
plants cross connected, until the source of contamination has been found
and isolated, since doing so would contaminate another boiler.
220-325
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
Oil present in boiler water may carryover into the steam and condensate system
and contaminate salinity/conductivity indicators and make them ineffective.
4. Demineralizer Resin which has passed into the boiler water will cause the following effects in boiler water:
a. pH will normally decrease and may be difficult to maintain.
b. Phosphate may increase or decrease.
c. Conductivity increase.
d. Chloride increase.
e. The water may have an odor of dead fish.
5. Desiccant (silica gel) which was left in a boiler after dry layup will cause the following effect in boiler water:
a. pH will decrease as analyzed by the pH meter test. However, the emergency pH test by titration will indi-
cate that pH is considerably higher than is shown by the meter test.
b. Phosphate may be higher than expected.
c. Conductivity will show that the pH meter value is correct.
d. Chloride is not affected.
NOTE
If these effects are noted, test boiler water for silica (see paragraph 220-26.33).
Refer to paragraph 220-22.89 for limits and corrective action. If silica contami-
nation is suspected to be occurring, add trisodium phosphate if needed for boiler
water pH adjustment until the contamination is corrected. Phosphate and emer-
gency pH results are falsely high with silica present in boiler water. Do not add
caustic soda; addition of caustic soda may cause entry into the free caustic
region.
6. Silica from poor quality shore source feedwater will cause the following effects in boiler water:
220-326
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
a. pH as analyzed by the pH meter will not be affected. However, the emergency pH test by titration will
indicate that pH is considerably higher than is shown by the meter test.
b. Phosphate may be higher than expected.
c. Conductivity will show that the pH meter value is correct.
d. Chloride is not affected.
NOTE
If these effects are noted, test boiler water for silica (see paragraph 220-26.33).
Refer to paragraph 220-22.89 for limits and corrective action. If silica contami-
nation is suspected to be occurring, add trisodium phosphate if needed for boiler
water pH adjustment until the contamination is corrected. Phosphate and emer-
gency pH results are falsely high with silica present in boiler water. Do not add
caustic soda; addition of caustic soda may cause entry into the free caustic
region.
7. Bicarbonate from shore source feedwater or shore steam condensate will cause the following effects in boiler
water:
a. pH will increase.
b. Phosphate is not affected.
c. Conductivity will increase.
d. Chloride is not affected.
NOTE
If these effects are noted, check feedwater for phosphate using the boiler water
phosphate test. If phosphate is indicated to be greater than 5.0 ppm, the water is
contaminated with bicarbonate and must be dumped.
8. Excess Boiler Chemical Injection or injection of the wrong material may cause any of the following effects
in boiler water:
a. Unexpected change in pH.
b. Unexpected change in phosphate.
c. Rise in conductivity.
d. Rise in chloride.
e. Unusual appearance of water.
9. Excess morpholine treatment of feedwater resulting in condensate/feedwater pH greater than 9.0 may cause
any of the following effects in boiler water:
a. Boiler water and desuperheater phosphate results will be falsely high.
b. Calculated theoretical boiler water conductivity will be higher than that measured by conductivity meter.
c. Boiler water emergency pH results will be high when compared to those obtained from pH meter.
d. Boiler water conductivity measured by meter may show negligible increase.
e. Boiler water chloride levels will not be affected.
f. An ammonia-like odor may be present in samples.
220-327
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
Secure the morpholine system and note its effect on boiler water. If silica con-
tamination or overaddition of morpholine is suspected to be occurring, add triso-
dium phosphate if needed for boiler water pH adjustment until the contamination
is corrected. Phosphate and emergency pH results are falsely high with silica or
excess morpholine present in boiler water. Do not add caustic soda; addition of
caustic soda may cause entry into the free caustic region.
10. Corrosion products will cause discoloration of the water and may cause changes in chemistry parameters.
11. Debris will cause abnormal appearance of the water and may cause changes in chemistry parameters.
220-31.112
Surface blowdown will remove some of the dissolved contaminants and oil from a boiler. It is relatively inef-
fective in reducing high levels of dissolved contamination and sludge.
220-31.113
Bottom blowdown is effective in removing sludge from an idle boiler, and will also remove dissolved con-
taminants.
220-31.115 REPORTS.
The cognizant activity (for example, ship, NAVSHIPYARD, SUPSHIP) shall provide a detailed message
report within 24 hours to the Type Commander with an information copy to the ISIC, NSWCCD-SSES, and
NAVSEA, if any of the following conditions occur:
220-328
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.116
The information to be included in the report is contained in paragraph 220-31.231.
220-31.118 DESCRIPTION.
Contamination of boiler water that affects the chemistry, appearance, or odor of the boiler water, but not so
severely as to be classed as serious contamination under the criteria given in paragraph 220-31.95, is termed
moderate contamination. Damage is not likely to occur under these conditions, but this moderate contamination
is still a problem. If pH or phosphate is below normal limits, then there is very little protection against scale for-
mation or corrosion from additional contamination. If conductivity is high, or if chloride is above 1.0 epm, there
is less room for additional contamination to occur without causing carryover. Slight carryover may cause dam-
age to stainless steel superheater tubes because of chloride present in the boiler water. Abnormal appearance or
odor indicates a problem that could cause damage if left alone, and also indicates that something is wrong in the
plant; in addition, abnormal color will interfere with seeing color changes during the chemical tests. Return pH
and phosphate within normal limits by injecting treatment chemicals as appropriate. Sample 60 to 90 minutes
later and re-treat as needed. Remove the contamination by blowdown. pH and phosphate must be kept within
normal limits by chemical injection as necessary as long as the boiler is steaming. Concurrently, the source of
contamination must be found and isolated.
Samples should be in plastic bottles labeled with ship name, boiler or plant number, sample location, date
and time of sample. The following information should be sent with the sample:
2. Boiler water chemistry test results after contamination occurred or was discovered.
220-329
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.120
Forward water samples in a tightly capped plastic bottle sealed with tape (1 quart minimum). About 1/8 ounce
of deposit removed from tubes or drums is needed to perform an analysis. Copies of correspondence shall be for-
warded to NAVSEA and to the Type Commander.
220-31.122
The fundamental principle underlying all water treatment actions is to maintain pH and phosphate within
normal limits. This rule applies regardless of other water chemistry conditions in a steaming boiler. Steaming
boiler water must be sampled frequently enough to establish trends and to allow timely action to keep pH and
phosphate within normal limits. Any time feedwater contamination occurs, depletion of pH and phosphate should
be expected, and the boiler must be sampled more frequently and treated accordingly. A steaming boiler must
never be blown down if pH and phosphate are in the free caustic region or if the blowdown would reduce pH
or phosphate below their low limits, except in response to a high water casualty.
220-31.123
The arrows in the lower right corner of Figure 220-31-4 show the approximate effects of various treatment
actions. Note that caustic soda must never be injected into an idle boiler, and must never be injected into a
steaming boiler if phosphate is below the upper limit. Extreme care must be taken to avoid overdosing with caus-
tic soda, since this could drive pH up into the free caustic region, leading to caustic corrosion. It is for this rea-
son that the Engineer Officer’s specific approval is required for injection of caustic soda.
220-31.126 Symptoms.
Loss of boiler water pH, phosphate, conductivity, and chloride (with no blowdown being performed and no
desuperheater leakage) indicates carryover or boiler water leakage. If one boiler is losing chemicals, requiring
frequent treatment, while another fed from the same feed system is gaining chemicals or requires no treatment,
either carryover or desuperheater leakage may be occurring. During operation, erratic fluctuations in superheater
temperature are probably due to carryover, particularly if the boiler is at steady load. Foamy appearance of the
water in the boiler gauge glass indicates carryover is probably occurring. If boiler water samples contain oil or
scum, or have a conductivity in excess of limits, carryover should be suspected. If the conductivity of the sample
220-330
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
exceeds 2,000 µmho/cm, it should be assumed that carryover is occurring. Large amounts of carryover will cause
audible banging and rumbling in steam lines and turbines. Moderate carryover continuing for an extended period
will cause a gradual rise in the salinity of steam drains and condensate. Steam drains and condensate should be
analyzed for phosphate content; if phosphate of 5 ppm or more is found, that is a positive indicator of carryover
if desuperheater leakage is not occurring. (Phosphate is determined by using the boiler water phosphate test. The
presence of morpholine will cause false high phosphate test results. For ships with morpholine treatment, a desu-
perheater phosphate result of more than 10 ppm is an indication of a desuperheater leak or carryover.) The fact
that carryover has occurred will be revealed, on inspection, by deposits of chemicals in the superheater, on steam
valves, on turbine blading, and so on.
220-31.127 Action.
If carryover is occurring, the boiler must be secured to minimize damage, unless the Commanding Officer
directs continued operation because of the operational situation. If operation must be continued, the firing rate
should be minimized, and the boiler secured as soon as the operational situation allows. It must also be deter-
mined whether the cause is a mechanical problem or contamination of the water. If boiler water conductivity is
within limits and the water is not oily, scummy, or otherwise abnormal, then the cause of carryover is mechani-
cal and must be dealt with in accordance with NSTM Chapter 221, Boilers . If the conductivity is high, or oil,
scum or other abnormal condition is present, or if foaming is visible in the boiler gauge glass, then the cause is
contamination of the water. If the cause of carryover is contamination, then blowdowns should be performed to
reduce the contamination, injecting chemicals as necessary between blowdowns to keep pH and phosphate within
limits if the boiler is operating as discussed in paragraphs 220-31.93 through 220-31.114. Surface blowdown will
usually be effective at removing oil contamination, especially if the steaming rate is low and the boiler water level
is lowered to the surface blow line. If the boiler is secured, and carryover was due to high conductivity, dump-
ing, flushing, and refilling will be the most effective method of eliminating the problem. The superheater of a
boiler that has experienced carryover (for example, boiler water conductivity exceeds 2,000 µmho/cm) shall be
flushed with hot feedwater and inspected prior to further operation in accordance with the procedures given in
NSTM Chapter 221 .
220-31.129 Symptoms.
Loss of boiler water pH, phosphate, conductivity, and chloride (with no blowdown being performed and no
carryover taking place) indicates leakage of boiler water out of the boiler, possibly into the desuperheater. If one
boiler is losing chemicals, requiring frequent treatment, while another fed from the same feed system is gaining
chemicals or requires no treatment, either carryover or desuperheater leakage may be occurring. If an unusual
rise in superheater outlet temperature occurs, or erratic fluctuations in desuperheater outlet temperature occur with
the boiler at steady load and with superheater outlet temperature steady, probable desuperheater leakage is indi-
cated. High salinity of auxiliary steam drains may indicate desuperheater leakage. Buildup of chemical deposits
on desuperheated steam system valve and turbine packing glands is a positive indication of desuperheater leak-
age if boiler water carryover is not occurring. The presence of boiler chemicals (phosphate 5 ppm or greater) in
220-331
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
condensate from the desuperheated steam is also a positive indication of desuperheater leakage if carryover is not
occurring. (Phosphate in condensate is determined by using the boiler water phosphate test. The presence of mor-
pholine will cause false high phosphate test results. For ships with morpholine treatment, a desuperheater phos-
phate test result of more than 10 ppm is an indication of desuperheater leak or carryover.)
220-31.130 Action.
Desuperheater leakage can be corrected only by opening the boiler and repairing the desuperheater as dis-
cussed in NSTM Chapter 221 , and in the specific boiler technical manual or boiler repair manual. A boiler with
a leaking desuperheater should not be operated unless necessary because damage to components supplied with
desuperheated steam will eventually result. If the boiler must be steamed, then boiler water must be sampled and
treated frequently to keep pH and phosphate within normal limits.
220-31.132 Symptoms.
Excessive feedwater consumption or a continuous decrease in boiler water conductivity, chloride, phosphate,
and pH when no blowdowns or chemical injections are performed indicates either carryover or boiler water leak-
age. If carryover is not occurring, then leakage is. Carryover and desuperheater leakage can be identified as dis-
cussed in paragraphs 220-31.125 and 220-31.128. Other leakage can be found by examining each piping system
connected to the boiler and by inspection of those handhole and manhole openings and boiler fittings that are
accessible. Steam or water coming from any piping system or fitting suspected of boiler water leakage can be
tested for phosphate using the boiler water phosphate test. If phosphate of 5 ppm or greater is found, then boiler
water leakage is confirmed. (The presence of morpholine will cause false high phosphate test results. For ships
with morpholine treatment, a phosphate result of more than 10 ppm is an indication of leakage.) Buildup of
chemical deposits at valves and fittings indicates leakage.
220-31.133 Action.
A leaking boiler should not be operated unless necessary, because by themselves leaks always get worse, and
the leak makes boiler chemistry control more difficult. If the boiler must be operated, boiler water must be
sampled and treated more frequently to keep pH and phosphate within normal limits.
220-332
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
and phosphate being in limits in the bulk of the boiler water; therefore, trisodium phosphate and disodium phos-
phate must be injected as necessary to keep pH and phosphate of samples within normal limits even though the
chemicals that are hiding out are really still in the boiler. When firing rate is reduced, the concentration of boiler
chemicals in the deposits decreases, so some of the chemicals that precipitated in the deposits at high firing rate
redissolve and reappear in the bulk of the boiler water. This drives pH, phosphate, and conductivity of samples
up, nece ssitating blowdown to keep them in limits. Hideout may also be due to anything that causes relative
stagnation of water in small areas of the boiler. Crevices, pits, sharp bends in tubes, and the like, can cause local
stagnation of the boiler water. Chemicals may concentrate in these stagnant areas, particularly if steam genera-
tion takes place in them.
220-31.135 Symptoms.
Decrease in boiler water phosphate and pH may be caused by hideout. If no blowdowns are being performed,
contamination is not occurring, leakage is not occurring, and carryover is not occurring, then hideout is likely.
Contamination will usually cause a rise in chloride and conductivity; hideout will not. Leakage and carryover will
cause chloride and conductivity to drop along with pH and phosphate; hideout will usually not cause a drop in
boiler water chloride. If hideout caused by chemicals concentrating is suspected, conduct the following test:
1. Within 90 minutes before securing the boiler, sample and test the boiler water. Do not treat the boiler water
prior to securing.
2. Secure the boiler and allow it to remain secured for 2 hours without blowdown. Continue to feed the boiler
as required to maintain normal boiler water level.
3. Retest the boiler water.
220-31.136
If the phosphate result is at least double the value obtained before securing the boiler, severe hideout is
occurring. Any increase in phosphate after securing is an indication that hideout may be occurring.
220-31.137 Action.
A boiler experiencing severe concentration of chemicals should not be operated unless necessary because of
the difficulty in keeping pH, phosphate, and conductivity within normal limits. If the boiler must be operated,
then it must be sampled and treated or blown down frequently to keep pH and phosphate above low limits and
in the coordinated phosphate region with conductivity below its limit. Hideout due to waterside deposits can be
corrected only by cleaning watersides. Water-jet cleaning is usually effective. Mechanical tube punching is of less
value. If hideout remains after water-jet cleaning, consider chemical cleaning and ensure that water-jet cleaning
is accomplished after the chemical cleaning.
220-333
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
netite promotes the corrosion of steel since it is a thin and tenacious layer of magnetite that covers boiler sur-
faces under operating conditions. The accompanying increase in pH only exacerbates the potentially corrosive
situation due to increased pH which can lead to free caustic conditions. Finally, the unstable compound which is
forming at higher loads may have properties of a scale which could interfere with heat transfer. Maintaining pH
and phosphate limits is necessary to prevent corrosion and scale formation from contamination. Because of com-
plex and competing reactions, control of boiler water becomes extremely difficult. In most boilers, hideout of this
type is most severe upon light-off after acid or EDTA cleaning.
220-31.139 Symptoms.
A pattern of decreasing boiler water phosphate and increasing pH with increasing steaming rates (with the
reverse occurring at decreasing steaming rates or upon securing) may be caused by hideout. Hideout symptoms
are similar to those of shore water contamination. Shore water contamination usually causes a slight rise in chlo-
ride; hideout will not. Hideout causes a pH drop and phosphate increase upon securing; shore water contamina-
tion does not.
220-31.140 Action.
Occasionally, the frequent sampling, treatment, and blowdown necessary to maintain pH and phosphate lim-
its will gradually reduce the hideout problem. Hideout may continue to some degree. In the absence of contami-
nation a continued inability to control boiler water limits with normal treatment may require an adjustment of pH
and phosphate limits. If such a trend is apparent, advise of conditions in writing in accordance with paragraph
220-31.231. Upon receipt of written approval from the Type Commander, the directions for treatment specified
in paragraphs 220-31.141 through 220-31.143 shall be followed.
These treatment procedures, for the control of boiler water chemistry during chemical hideout caused by
reaction of chemicals, are to be used only with the permission of the Type Commander. Since the chemical hide-
out is caused by the reaction of the phosphate ion with oxides on the boiler watersides, the less phosphate in the
boiler water, the easier the effects of the hideout can be controlled. Therefore, the hideout treatment maintains
lower pH and phosphate levels in the boiler water. The reduced levels are as effective against corrosion and scal-
ing as are the normal treatment levels. However, there is less protection against contamination and therefore more
frequent sampling is required. In order to reduce the phosphate as much as possible and still remain under the
coordinated phosphate curve, it is necessary to vary the upper pH limit according to the phosphate.
Boiler water conditions in a steaming boiler shall be maintained in accordance with the following require-
ments:
pH 9.2 - 10.3 dependent on phosphate level
(Refer to Zone Chart 220-31-10″)
phosphate 10 to 30 ppm
conductivity 300 µmho/cm maximum
chloride 1.0 epm maximum
220-334
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
The boiler water limits shall be maintained in accordance with all of the requirements for propulsion boiler
water except as provided in this paragraph. Treat the boiler water as indicated in the Treatment Zone Chart for
Chemical Hideout, Figure 220-31-10.
2. Prior to light-off: Do not chemically treat if the pH is 8.0 or more, the phosphate is 10 ppm or more and the
results are not in the free caustic region.
3. Obtain a routine sample as often as required to maintain the boiler water within limits but at least every 4
hours (maximum of 4 hours between samples).
4. Do not attempt to maintain the pH or phosphate at the upper limits. Chemical additions will not bring the pH
or the phosphate to the upper limits.
5. Serious contamination criteria as defined in paragraph 220-31.95 is the same except pH is less than 8.0 and
phosphate is 5 ppm or less. If one treatment action does not remove the boiler from a serious contamination
region, secure the boiler. Continue treatment until the boiler is removed from serious contamination.
220-335
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-31-10 Coordinated Phosohate Treatment Zone Chart for Chemical Hideout Limits
220-31.144 BOILER CHEMISTRY PROBLEMS ON PLANT STARTUP.
Difficulties with plant chemistry control are often experienced during the initial period of operation follow-
ing a prolonged shutdown period, especially if boilers were chemically cleaned, or extensive plant repair work
was conducted. Frequent sampling and treatment of boiler water will be required to keep boiler water chemistry
in limits and to remove suspended matter, discoloration and other abnormalities. Abnormal changes or conditions
in boiler water should not be cause for alarm during this initial period unless pH, phosphate, and conductivity
cannot be kept in limits or the abnormal conditions do not clear up within 5 operating days. If boiler water is too
dirty to detect indicator color changes, secure the boiler, bottom blow, dump, flush systems that may contain the
source of contamination, and begin again.
220-336
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
operation can be resumed. Sources of seawater contamination include condenser leakage, bilge water drawn into
condensate pumps and condensate piping in the bilge, contaminated makeup feed, contamination of evaporator
drains, contaminated drains from service steam systems, and unauthorized steam or steam drain system connec-
tions to seawater systems or hull connections.
220-31.146 Symptoms.
Salinity/conductivity indicators are installed to monitor various points in the feedwater and condensate sys-
tems and in the distilling plants. Salinity/conductivity indicators in the feedwater and condensate systems provide
a means for detecting and identifying the source of contamination in the boiler feedwater. However, in many
Navy ships, alarms are not installed on feedwater and condensate system salinity/conductivity indicators; there-
fore, momentary shots of contamination and their sources are unlikely to be detected or identified before they
enter the boiler. Ships that have alarms on all salinity/conductivity indicators in the feedwater and condensate
systems are able to immediately detect and identify the source of such shots of contamination. Feedwater, con-
densate, or drains, which contain a low level of contamination, but below limits, can cause serious boiler water
contamination in a matter of hours. This will be especially true if the plant is steaming at a moderate to high rate.
All installed salinity/conductivity indicators must be frequently monitored by plant watch standers, and any read-
ing above normal must be reported to the EOOW and the Oil King. When an abnormally high salinity/conduc-
tivity reading occurs, boilers being fed from the affected system should be immediately tested and appropriate
chemistry casualty control action taken. It should always be suspected that contamination has occurred if bilge
water gets high enough to cover any part of the condensate system or low-pressure steam drain system, or a
reserve feed tank manhole. Bilges should be pumped to keep such high levels from occurring, and if such high
bilge level does occur, salinity/conductivity indicators should be immediately checked and boiler water sampled
and analyzed for contamination. Boiler water must be sampled frequently whenever feedwater contamination is
known or suspected in order to maintain control of boiler chemistry. Refer to paragraphs 220-31.94 through
220-31.116.
220-31.147 Action.
The source of contamination must be found and isolated. At the same time, boilers being fed from the con-
taminated system must be sampled, and action taken to control boiler water chemistry in accordance with para-
graphs 220-31.94 through 220-31.116.
220-337
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
test in a few minutes. Condensate flow rates from auxiliary condensers, drains and makeup feed are so low that
significant contamination should be detectable without additional concentration.
220-31.150 Symptoms.
Shore water contamination of the boiler water indicates that the feedwater is contaminated with shore water.
Hardness which is approximately equal to or greater than chloride in a feedwater sample indicates shore water
contamination. It will most likely come from service steam drains or makeup feed.
220-31.151 Action.
If shore water contamination is occurring, find the source of the contamination by sampling the several pos-
sible points at which contamination could occur and analyzing for hardness, chloride and bicarbonate. Shore
water contamination is usually caused by one of the following:
1. Leaking hot water heater coils when shore source potable water is in use and shipboard auxiliary steam is
secured.
2. Leaking or missing check valves in direct contact type hot water heating piping while using shore source
potable water.
3. Improper valve lineup or leaking/failed valves in feedwater/potable water system while taking on shore source
potable water.
NOTE
Direct contact type steam heaters are not authorized for use in Navy ships and
must be replaced whenever identified.
Shore source potable water can contaminate shipboard steam heating drain systems and result in deposits
which cause contaminated steam drains for several days or more after shipboard steaming is resumed. When the
source of the contamination is found, isolate and dump the contaminated water and repair equipment. Meanwhile,
test the boiler water for contamination, and if present, take action as described in paragraphs 220-31.94through
220-31.116 or paragraph 220-31.118 as appropriate. If contamination persists after equipment repair, inspect hotel
drain piping for evidence of deposits.
1. Leakage of lubricating oil from bearings into turbine glands, and then into the low-pressure drain system.
2. Leakage of oil into the steam in the lubricating oil purifier heater.
220-338
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
3. Leakage of oil into the steam heating coils in lubricating oil settling tanks.
4. Leakage of fuel oil into the steam side of fuel oil heaters if installed.
5. Leakage of fuel oil into a reserve feed tank through a hole in the bulkhead between adjacent tanks or through
an improper piping lineup.
6. Spillage of oil into LP steam drain funnels.
7. Contamination of service steam drains from somewhere outside the propulsion plant.
8. Preservative or oil from steam plant components that were installed without proper cleaning.
9. Oily bilge water being drawn into condensate pumps or piping.
10. Oily bilge water leaking into double bottom reserve feed tanks.
11. Leakage of fuel oil into atomizing steam lines.
220-31.153 Symptoms.
Oil in the boiler water sample as discussed in paragraph 220-31.110 indicates possible feedwater contamina-
tion with oil.
220-31.154 Action.
Carry out the procedure for serious contamination of boiler water as discussed in paragraph 220-31.167. Find
the source of oil contamination by examining water samples from all possible sources of oil and checking for
visible oil or oily odor. Once the source is found, isolate and repair. Oil contamination in boiler water volatilizes
and carries over with the steam into the steam and condensate system and coats condensate system salinity/con-
ductivity probes, negating their effectiveness. If oil contamination is observed, check salinity/conductivity indi-
cators for proper operation by chemical comparison test and clean probes, if necessary.
220-31.156 Symptoms.
Dissolved oxygen concentration in feedwater, above 15 ppb indicates DFT malfunction. Refer to paragraphs
220-22.15 and 220-31.99.
220-31.157 Action.
Excess dissolved oxygen in the feedwater will cause boiler damage. The cause should be found and corrected
as soon as possible. Plant operation should be minimized until the cause of the high dissolved oxygen is
corrected. Possible causes are:
220-339
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
4. DFT shell pressure higher than auxiliary exhaust pressure. This can be a temporary effect of large maneuver-
ing transients, or a continuous effect of excess HP drain pressure in those ships where HP drains are piped
directly to the shell of the DFT.
5. Inadequate recirculation and warmup of the DFT during plant startup.
6. Fluctuating auxiliary exhaust pressure as a result of a malfunction of the augmenting or unloading valve, mal-
function of DFT level controls, or from erratic operation of steam driven auxiliaries.
7. A large shot of condensate that causes a sharp drop in DFT shell pressure, because of improper operation of
a condensate pump, or sudden opening of the condensate cross connect valve or DFT condensate inlet valve.
220-31.159
Some examples of other contamination include:
1. Dirt or debris.
2. Corrosion products.
3. Demineralizer resin.
4. Desiccant.
5. Silica and bicarbonate from poor quality shore source feedwater.
1. The emergency pH (chemical pH) will be higher than the pH measured by the pH meter.
2. Boiler water phosphate test results will be falsely high.
3. Calculated (theoretical) conductivity will be higher than the measured conductivity.
When feedwater pH is over 9.0 and the above conditions are observed, morpholine overtreatment is occur-
ring. Take the following corrective action:
220-340
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
1. Feedwater chloride will be falsely high and end point may be difficult to detect.
2. Feedwater salinity/conductivity will increase.
3. Boiler water pH will increase.
4. Boiler water conductivity will increase.
5. Chloride test results for a steaming boiler are not usually affected. However, upon boiler light-off, chloride
results for after on-line sample may be falsely high until the nitrite has dissipated.
Sodium nitrite contamination is corrected by using the appropriate casualty control procedures based test
results.
220-341
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.166
For each casualty, a reference is given to the paragraph of this section that provides a complete description
of the casualty, abbreviated lists of symptoms and possible causes are given, and step-by-step plant corrective
actions are outlined. The actions are broken down into Immediate Actions required to place the plant in a safe
condition, and Follow-up Actions for making the plant ready for normal operation. The Immediate Actions must
be taken promptly. The EOOW and other watch standers must refer to the procedure to verify that Immediate
Actions are complete, and then proceed with the Follow-up Actions to make the plant ready to resume normal
operations.
1. Symptoms Any of the following conditions indicates serious contamination of the boiler water:
a. Boiler water pH and phosphate in the free caustic region.
b. pH less than 9.00.
c. Phosphate less than 10 ppm.
d. Conductivity more than 1,500 µmho/cm.
e. Feedwater dissolved oxygen is greater than 15 ppb for more than 4 hours after detection. (Refer to para-
graph 220-31.175.)
2. Possible causes
a. Seawater contamination of the feedwater.
b. Shore water contamination of the feedwater.
c. Oil contamination of the feedwater.
d. Demineralizer resin in the feedwater.
e. Dirt, debris, corrosion products or other contamination of the feedwater.
f. Injection of wrong, contaminated or excessive chemicals into the boiler.
g. Improper alignment of DFT.
3. Immediate Actions
a. Test and treat in accordance with 220-31.108.
220-342
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
b. If one treatment action does not return the boiler to a condition of moderate contamination or within lim-
its, secure the boiler unless the Commanding Officer directs continued operation. If operation must be con-
tinued, minimize the firing rate until boiler water chemistry is within limits and the source of the contami-
nation is isolated or corrected.
c. Initiate action to identify the type and source of contamination. Take corrective action in accordance with
the appropriate procedure for feedwater contamination.
NOTE
1. Symptoms
a. Boiler water pH, or phosphate, or conductivity changing unexpectedly or out of limits, but not severely
enough to be classified as serious contamination.
b. Presence of suspended solids, abnormal color, or odor in boiler water.
2. Possible Causes
a. Moderate contamination of feedwater.
b. Moderate amounts of debris, corrosion products, or preservatives following a repair period.
3. Immediate Action
a. Sample and treat boiler water as necessary to keep pH and phosphate in limits.
4. Follow-up Actions
a. Conduct blowdowns to remove contamination. Keep pH and phosphate in limits as long as the boiler is
steaming.
220-343
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Symptoms
a. Visible foaming in boiler gauge glass.
b. Erratic fluctuation of superheater outlet temperature.
c. Audible rumbling or banging in steam lines.
d. Boiler water conductivity greater than 2,000 µmho/cm.
e. Detectable phosphate in condensate or drains.
f. Visible buildup of chemical residue on steam drains, valves stems, and other fittings in superheated steam
system.
2. Possible Causes
a. High boiler water level.
b. Improper installation or malfunction of steam drum internals.
c. Oil in the boiler water.
d. Boiler water conductivity in excess of limits.
e. Excessive suspended solids in boiler water.
3. Immediate Actions
a. Secure the boiler unless the Commanding Officer directs continued operation. If operation must be contin-
ued, minimize the firing rate.
b. Determine if boiler water level is high, if conductivity is above limits, or if oil contamination exists.
c. Perform surface blowdown if the boiler is still steaming. Keep pH and phosphate in limits.
4. Follow-up Actions
a. If boiler water is contaminated, carry out the appropriate procedure for contamination of boiler water:
(1) Serious contamination of boiler water, paragraph 220-31.167.
(2) Moderate contamination of boiler water, paragraph 220-31.168.
b. If boiler water level is high, carry out the procedure for boiler water high level in NSTM Chapter 079
Volume 3, Damage Control - Engineering Casualty Control , if installed.
c. If boiler water is not contaminated and water level is not high but carryover is continuing, the cause is
probably due to improper functioning of steam drum internals. The internals must be inspected and repaired
in accordance with NSTM Chapter 221 , the specific Boiler Technical Manual, and the Boiler Repair
Manual.
d. Flush the superheater with feedwater. Inspect superheater steamsides and steam drum internals and clean
as necessary. Refer to the procedure given in NSTM Chapter 221 .
220-344
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Symptoms
a. Drop in boiler water conductivity, chloride, pH, and phosphate not due to blowdown or carryover.
b. Erratic or abnormally low desuperheater outlet temperature with normal superheater outlet temperature.
c. Unusual rise in superheater outlet temperature.
d. Visible buildup of chemical residue at drains, valve stems, and other fittings in desuperheated steam sys-
tem.
e. Presence of boiler chemicals in desuperheated steam samples.
f. Visible leakage from boiler handhole, manhole, or other fitting.
g. Blowdown piping hot and pressurized with no blowdown being conducted.
h. Abnormally high consumption of reserve feed.
2. Possible Causes
a. Leaking desuperheater.
b. Leaking valve, tube, handhole, manhole, or other fitting that is a boiler water pressure boundary.
3. Immediate Actions
a. Inject chemicals as necessary to keep pH and phosphate in limits until the boiler is secured.
b. Secure the boiler.
4. Follow-up Actions
a. If a ruptured tube has occurred, carry out the procedure for ruptured boiler tube in NSTM Chapter 079
Volume 3, Damage Control - Engineering Casualty Control .
b. As long as the boiler is steaming, keep pH and phosphate within normal limits by chemical injection as
necessary.
c. Find and repair the leak as soon as possible as discussed in paragraphs 220-31.128 and 220-31.131, in
NSTM Chapter 221 , in the specific Boiler Technical Manual, and in the Boiler Repair Manual.
1. Symptoms
a. Contamination of boiler water with seawater.
b. Salinity/conductivity reading above normal on feed and condensate system salinity/conductivity indicators.
c. Salinity/conductivity alarm (if installed) on feed and condensate system salinity/conductivity indicators.
d. Chloride or hardness above limit by chemical test in reserve feed, condensate, drains, or boiler feedwater.
2. Possible Causes
a. Contaminated steam drains.
b. Bilge water drawn into condensate pump or piping.
c. Condenser tube leak.
d. Contaminated makeup feed.
e. Evaporator feed heater leakage or brine carryover to air ejectors.
3. Immediate Action
a. Sample the steaming boilers. Carry out procedure in paragraph 220-31.167 or 220-31.168, as appropriate.
220-345
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
4. Follow-up Actions
a. Attempt to find the source of contamination by salinity/conductivi ty indicator and the chemical test for
chloride.
b. Continue to sample and treat steaming boilers as necessary to keep pH and phosphate in limits.
c. Once the source of contamination is found, isolate and repair.
5. Finding the Source of Contamination. Test the possible sources of seawater contamination for chloride. These
would include the following as appropriate in the order given:
a. Service steam drains and freshwater drains.
b. Makeup feed.
c. Evaporator feed heater and air ejector drains.
d. Auxiliary gland exhaust condenser drains.
e. Auxiliary condensate.
f. Main condensate.
220-31.172
If salinity/conductivity readings or chemical test do not indicate the source of contamination, concentrate the
samples as discussed in paragraph 220-31.148 and test again.
1. Symptoms
a. Drop in boiler water phosphate with an increase in pH. Conductivity and chloride may or may not change.
b. High salinity/conductivity reading or alarm (if installed) on feed and condensate system salinity/conductiv-
ity indicators.
2. Possible Causes
a. Shore source reserve feed.
b. Contamination of ship’s system with shore steam.
c. Leakage of shore potable water into ship’s steam drains.
d. Distillation to reserve feed in a river or lake.
3. Immediate Action
a. Sample steaming boiler(s) to determine extent of boiler water contamination. Carry out procedure in para-
graph 220-31.167 or 220-31.168, as appropriate.
4. Follow-up Actions
a. Attempt to find the source of contamination using salinity/conduct ivity indicators, and the chemical test
for hardness.
b. Sample and treat the boiler as necessary to keep pH and phosphate in limits.
c. Once the source of contamination is found, isolate and correct it.
220-346
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Symptoms
a. Oil contamination of boiler water.
b. Visible oil or foaming in DFT sightglass.
c. Visible oil or oily odor in feedwater samples.
2. Possible Causes
a. Lubricating oil leakage into turbine glands.
b. Oily bilge water drawn into condensate pumps, piping or steam drains.
c. Leakage of lubricating oil purifier heater, lubricating oil settling tank heating coils, fuel oil heaters or fuel
oil tank heating coils (if installed).
3. Immediate Actions
a. If oil is visible in gage glass, conduct surface blowdown and gage glass blowdown.
b. Check boiler water sample for oil contamination. If found, carry out the procedure in paragraph
220-31.167.
c. Ensure bilge water is low.
4. Follow-up Action
a. Find the source of oil contamination by sampling throughout the feed and condensate system. Isolate and
repair the source when found.
1. Symptom
a. Feedwater dissolved oxygen concentration greater than 15 ppb.
2. Possible Causes
a. Auxiliary exhaust system not properly lined up to DFT.
b. Auxiliary exhaust system pressure low or unstable.
c. Excess HP drain pressure in ships that have HP drains piped directly to the DFT shell.
d. Malfunction of DFT condensate spray valves.
e. Malfunction of DFT steam atomizing valve.
f. DFT water level high enough to flood the atomizing valve.
g. Leak in shell and tube type vent condenser.
h. Improper venting of the DFT.
i. Large fluctuations in condensate flow, particularly if the auxiliary exhaust augmenting and unloading valves
operate sluggishly or improperly.
j. Inadequate recirculation of feedwater during DFT warmup. (The effect of this will disappear within an hour
after the plant is in full operation.)
3. Immediate Action
a. Dissolved oxygen greater than 15 ppb is always serious. Immediate corrective action is required. If the
casualty is not controlled within 8 hours of detection, the boiler must be secured.
220-347
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
b. Ensure the auxiliary exhaust system is properly lined up to the DFT, that auxiliary exhaust pressure is in
the normal range, that the DFT water level is in the normal range, and that the DFT vent is properly lined
up.
4. Follow-up Actions
a. Attempt to find and correct the cause of the high dissolved oxygen concentration.
b. If the cause cannot be corrected while the plant is operating, the plant should be shut down as soon as pos-
sible to minimize boiler damage and to permit correction of the cause by repairs as necessary.
1. Symptoms
a. The emergency pH (chemical pH) will be higher than the pH measured by the pH meter.
b. Boiler water phosphate test results will be falsely high.
c. Calculated (theoretical) conductivity will be higher than the measured conductivity.
d. Feedwater pH is over 9.
e. Salinity/conductivity indicators read higher than usual.
f. Salinity/conductivity readings will be greater than chemical test results by more than 0.04 epm.
2. Possible Causes
a. Flow meter setting too high.
b. Morpholine treatment not secured when the plant is secured.
c. Light-off following hydrazine/morpholine layup.
d. Flow meter has incorrect float installed.
3. Immediate action
a. Secure morpholine condensate treatment system.
4. Follow-up action
a. Sample the boiler every 4 hours until test results return to normal.
b. Only trisodium phosphate shall be used for maintaining boiler water pH (no caustic soda) until boiler water
test results indicate morpholine overtreatment has been corrected.
c. Do not blowdown the boiler unless measured boiler water conductivity exceeds limits.
d. After boiler water test results return to normal, resume morpholine treatment. Adjust flowrater to maintain
feedwater pH between 8.6 and 9.0.
NOTE
220-348
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Symptoms
a. Feedwater chloride will be falsely high and end point may be difficult to detect.
b. Feedwater salinity/conductivity will increase.
c. Boiler water pH will increase.
d. Boiler water conductivity will increase.
e. Chloride test results for a steaming boiler are not usually affected.
2. Possible Causes
a. Insufficient flushing of boiler and associated DFT and feed piping following sodium nitrite layup or hydro-
static testing with sodium nitrite treated water.
b. Leakage of sodium nitrite solution into steam drain system.
3. Immediate action
a. Follow appropriate casualty control procedures based on test results.
1. Symptoms
a. Contamination of boiler water other than from seawater, shore water, or oil.
b. Abnormal appearance, odor, salinity/conductivity, or other characteristics in feedwater.
2. Possible Causes
a. Depends on nature of contamination. May include the following:
(1) Escape of resin from the demineralizer.
(2) Dirt, debris, corrosion products, or preservative from piping or components.
(3) Use of feedwater from an expended shore demineralizer.
3. Immediate Action
a. Sample the boiler(s) and carry out procedure in paragraph 220-31.167 or paragraph 220-31.168.
4. Follow-up Action
a. Attempt to locate the source of contamination. Isolate and correct the cause when found.
220-349
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Procedure Para-
Symptoms Casualty graph
a. pH and phosphate in free caustic Serious contamination of boiler water 220-31.167
region
b. pH less than 9.00 Serious contamination of boiler water 220-31.167
c. Phosphates less than 10 ppm Serious contamination of boiler water 220-31.167
d. Conductivity more than 2,000 1. Serious contamination of boiler water 220-31.167
µmho/cm 2. Carryover of boiler water 220-31.169
e. Oil in the boiler water sample 1. Serious contamination ofboiler water 220-31.167
2. Carryover of boiler water 220-31.169
f. Foaming or other evidence ofboiler 1. Serious contamination ofboiler water 220-31.167
water carryover 2. Carryover of boiler water 220-31.169
g. Chemistry conditions out ofcontrol Serious contamination of boiler water 220-31.167
h. Chemistry slightly out oflimits Moderate contamination of boiler water 220-31.168
i. Suspended solids, abnormalcolor or Moderate contamination of boiler water 220-31.168
abnormal odor inboiler water
j. Drop in conductivity, chloride, pH, 1. Carryover of boiler water 220-31.169
and phosphate 2. Leakage of boiler water 220-31.170
3. Chemical hideout 220-31.169220-31.170
k. Visible leakage from boilerfitting Leakage of boiler water 220-31.170
2. STEAM SYSTEMS
a. Erratic fluctuations of super-heater Carryover of boiler water 220-31.169
outlet temperature
b. Audible rumbling or bangingin steam Carryover of boiler water 220-31.169
lines
c. Buildup of chemical depositson valve 1. Carryover of boiler water 220-31.169
packing glands 2. Leakage of boiler water 220-31.170
d. Erratic or low desuperheater outlet Leakage of boiler water 220-31.170
temperature
3. FEEDWATER,
CONDENSATEAND DRAINS
a. Detectable Phosphate 1. Carryover of boiler water 220-31.169
2. Leakage of boiler water 220-31.170
3. Test interference frommorpholine/bicarbonate 220-31.170220-31.176
b. Abnormally high consumption of Leakage of boiler water 220-31.170
reserve feedwater
c. Salinity/conductivity readingabove 1. Seawater contamination offeedwater 220-31.171
normal or salinity/conductivity alarm 2. Shore water contamination offeedwater 220-31.173
3. Other contamination offeedwater 220-31.173
d. Chloride above limits 1. Seawater contamination offeedwater 220-31.171
2. Other contamination of feedwater 220-31.178
3. Shore water contamination offeedwater 220-31.173
e. Hardness above the limit 1. Shore water contamination offeedwater 220-31.173
2. Seawater contamination offeedwater 220-31.171
3. Other contamination offeedwater 220-31.178
f. Detectable oil Oil contamination of feedwater 220-31.174
g. Foaming in DFT sightglass 1. Oil contamination of feedwater 220-31.174
2. Other contamination of feedwater 220-31.174
220-350
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Procedure Para-
Symptoms Casualty graph
h. Dissolved oxygen in DFT sample High dissolved oxygen in feedwater 220-31.175
greater than 15 ppb
i. Abnormal appearance, odor or other Other contamination of feedwater 220-31.178
characteristic of feedwater
220-31.182
The changes to the feedwater/boiler water sampling and testing procedures given in Section 24 and Section
26 are provided here for coordinated phosphate and morpholine condensate treatment.
NOTE
1. Apparatus
a. Nitric Acid reagent bottle and buret assembly.
b. Casserole.
c. Stirring rod.
d. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
2. Reagents
a. Nitric acid reagent, 0.05 N (prepared from 50 ml of 1.0 N nitric acid stock solution, diluted to 1,000 ml
with distilled water, refer to paragraph 220-24.47).
b. Phenolphthalein indicator (2 level dippers of phenolphthalein dissolved in 25 ml of distilled water and 25
ml of isopropyl alcohol, refer to paragraph 220-24.49).
c. Distilled water.
3. Interferences
a. Absorption of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere lowers pH. Refer to paragraph 220-31.203.
4. Procedure
220-351
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
5. Range of Error: the range of error of the test is ±0.3 pH unit. In ships with morpholine condensate treatment,
feedwater pH is controlled by adjusting the morpholine flow rate. Overtreatment with morpholine can occur
when the flow meter setting is too high, when the incorrect float is used, or when the morpholine treatment
system is not secured when the plant is secured. Excess morpholine will also be present following light-off of
a boiler under hydrazine/morpholine layup. Morpholine overtreatment is indicated by feedwater pH above 9.
The salinity/conductivity indicators will also read higher than usual, and the comparison test results will show
the indicator reading to be greater than the chemical test result by more than 0.04 epm.
The pH test equipment consists of a combination pH/reference electrode, a pH meter, an adapter, buffers,
potassium chloride, a thermometer calibrated in degrees Celsius, and plastic jars. The electrode and meter form
a high-resistance, low-current system that gives reliable values for pH. Certain characteristics and techniques of
pH measurement must be understood and followed. Once a pH meter is set up it should not be disconnected from
line power unless the equipment will not be used for an extended time period (such as a week or more). If the
Orion Model 601N pH meter has been disconnected, allow it to warm up for 1/2 hour prior to use. The Model
SA 720 pH meter does not require a warm up period. The power source must be grounded. This equipment is
user calibrated. Refer to paragraph 220-24.43. The electrical characteristics of the electrode are temperature
dependent. Additionally, pH is dependent on sample temperature. The temperature compensator on a pH meter
does not correct pH for the temperature of the solution being measured. It corrects for the temperature-affected
electrical characteristics of the electrode. The combination pH/reference electrode is a galvanic cell actually con-
taining two electrodes. The potential of the reference electrode is constant and does not depend on the solution
being measured. The potential of the pH electrode varies depending on the hydrogen ion activity (pH) of the
sample in which the combination electrode is immersed. Leads from the electrode are connected to the pH meter
which measures the potential difference between the two electrodes, giving a readout directly in pH.
Most problems in pH measurement result from electrode or electrical contact deficiencies rather than from
the meter itself. When initially received or when meter operation is suspected, check the meter as follows:
2. Attach the power cord to the meter and plug it into a 110-115 volts grounded power source. An illuminated
220-352
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
red dot in the middle of the display will indicate that the meter is being supplied with power. Allow at least
30 minutes for warmup. If, for any reason, the power is interrupted, allow at least 30 minutes warmup time
prior to a standardization or a pH measurement.
3. Set the % SLOPE control to 100 percent.
4. Check the meter electronics as follows:
a. Connect the shorting strap across the INPUT and REF jacks.
b. Turn the function switch to the pH position.
c. Turn the CALIB control knob clockwise until a maximum reading is obtained and note the reading. (A
slight increased resistance to control knob turning will be noticed as the maximum reading is obtained.)
d. Turn the CALIB control knob counterclockwise until a minimum reading is obtained and note the reading.
(Again, a slight resistance to turning will be noticed as the minimum reading is obtained.)
e. The meter is malfunctioning if the difference between the two readings is not at least 7.00 pH units.
5. Turn the function switch to the ISO position. The meter display should show 7.00. If necessary, turn the ISO
ADJ on the rear panel until a display of 7.00 is obtained. (The new meter, as received, will read about 7.00.
Turn the ISO ADJ until a reading of 7.00 is obtained.)
6. Turn the function switch to STDBY.
1. Connect AC line converter to rear panel (power) of meter and grounded power source.
2. Slide power switch (next to digital display on front panel) up to the ON position.
3. Attach BNC Shorting Plug (suspended on rear panel) to meter INPUT connection. Slide connector onto input
jack, pushing in and turning clockwise into position.
4. Slide mode switch on front panel to REL MV. The SAMPLE LED will light. Press SAMPLE. Display should
read 0.0 ±0.2.
5. Slide mode switch to TEMP. The SAMPLE LED should light. The display should read 25.0. If not, scroll
(raise or lower the displayed value) using ↑ and ↓ keys, until 25.0 is displayed and press ENTER.
6. Slide mode switch to pH. The SAMPLE LED will light. If not, press SAMPLE. Press ISO. Observe the ISO
LED lights. The SAMPLE LED will go off. The displayed isopotential value should be 7.00. If 7.00 is not
displayed, scroll using ↑ and ↓ keys until 7.00 is displayed and press ENTER.
7. Press SLOPE. The SLOPE LED will light. A value of 100.0 should be displayed. If 100.0 is not displayed,
scroll until 100.0 is displayed and press ENTER.
8. Press SAMPLE. The SAMPLE LED will light, then a steady reading of 7.00 should be displayed. If not,
press CAL, CAL 1 LED should light. Scroll until 7.00 is displayed and press ENTER, CAL 2 LED should
light. Press SAMPLE. SAMPLE LED will light and a reading of 7.00 should be displayed.
9. Slide mode switch to CONC. The SAMPLE LED should light. If not, press SAMPLE. Press ISO. The ISO
LED will light and SAMPLE LED should go off. A value of 1.00 should be displayed. If 1.00 is not dis-
played, scroll until 1.00 is displayed and press ENTER.
10. Press SLOPE. The SLOPE LED will light. A value of 59.2 should be displayed. If 59.2 is not displayed,
scroll until 59.2 is displayed and press ENTER.
220-353
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
11. Press SAMPLE. The SAMPLE LED should light, then a steady reading of 1.0 ±0.1 should be displayed. If
not, press CAL, CAL 1 LED should light. Scroll in 1.0 and press ENTER, CAL 2 LED should light. Press
SAMPLE. The SAMPLE LED will light and a steady reading of 1.0 ±0.1 should be displayed.
13. Attach pH electrode connector to the cylindrical end of the adaptor using the thumbscrew. Attach adaptor
connector to the meter INPUT jack (where shorting plug was previously connected) by pushing in and turn-
ing clockwise to lock into position. Connect electrode pin tip reference connector to the meter reference
INPUT jack. The small female connector on the adaptor is not used.
14. After successful completion of steps 1-13, the meter is ready for calibration.
220-31.187 Electrode.
Carefully remove the tape from the vent-hole and then the protective plastic end cap from a new or stored
electrode, rinse the tip with distilled water, shake off excess water, and place the electrode in a dropping bottle
that is half filled with potassium chloride solution. Attach the electrode to the Model 601N pH meter by plugging
the two electrode connectors into the INPUT and REF jacks on the rear panel of the meter. In order to attach the
pH electrode to the Model SA 720 pH meter, an adapter must be used. The pH electrode connector must be
attached to the cylindrical end of the adapter. Attach the adapter connector to the meter INPUT jack by pushing
in and turning clockwise. Connect electrode pin tip reference connector to the meter reference INPUT jack.
220-31.188
The tip of the pH electrode contains the pH sensing element. This tip is a glass bulb membrane that is less
than 0.1 mm thick (0.004 inch). It is fragile. Dirt, grease, and scratches on this glass membrane will interfere in
pH measurement. Proper functioning of the electrode is determined on a daily basis by standardizing the meter
between pH 7 and pH 10 with buffers. When the slope adjustment falls below 92 percent, loss of electrode sen-
sitivity is indicated. Very careful and gentle wiping of the glass surface using a small, soft artist’s brush, dipped
in distilled water, may restore the electrode. Oil or grease may be removed by isopropyl alcohol rinsing, but the
electrode must be stored overnight in potassium chloride solution before reuse. If the slope still falls below 92
percent but the meter can be standardized between pH 7 and pH 10, use the electrode until a replacement is
obtained. A shipyard laboratory may be able to clean the electrode by immersion of the tip in 0.1 N hydrochlo-
ric acid. (Do not use nitric acid stock or reagent solutions.)
220-31.189
Electrode characteristics slowly change because of normal chemical and mechanical attack of the bulb sur-
face. As above, deterioration is indicated by less than 92 percent slope during standardization. This is another
reason that standardization is performed daily. Inability to standardize or too low a percent slope usually means
that the electrode is dirty or deteriorated. If the pH meter gives the same reading or no reading with both stan-
dardization buffers, the glass membrane is probably cracked, making the electrode useless. Electrodes normally
last from 1 to 2 years.
220-31.190
Any time an electrode is changed, restandardization is necessary because no two electrodes have exactly the
same composition and fabrication characteristics.
220-354
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.191
Keep the glass tip of the electrode wet with potassium chloride solution. The electrode will not operate if the
external surface of the glass is dehydrated. Function can be restored by overnight soaking of the tip in potassium
chloride solution.
220-31.192
If the electrode will not be used for an extended period, insert a small piece of cotton into the protective end
cap, rinse the electrode with distilled water, shake off excess water, moisten the cotton with potassium chloride
solution, gently slide the cap over the tip, cover the cap venthole with a small piece of tape, wrap the electrode,
and store it in a suitable container. Do not tape the cap to the electrode body.
220-31.193
When performing a pH measurement with the Model 601N pH meter, never remove the electrode from the
solution unless the function switch is in the STD BY position. Doing so eventually causes electrode polarization
(slow response and reversed readings) and permanent damage. The Model SA 720 pH meter does not have a
STDBY position. When performing a pH measurement with the Model SA 720 pH meter, the electrode can be
removed from the solution when the SAMPLE LED is lit. Do not connect and disconnect the electrode from the
meter more than is necessary. Leave the meter plugged in and in the STDBY position (Model 601N) or with the
SAMPLE LED lit (Model SA 720) unless it will not be used for an extended period such as a week or more.
220-31.194
The electrode bulb and lower portion of the electrode body are always rinsed thoroughly with distilled water
when removed from a buffer or sample. Thorough rinsing after removal from a buffer solution is particularly
important since a trace of buffer contamination will change the pH of the sample. Rinsing with a sample is
required prior to immersion in a sample (buffer or boiler water). The solution is stirred gently with the electrode
to ensure a homogeneous solution contact over the membrane surface.
220-31.195
Cable connections must be clean and dry. Dirt and poor electrical contact to the meter will result in drifting
or erratic response. Movement of electrode cable connections should be avoided, as should looping and twisting
of the electrode cable itself.
220-31.196
The electrode in the plastic jar tends to tip over. Fabrication of a stable holding device will be necessary for
most ships. A wooden box, made of 3/8-inch plywood, 10-1/4 inches long, 3-3/4 inches wide, 3 inches high,
should be used. Cut three holes into the top of the box, each 2-3/4 inches diameter and 1/2 inch from each other
and from the sides. Avoid metal boxes since static electricity may cause erratic electrode response.
220-31.197 BUFFERS.
A buffer is a relatively concentrated solution that resists changes in pH even when an acid or an alkali is
added to it. Because of this property, buffers are ideally suited to standardization of a pH meter. The pH response
is rapid and the meter will stabilize quickly. The pH standard buffers are certified for accuracy and are used in
standardizing the pH equipment. Whenever pH measurements are to be performed, daily meter standardization is
required.
220-355
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.198
The pH of buffers does change with temperature, so to minimize error, standardization must be accomplished
when the buffer temperature is 25°C ±3°C (77°F ±5°F). Heat or cool the buffer by immersion of the capped plas-
tic jar in warm or cool water as needed.
220-31.199
Whenever the electrode is removed from a buffer solution, ensure that the electrode tip is rinsed well with
distilled water. Slight buffer contamination of boiler water will change the pH of the sample.
220-31.200 SAMPLES.
Never filter a sample prior to measuring pH by a pH meter. Carbon dioxide absorption from the atmosphere
severely lowers pH.
220-31.201
pH changes as temperature changes; therefore, pH is always determined at or corrected to a standard tem-
perature of 25°C (77°F). The pH of 0 to 14, with 7 signifying neutral water, is valid only at 25°C (77°F). For
example, neutral water has a pH of 7 at 25°C (77°F), but neutral water has a pH of 6.3 at 60°C (140°F). Sample
temperature restrictions or corrections must be observed for measurements to have meaning. The pH meter tem-
perature compensator does not correct pH for the sample temperature. (Refer to paragraph 220-31.184.)
220-31.202
Preferably, boiler water should be cooled to 25°C ±3°C (77°F ±5°F); however, adjustment to this tempera-
ture range is not required.
220-31.203
All feedwater and boiler water samples should be protected from atmospheric exposure because carbon diox-
ide will dissolve in the sample and lower pH. Collect a full bottle of sample and determine pH prior to perform-
ing other tests.
220-31.204
Electrode response is slower for boiler water samples than for buffers. Wait for the meter display to stabilize
before taking a reading (this should take 3 minutes or less). The boiler water temperature correction is added to
or subtracted from the displayed reading and the corrected value is recorded.
220-31.205
When a bimetallic thermometer is first received, or if operation is suspect, its function should be checked by
immersion of the stem in an ice water bath. If the dial indicator is not 0°C (32°F), replace the thermometer.
220-356
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
2. Transfer the contents of two jars of potassium chloride to the quart plastic bottle (1/2 pound of potassium
chloride total).
3. Add distilled water to the shoulder of the plastic bottle.
4. Cap the bottle and shake to dissolve the potassium chloride. Label the bottle 3-Molar Potassium Chloride.
5. Half fill an indicator dropping bottle with the potassium chloride solution. Store the electrode in the solution
between measurements.
NOTE
Replace the 3-Molar Potassium Chloride electrode storage solution in the indica-
tor dropping bottle weekly. Mark the date of replacement on the bottle.
1. Failure to measure pH first, as soon as the sample is uncapped, or failure to completely fill and cap the
sample bottle when drawing the sample. This is because alkaline water, such as boiler water, absorbs carbon
dioxide from the air and becomes more acidic the longer it is exposed to the air.
2. Excessive or violent stirring of the sample, since this increases absorption of carbon dioxide from the air.
3. Failure to thoroughly rinse the electrode or the container before measuring the sample, causing contamina-
tion from a previous sample. This is especially a problem if it is buffer solution that contaminates the sample,
since even a tiny amount of buffer solution will seriously affect sample pH.
4. Failure to set temperature compensator on the meter to the actual sample temperature, because the charac-
teristics of the electrode change with temperature.
5. Failure to adjust feedwater temperature to 25°C ±3°C (77°F ± 5°F), or failure to apply the boiler water cor-
rection given in Table 220-31-16 to the pH meter reading. This is because the pH of the sample actually
changes with temperature, quite independent of the change in electrical characteristics of the electrode. The
properly operated pH meter measures the actual pH at whatever the temperature happens to be. For unifor-
mity, boiler water and feedwater pH limits are specified at 25°C (77°F). Sample temperature must be adjusted
to that value, or in the case of boiler water only, a correction is applied to the measured pH.
6. Failure to store the electrode in potassium chloride solution when idle. This will lead to reduction in sensi-
tivity and sluggish response.
7. Failure to allow the meter display to stabilize before making a reading.
220-357
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
8. Failure to turn the meter function switch (Model 601N) to standby before removing the electrode from solu-
tion. This will cause deterioration in electrode performance.
9. Inadvertently touching the Calibration or Slope knob after the meter (Model 601N) is standardized. Masking
tape put over those knobs after standardization is often a helpful reminder.
10. Failure to allow the meter (Model 601N) to warm up properly or to standardize it when it is reenergized after
having been deenergized for any reason.
220-31.208
If for some reason the pH meter cannot be used or will not give reliable indication, pH can be measured well
enough to permit continued plant operation by using the emergency methods of pH measurement described in
paragraph 220-31.215.
1. Apparatus
a. Meter, digital pH, requires 110-115 volts power supply.
b. pH electrode, gel-filled, combination, connected to the pH meter.
c. Thermometer, metal, dial type, 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F).
d. Jars, plastic, wide mouth, screw capped (2) (one marked and used for pH 7 buffer only, the other marked
and used for pH 10 buffer only).
e. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
2. Reagents
a. Buffer capsule, pH 7.00 ±0.05 at 25°C (77°F).
b. Buffer capsule, pH 10.00 ±0.05 at 25°C (77°F).
c. A 3-Molar potassium chloride solution, 1/2 pound of potassium chloride per quart of distilled water. Refer
to paragraph 220-31.206 for solution preparation.
d. Distilled water.
3. Procedure
NOTE
a. Rinse both plastic jars and caps with distilled water. Shake out excess water.
220-358
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
b. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water. Measure 100 ml of distilled water into each plas-
tic jar. (Use distillate, not condensate.) Empty the contents of a pH 7 buffer capsule into the pH 7 jar.
Empty the contents of a pH 10 buffer capsule into the pH 10 jar. Cap the jars and swirl until the buffers
are dissolved.
c. Rinse the thermometer and electrode with distilled water and then with a small amount of the pH 7 buffer
solution. Place the thermometer and electrode into the jar and measure the buffer temperature.
d. Set the TEMP control to the temperature of the pH 7 buffer solution. Remove the thermometer and rinse
it with distilled water.
e. Use the electrode as a stirring rod and stir the pH 7 buffer solution for 3 or 4 seconds. Then allow the
electrode to rest against the side of the jar with the tip in the solution.
f. Turn the function switch to the pH position.
g. Adjust the CALIB control knob to obtain a pH reading of 7.00 on the digital display.
h. Turn the function switch to the STDBY position. Remove the electrode and rinse it with distilled water.
Shake off excess water.
NOTE
Do not touch the CALIB control knob until another standardization is needed.
The meter must be restandardized if the knob is inadvertently turned.
i. Rinse the thermometer and electrode again with distilled water and then with a small amount of the pH
10 buffer solution. Place the thermometer and electrode in the jar and measure the buffer temperature.
j. Set the TEMP control to the temperature of the pH 10 buffer. Remove the thermometer and rinse it with
distilled water.
k. Use the electrode as a stirring rod and stir the pH 10 buffer for 3 or 4 seconds. Then allow the electrode
to rest against the side of the jar with the tip in the solution.
l. Turn the function switch to the pH position.
m. Adjust the % SLOPE control knob to obtain a reading of 10.00 on the digital display. Record the %
SLOPE reading in the boiler water log. Refer to paragraphs 220-31.189 and 220-31.190.
NOTE
Do not touch the % SLOPE control knob until another standardization is needed.
The meter must be restandardized if the knob is inadvertently turned.
n. Turn the function switch to the STDBY position. Remove the electrode and rinse it with distilled water.
Shake off the excess water and rerinse the electrode. Store the electrode in potassium chloride solution
contained in a dropping bottle. Replace the used potassium chloride solution weekly.
o. Discard the pH 7 and pH 10 buffer solutions. Thoroughly rinse the jars and caps with tap water and then
with distilled water. (A tap water rinse is used because the buffer solutions are difficult to flush from the
jars. The distilled water then rinses away the tap water.)
p. Record the time of standardization in the boiler water logs for all steaming boilers.
220-359
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Apparatus
a. Meter, SA 720 digital pH, requires 110 or 220 volt power supply. Meter may also be battery operated using
six 1.5 V AA non-rechargeable alkaline batteries.
b. Adaptor, U.S. Standard to BNC connector. Its function is to connect the electrode probe to the meter. The
small female connector on the adaptor is not used.
c. pH electrode, gel-filled, combination, connected to the adaptor.
d. Jars, plastic, wide mouth, screw capped (2) (one marked and used for pH 7 buffer only, the other marked
for pH 10 buffer only).
e. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
f. Thermometer, metal, dial type, 0° to 100°C (32° to 212°F).
2. Reagents
a. Buffer capsule, pH 7.00 ±.05 at 25°C (77°F)
b. Buffer capsule, pH 10.00 ±.05 at 25°C (77°F)
c. A 3-Molar potassium chloride solution, 1/2 pound of potassium chloride per quart of distilled water. Refer
to paragraph 220-31.206 for solution preparation.
d. Distilled water.
3. Procedure
NOTE
220-360
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
a. Rinse both plastic jars and caps with distilled water. Shake out excess water.
b. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water. Measure 100 ml of distilled water into each plas-
tic jar. (Use distillate, not condensate.) Empty the contents of a pH 7 buffer capsule into the pH 7 jar.
Empty the contents of a pH 10 buffer capsule into the pH 10 jar. Cap the jars and swirl until the buffers
are dissolved.
c. Rinse the thermometer and electrode with distilled water and then with a small amount of the pH 7 buffer
solution. Place the thermometer and electrode into the jar and measure the buffer temperature.
d. Slide mode switch to TEMP. Adjust TEMP readout using scroll ↑ and ↓ to the temperature of the pH 7
buffer solution. Press ENTER. Remove thermometer and rinse it with distilled water.
e. Use the electrode as a stirring rod and stir the pH buffer solution for 3 or 4 seconds. Then allow the elec-
trode to rest against the jar with the tip in the solution.
f. Slide mode switch to pH. Press SAMPLE repeatedly to set the number of decimal places to two. (Num-
ber of digits to the right of the decimal.)
g. Press CAL. The CAL 1 LED will light for pH 7 buffer. Wait for READY LED to light then press ENTER.
The CAL 2 LED will light indicating the meter is ready for the second buffer.
h. Rinse electrode and thermometer with distilled water and then with a small amount of the pH 10 buffer
solution. Place the thermometer and electrode into the jar and measure the buffer temperature.
i. Slide mode switch to TEMP. Adjust temp readout using scroll ↑ and ↓ to the temperature of the pH 10
buffer solution. Press ENTER. Remove thermometer and rinse it with distilled water.
j. Use the electrode as a stirring rod and stir the pH 10 buffer solution for 3 or 4 seconds. Then allow the
electrode to rest against the side of the jar with the tip in the solution.
k. Slide mode switch to pH. Wait for READY LED to light then press ENTER.
l. Press SLOPE key. Read the value from the display. Record this % slope reading in the boiler water log.
Refer to paragraphs 220-31.189 and 220-31.190.
m. Press SAMPLE key. The SAMPLE LED will light. Meter is now ready for sample measurements. Remove
the electrode and rinse it with distilled water. Shake off the excess water and rerinse the electrode. Store
the electrode in potassium chloride solution contained in a dropping bottle. Replace the used potassium
chloride solution weekly.
n. Discard the pH 7 and 10 buffer solutions. Thoroughly rinse the jars and caps with tap water and then with
distilled water. (A tap water rinse is used because the alkaline buffer solutions are difficult to flush from
the jars. The distilled water then rinses away the tap water.)
o. Record the time of standardization in the boiler water logs for all steaming boilers.
1. Apparatus
a. Meter, digital pH, requires 110-115 volts power supply.
b. pH electrode, gel-filled, combination, connected to the pH meter.
220-361
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
a. Rinse the jar and cap with distilled water. Shake out excess water.
b. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water. Measure 100 ml of distilled water into the plastic
jar. (Use distillate, not condensate.) Empty the contents of the buffer capsule into the jar. Cap the jar and
swirl until the buffer is dissolved.
c. Set the % SLOPE control knob to 100%.
d. Rinse the thermometer and electrode with distilled water and then with a small amount of the buffer solu-
tion. Place the thermometer and electrode into the jar and measure the buffer temperature.
e. Set the TEMP control to the temperature of the buffer solution. Remove the thermometer and rinse it with
distilled water.
f. Use the electrode as a stirring rod and stir the buffer solution for 3 or 4 seconds. Then allow the electrode
to rest against the side of the jar with the tip in the solution.
g. Turn the function switch to the pH position.
h. Adjust the CALIB control knob to obtain the pH of the buffer in use (7.00 or 10.00 as applicable) on the
digital display.
i. Turn the function switch to the STDBY position. Remove the electrode and rinse it with distilled water.
Shake off excess water and rerinse the electrode. Store the electrode in potassium chloride solution con-
tained in a dropping bottle. Replace the used potassium chloride solution weekly.
NOTE
Do not touch the CALIB control knob until another standardization is needed.
The meter must be recalibrated if the knob is inadvertently turned.
j. Discard the buffer solution. Thoroughly rinse the jar and cap with tap water and then distilled water. (A tap
water rinse is used because buffer solutions are difficult to flush from the jar. The distilled water then rinses
away the tap water.)
220-362
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
k. Record 100% in the % SLOPE column and record the time of standardization in the boiler water logs for
all steaming boilers.
1. Apparatus
a. Meter, SA 720 digital pH, requires 110 or 220 volt power supply. Meter may also be battery operated using
six 1.5V AA non-rechargeable alkaline batteries.
b. Adaptor, U.S. Standard to BNC connector. Its function is to connect the electrode probe to the meter.
c. pH electrode, gel-filled, combination, connected to the adaptor.
d. Thermometer, metal, dial type, 0° to 100°C (32° to 212°F).
e. Jar, plastic, wide mouth, screw capped (marked and used for buffer only).
f. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml
2. Reagents
a. Buffer capsule.
b. A 3-Molar potassium chloride solution, 1/2 pound of potassium chloride per quart of distilled water. Refer
to paragraph 220-31.206 for solution preparation.
c. Distilled water.
3. Procedure
NOTE
a. Rinse the jar and cap with distilled water. Shake out excess water.
b. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water. Measure 100 ml of distilled water into the plastic
jar. (Use distillate, not condensate.) Empty the contents of the buffer capsule into the jar. Cap the jar and
swirl until the buffer is dissolved. Rinse the thermometer and electrode with distilled water and then with
a small amount of the buffer solution. Place the thermometer and electrode into the jar and measure the
buffer temperature.
c. Slide mode switch to TEMP. Adjust TEMP readout using scroll ↑ and ↓ to the temperature of the buffer
solution. Press ENTER. Slide mode switch to pH. Remove thermometer and rinse it with distilled water.
d. Press SLOPE. Adjust slope reading to 100.0 using scroll ↑ and ↓. Press ENTER.
e. Use the electrode as a stirring rod and stir the buffer for 3 or 4 seconds. Then allow the electrode to rest
against the side of the jar with the tip in the solution.
f. Press SAMPLE key repeatedly to set the decimal places to two (number of digits to the right of the deci-
mal). Press CAL. The CAL 1 LED will light.
g. Wait for READY LED to light. Press ENTER. The CAL 2 LED will light.
220-363
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
h. Press SAMPLE key. The SAMPLE LED will light. Meter is now ready for sample measurements. Remove
the electrode and rinse it with distilled water. Shake off the excess water and rerinse the electrode. Store
the electrode in potassium chloride solution contained in a dropping bottle. Replace the used potassium
chloride solution weekly.
i. Discard the buffer solution. Thoroughly rinse the jar and cap with tap water and then distilled water. (A tap
water rinse is used because buffer solution is difficult to flush from the jar. The distilled water then rinses
away the tap water.)
j. Record 100% in the % slope column and record the time of standardization in the boiler water logs for all
steaming boilers.
1. Apparatus
a. Meter, digital pH, requires 110-115 volts power supply.
b. pH electrode, gel-filled, combination, connected to the pH meter.
c. Thermometer, metal, dial type, 0°C to 100°C
d. Jar, plastic, wide-mouth (marked and used for sample only).
2. Reagents
a. A 3-Molar potassium chloride solution, 1/2 pound of potassium chloride per quart of distilled water. Refer
to paragraph 220-31.206) for solution preparation.
b. Distilled water.
3. Interferences
a. Absorption of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere causes pH to decrease. Refer to paragraph 220-31.203.
b. Oil and suspended matter may coat the electrode making it inoperable.
c. The pH measurement is most accurate when the sample temperature is 25°C (77°F), refer to paragraph
220-31.184. Cold water will give high results while hot water will give low results. Sample temperature
should therefore be between 22°C to 28°C (72°F to 82°F).
4. Procedure
a. Daily Standardization. The meter standardization procedure is listed in paragraphs 220-31.209 and
220-31.211. Only one daily standardization is needed when the pH measurements are to be made.
b. Measurement of Boiler Water pH.
NOTE
Do not filter any solution prior to pH measurement. Assure that the function
switch is in the STDBY position and that the meter has been warmed up for 1/2
hour. Assure that the meter has been standardized for the day. Never remove the
electrode from the solution unless the function switch is in the STDBY position.
(1) Rinse the thermometer, electrode, and the plastic jar with distilled water and then with the sample. Pour
sample into the jar until it is approximately 1/2 full.
220-364
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
(2) Measure the temperature of the boiler water, record the temperature in the log, and set the TEMP con-
trol to the sample temperature. Remove the thermometer and rinse it with distilled water.
(3) Use the electrode to stir the sample for 3 or 4 seconds. Then allow the electrode to rest against the side
of the jar with the tip in the solution.
(4) Turn the function switch to the pH position.
(5) After the reading has stabilized, record the reading in the log. Use Table 220-31-16 to correct the pH
shown on the meter display. Look up the correction for the boiler water sample temperature and record
the correction in the log. Add the correction to or subtract it from the displayed pH reading. Record
the corrected value in the log. For example:
(6) Return the function switch to the STDBY position.
(7) Remove the electrode and rinse it with distilled water. Store it in potassium chloride solution between
measurements and replace the used potassium chloride solution weekly.
(8) Rinse the sample jar with distilled water.
NOTE
Boiler water treatment action is based on the corrected pH that is recorded in the
log. It is not based on the reading showing on the meter display unless the
sample temperature is 25°C (77°F).
5. Range of Error: the range of error of the test is ±0.10 pH units.
1. Apparatus
a. Meter, SA 720 digital pH, requires 110 or 220 volt power supply. Meter may also be battery operated using
six 1.5 V AA non-rechargeable alkaline batteries.
b. Adaptor, U.S. Standard to BNC connector. Its function is to connect the electrode probe to the meter.
c. pH electrode, gel-filled, combination, connected to the adaptor.
d. Jar, plastic, wide-mouth (marked and used for sample only).
e. Thermometer, metal, dial type, 0° to 100°C (32° to 212°F).
2. Reagents
220-365
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
a. A 3-Molar potassium chloride solution, 1/2 pound of potassium chloride per quart of distilled water. Refer
to paragraph 220-31.206 for solution preparation.
b. Distilled water.
3. Interferences
a. Absorption of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere causes pH to decrease. Refer to paragraph 220-31.203.
b. Oil and suspended matter may coat the electrode making it inoperable.
c. Though a temperature correction is applied, the pH measurement is more accurate if the sample tempera-
ture is between 22°C (72°F) and 28°C (82°F). Cold water tends to give high results while hot water tends
to give low results.
4. Procedure
a. Daily Calibration. The meter calibration procedure is listed in para 220-31.210 and 220-31.212. Only one
daily calibration is needed when the pH measurements are to be made.
b. Measurement of Boiler Water pH.
NOTE
Do not filter any solution prior to pH measurement. Assure that the meter has
been calibrated for the day.
(1) Rinse the thermometer, electrode and the plastic jar with distilled water and then with the sample. Pour
sample into the jar until it is approximately half full.
(2) Place the thermometer and electrode into the jar and measure sample temperature.
(3) Slide mode switch to TEMP. Adjust TEMP readout using scroll ↑ and ↓ to the temperature of the
sample. Press ENTER. Remove thermometer and rinse it with distilled water.
(4) Use the electrode as a stirring rod and stir the sample for 3 or 4 seconds. Then allow the electrode to
rest against the side of the jar with the tip in the solution.
(5) Slide mode switch to pH. The SAMPLE LED will light.
(6) Wait until READY LED lights, then record the reading in the log. The READY light signifies that a
stable reading has been obtained. Use Table 220-31-16 to correct the pH shown on the meter display.
Look up the correction for the boiler water sample temperature and record the correction in the log.
Add the correction to or subtract it from the displayed pH reading. Record the corrected value in the
log.
(7) Remove the electrode and rinse it with distilled water. The SAMPLE LED will light indicating that the
meter is now ready for the next sample.
(8) Store the electrode in potassium chloride solution between measurements. Replace the used potassium
chloride solution weekly.
(9) Rinse the sample jar with distilled water.
NOTE
Boiler water treatment action is based on the corrected pH that is recorded in the
log. It is not based on the reading showing on the meter display unless the
sample temperature is 25°C (77°F).
5. Range of Error: the range of error of the test is ± 0.10 pH units.
220-366
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Apparatus
a. Nitric acid reagent bottle and buret assembly.
b. Casserole.
c. Stirring rod.
d. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
2. Reagents
a. Nitric acid reagent, 0.05 N (prepared from 50 ml of 1.0 N nitric acid stock solution, diluted to 1,000 ml
with distilled water, refer to paragraph 220-24.47).
b. Phenolphthalein indicator (2 level dippers of phenolphthalein dissolved in 25 ml of distilled water and 25
ml of isopropyl alcohol, refer to paragraph 220-24.49).
c. Distilled water.
3. Interferences
a. Absorption of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere lowers pH, refer to paragraph 220-31.203.
b. Silica contamination causes a very high result. Excess morpholine in feedwater may cause a high boiler
water result. If the approximate pH determined from the listing in Table 220-31-17 is unusually high, con-
ductivity will confirm or deny results. See Table 220-31-3 and paragraph 220-23.21.6.
4. Procedure
a. Rinse the casserole and stirring rod with distilled water.
b. Rinse a 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with some of the water to be tested.
c. Measure exactly 200 ml of the sample into the casserole.
d. Add 2 to 3 drops of phenolphthalein indicator to the sample water. The sample will turn pink if pH is
greater than 8.2. (If it does not turn pink, assume that the sample is acidic.)
e. Fill the nitric acid buret and drain to zero. Add nitric acid 1 drop at a time, while stirring, until the pink
color disappears completely. Read the buret and record the result in the corrected pH column of the Boiler
Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log. Use the following table to determine the approximate pH of the sample.
Record the approximate pH in parentheses next to the buret reading in the same column.
f. The approximate pH of the sample is given in Table 220-31-17.
5. Range of Error: the range of error of the test is ±0.2 pH unit below pH 10.4 and ±0.1 pH unit above pH 10.4.
1. Apparatus
220-367
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
a. Meter, digital pH, Model 601N, requires 110-115 volt power supply, or Model SA 720, requires 110 or 220
volt power supply or six 1.5 V AA non-rechargeable alkaline batteries.
b. pH electrode, combination gel-filled, connected to the pH meter.
c. Thermometer, metal, dial type 0°C to 100°C (32°F to 212°F).
d. Jar, plastic, wide-mouth (marked and used for sample only).
e. Nitric acid reagent bottle and buret assembly.
f. Graduated cylinder, 100 ml.
g. Adaptor, U.S. Standard to BNC connector for Model SA 720 only. Its function is to connect the electrode
probe to the meter. The small female connector on the adaptor is not used.
2. Reagents
a. Nitric acid reagent, 0.05 N (prepared from 50 ml of 1.0 N nitric acid stock solution diluted to 1,000 ml
with distilled water, refer to paragraph 220-24.47).
b. A 3-Molar potassium chloride solution, 1/2 pound of potassium chloride per quart of distilled water. Refer
to paragraph 220-31.206.
c. Dilute caustic soda, about 3 flakes of caustic soda dissolved in 50 ml of distilled water. Refer to paragraph
220-24.56. The dilute caustic soda, solution is needed if pH is less than 8.2.
d. Distilled water.
3. Interferences
a. Oil and suspended matter may coat the electrode making it inoperable.
4. Procedure
a. Daily Standardization. The meter standardization procedure for the Model 601N is listed in paragraphs
220-31.209 and 220-31.211. The meter standardization procedure for the Model SA 720 is listed in para-
graphs 220-31.210 and 220-31.212. Only one daily standardization is needed when pH measurements are
to be made.
b. Measurement of boiler water phosphate using the pH meter.
NOTE
Model 601N
Do not filter any solution prior to pH measurement. Assure that the function
switch is in the STDBY position and that the meter has been warmed up for at
least 30 minutes. Assure that the meter has been standardized for the day. The
temperature of the sample shall be adjusted to 25°C ±32°C (77°F ±5°F). Never
remove the electrode from the solution unless the function switch is in the
STDBY position.
NOTE
Model SA 720
220-368
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
(1) Rinse the thermometer, electrode, and the plastic jar with distilled water.
(2) Rinse the 100 ml graduated cylinder with distilled water and then with some of the sample.
(3) Measure exactly 200 ml of the sample into the plastic jar.
(4) Measure the temperature of the boiler water and set the TEMP control of the Model 601N to the
sample temperature. For the Model SA 720, slide the mode switch to TEMP. Adjust TEMP readout
using scroll ↑ and ↓ to the temperature of the sample. Remove the thermometer and rinse it with dis-
tilled water.
(5) Use the electrode to stir the sample for 3 or 4 seconds. Then allow the electrode to rest against the
side of the jar with the tip in the solution.
(6) Turn the function switch to the pH position and observe the reading on the Model 601N. For the
Model SA 720, slide the mode switch to pH. The SAMPLE LED will light. Observe the reading after
the READY LED lights. Leave the electrode in the solution. It will be used as a stirring rod. Leave
the function switch in the pH position until completion of the test.
NOTE
220-369
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-370
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
NOTE
220-31.220
The Feedwater Chemistry Worksheet/Log and the Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log replace the logs for
chelant treatment. The Cover Sheet and Monthly Boiler Data, the Boiler Water/Feedwater Test and Treatment
Chemical Inventory Log, the Reserve/Makeup Feedwater Test logs, and the Fuel and Water Report are used for
both treatments. The Cover Sheet and Monthly Boiler Data, Boiler Water/Feedwater Test and Treatment Chemi-
cal Inventory Log, Fuel and Water Report, and Reserve/Makeup Feedwater Test logs are maintained in accor-
dance with Section 27.
220-371
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.223
Initiate the daily log for each boiler by inserting the boiler number, the ship name and hull number, and the
date.
220-372
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
the above formula for the saturated side only. Each ship should prepare a table for percent boiler load for
various fuel oil header pressures and burner alignments. Percent boiler load shall be rounded to the near-
est whole number.
4. The Oil King enters his initials and the reviewing EOOW/EDO enters his initials upon completion of the tests.
220-373
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Enter the amount of trisodium phosphate required to raise pH to the upper limit.
2. Enter the phosphate correction that will be caused by addition of trisodium phosphate.
3. Enter the phosphate reading obtained from original sample results.
4. Add the correction to the original phosphate reading and enter the corrected phosphate.
5. Enter the amount of disodium phosphate required.
6. Enter the time of completion of the 10-minute flush when injecting boiler water treatment chemicals.
7. If necessary, enter the amount of caustic soda required.
8. Enter the total amounts of all chemicals used for the day on the last log for the day.
1. Enter the time of completion of a surface, bottom, or header blowdown operation. If a blowdown spans two
dates, record time on the date of completion.
2. Enter the appropriate code, as given on the back of the log, for the type of blowdown.
3. For surface blowdown, enter the conductivity before blowdown, the conductivity after blowdown, and the cal-
culated percent blowdown.
4. Enter the total percent of surface blowdown on the last log for the day.
220-374
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-375
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-376
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-377
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-378
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-379
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-380
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.230
The Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log need not be prepared on a daily basis when the boiler is idle.
When the boiler is idle, enter the inclusive dates on the front of one log and enter the type of layup applied in
the code column, and describe significant events occurring during the idle period. For every day that there is a
log the LCPO shall review and initial the log.
220-31.232
When the cognizant activity (ship NAVSHIPYARD, SUPSHIP) is requesting technical assistance or is report-
ing in accordance with paragraph 220-23.26, the following information shall be detailed in a report to the Type
Commander with information copy to the ISIC, NAVSEA and NSWCCD-SSES.
Boiler Water Feedwater
1. Date, time, and code (DTC). 1. Date, time, and code (DTC).
2. Corrected pH (pH). 2. Dissolved O2 (DO).
3. Conductivity (COND). 3. epm chloride (chemical test) (CL).
4. ml phenolphthalein (ML). 4. Salinity/conductivity reading (SI/COND).
5. ppm phosphate (PHOS). 5. pH.
6. epm chloride (CL). 6. Morpholine treatment rate (MOR).
7. Percent boiler load (LD).
8. Chemical additions (CA).
9. Blowdowns (BD).
Messages shall be formatted with the above information as follows:
For boiler water, read in nine columns:
DTC pH COND ML PHOS CL LD CA BD
For feedwater/condensate, read in six columns:
DTC DO CL SI/COND pH MOR
The report shall include data for at least two samples taken prior to the contamination incident.
220-31.234
Supply information in contained in Section 28. Supply procedures, sampling equipment, conductivity test
equipment, dissolved oxygen test kit, EDTA hardware test equipment and silica test kit are all applicable to coor-
dinated phosphate treatment. Additional guidance is included here.
220-381
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Stock chemicals, reagent chemicals, and conductivity equipment can deteriorate. Standards are available to
check the accuracy of boiler water and feedwater test chemicals and equipment. The standards available for veri-
fication testing are as follows:
Item NSN
Standard conductivity solution (1,400 µmho/cm) 9G 6810-00-945-7682
Standard chloride solution (2.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-129-3762
Standard hardness solution (0.2 epm) 9G 6810-01-125-5234
Standard pH buffer capsules [7.00 ± 0.05 at 25°C (77F°)] 9G 6810-01-239-7562
Standard pH buffer capsules [10.00 ± 0.05 at 25°C (77°F)] 9G 6810-01-239-7563
Standard methyl purple alkalinity (6.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-259-8231
220-31.237
All of the foregoing standards, except the pH standards, are supplied as solutions in small plastic bottles. The
pH standards are supplied in vials containing 10 capsules. The contents of one capsule are dissolved in 100 ml
of distilled water and the solution is sufficient for one test only. All standard solutions must be discarded after
one use. Quarterly verification testing is to be performed when a new reagent solution is prepared, and whenever
the validity of a test result is in doubt. The pH meter is standardized daily when in use.
220-382
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.240
Rubber gloves give long term protection; however, rubber gloves may not give positive control of an opera-
tion as do plastic gloves. Plastic gloves give better hand control but can be used only once. The average size for
rubber gloves is 10 and for plastic gloves, medium.
220-31.243
The following allowance equipage and parts lists apply to test and treatment of propulsion boiler water and
feedwater:
220-383
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
4. AEL 2-560004104, Chemicals and Equipment, Boiler Water/Feedwater Test and Treatment (Quantities based
on boiler water treatment volume).
5. AEL 2-560004055, Kit, Dissolved Oxygen Test of Feedwater.
6. AEL 2-560004075, Meter, pH Test of Boiler Water and Feedwater.
7. APL 461620001, pH Meter.
8. AEL 2-560004108, Silica Test Kit.
220-31.244
AEL and APL quantity changes are updated by the ship by forwarding a change request to SPCC Mechan-
icsburg, PA.
220-31.246
Control of the material required for testing and treatment of feedwater and boiler water is necessary. An
adequate supply must be maintained, stored properly, and have remaining shelf life.
a. The quantity onboard with less than six months shelf life remaining. Do not record expired material.
b. The quantity onboard with six or more months shelf life remaining.
c. The minimum onboard stock required for a six month deployment.
d. Determine if the quantities onboard are sufficient, by recording yes or no in the sufficient onboard stock col-
umn. If the quantity onboard is not sufficient, the ″no″ entry shall be circled in the log.
The completed inventory log shall be included as part of the monthly water treatment log package. Items
listed on the log that are not ship applicable may be lined out.
220-384
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Stock solutions, indicators, and standards are subject to deterioration during storage. For this reason various
shelf lives have been imposed on these materials to minimize errors in testing boiler water and feedwater. The
shelf life of a material is measured from its date of manufacture. It is recommended that shelf life control pro-
cedures be established and maintained.
BASIC EQUIPMENT
b
Boiler water testing cabinet (com- 1H 6630-00-372-0839 EA 1
plete)
b
Boiler water conductivity test equip- All items in 220-28.6 N/A 1 set
ment (complete)
c
Dissolved oxygen testing kit (com- 9G 6635-01-044-6065 KT 1
plete)
b
Hardness test equipment All items in 220-28.9 N/A 1
b
pH meter kit All items in 220-28.8 N/A 1
b
Silica Test Kit 1H 4410-01-183-7442 KT 1
STOCK CHEMICALS
b
Amino acid reagent pillows 9G 6810-01-169-1770 BT (100) 1
c
Ampoules, 0-40 ppb oxygen 9L 6630-01-068-5210 PG (30) 7
a
Chloride indicator capsules 9G 6810-00-753-4907 BT (12) 1
b
Citric acid reagent pillows 9G 6810-01-169-6568 BT (100) 1
a
Dimethylglyoxime 9G 6810-01-082-5414 BT (25 g) 1
a
Hardness buffer 9G 6850-01-390-4335 BT (100 g) 1
a
Hardness indicator 9G 6850-01-390-4339 BT (100 g) 1
a
Hardness titrating solution 9G 6810-01-072-1978 GL 1
a
Isopropyl alcohol (isopropanol, 9G 6810-00-227-0410 GL 1
2-propanol)
a
Mercuric nitrate 9G 6810-00-281-4163 BT (4 oz) 3
a
Methyl purple indicator capsules 9G 6810-00-142-9290 BT (12) 1
a
Nitric acid 9G 6810-00-270-9978 QT 1
a
Phenolphthalein indicator 9G 6810-00-223-7612 1 BT (100 g) 1
b
Potassium chloride crystals 9L 6810-00-136-1004 BT (4 oz) 4
b
Silica-1 reagent 9G 6810-01-169-1773 BT (2 oz) 1
STANDARDS
b
Chloride (2.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-129-3762 BT (75 ml) 12
b
Conductivity (1,400 µmho/cm) 9G 6810-00-945-7682 BT (250 ml) 12
b
Hardness (0.2 epm) 9G 6810-01-125-5234 BT (150 ml) 8
a
Methyl purple alkalinity (6.0 epm) 9G 6810-01-259-8231 BX(6-100 ml 4
btl)
pH 7.00 ± 0.05 at 25°C 9G 6810-01-239-7562 BX (Box of 4 b
50)
pH 10.00 ± 0.05 at 25°C 9G 6810-01-239-7563 BX (Box of 4 b
50)
220-385
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
DEPLOYMENT - Continued
TREATMENT CHEMICALS
a
Caustic soda (lye, sodium hydroxide) 9Q 6810-00-270-8177 CO (500 g) 4
a
Desiccant, 1 lb bag 9G 6850-00-264-6572 DR (150 bags) 2
a
Desiccant, 1/2 lb bag 9G 6850-00-264-6571 DR (300 bags) 4
a
Disodium phosphate anhydrous 9G 6810-00-584-4298 DR (25 lb) 4
(sodium phosphate, dibasic, O-S-639)
a
Humidity indicator card 9G 6685-00-752-8240 CN (125) 2
d f
Ion exchange resin (carriers 9G 6810-01-029-4217 CF 12
excluded)
d f
Ion exchange resin (carriers) 9G 6810-01-029-4217 CF 48
a e
Morpholine, 40% (carriers excluded) 9G 6810-00-419-4298 CN (5 gal) 4
a e
Morpholine, 40% (carriers) 9G 6810-00-419-4298 CN (5 gal) 30
a
Sodium Nitrite 9G 6810-00-270-3254 BT (5 lb) 30
a
Trisodium phosphate dodecahydrate 9G 6810-01-082-5415 DR (25 lb) 16 (600)
a
(sodium phosphate, tribasic, 8 (1200)
dodecahydrate, O-S-642, Type II)
SAFETY EQUIPMENT
a
Apron, rubber 9Q 8415-00-634-5023 EA 1
a
Face shield 9Q 4240-00-542-2048 EA 2
c
Finger cot 9L 6515-00-935-1194 PG (144) 2
a
Gloves, chemical protective 9D 8415-00-266-8677 PR 6
a
Gloves, plastic 9D 8415-00-682-6786 PR 100
a
Goggles 9G 4240-01-364-2169 PR 2
SPARE EQUIPMENT
b
Adaptor (to connect electrode to 1H 0099-LL-H26-4985 EA 2
Model SA 720 pH meter)
b
Aspirator bulb assembly (for filling 1H 6640-00-291-1162 EA 3
burets)
b
Bottle, dropper, 60 ml, glass 9L 6640-00-720-2752 EA 2
b
Bottle, dropper, 60 ml plastic 9L 6640-01-077-2468 PG (12) 1
a
Bottle, polyethylene, screw cap, 1 qt 9G 8125-00-819-6085 EA 12
b
Bottle, reagent, 1 liter (for nitric acid) 9L 6640-00-253-2495 EA 1
b
Bottle, reagent, 1 liter (for mercuric 9L 6640-00-702-2540 EA 1
nitrate)
b
Bottle, 8 oz, square 9G 8125-00-543-7699 EA 2
b
Bottle, wash, plastic, 500 ml 9L 6640-00-314-2097 EA 3
b
Buret assembly, automatic zero, 10 1H 6640-01-072-1980 EA 3
ml, for hardness
b
Buret, automatic zero, 10 ml, for 9L 6640-00-264-6951 EA 3
chloride and phosphate
b
Casserole, porcelain, white 9L 6640-00-412-8400 EA 2
b
Cell, conductivity, dip type, constant 1H 6630-00-620-4540 EA 1
of 2.0
220-386
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
DEPLOYMENT - Continued
b
Quantity needed per ship
c
Quantity needed per DFT
a
Quantity needed per two boilers
d
Applies only to ships with demineralizers installed
f
Per demineralizer
*
The same cooler is used for boiler water, desuperheated steam, and DFT.
220-31.250
All stock chemicals, standards, pH buffers, and dissolved oxygen comparators have a 2-year shelf life, except
as follows:
220-387
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-31.251
All of the treatment chemicals, except mixed bed ion exchange resin, have an indefinite shelf life. Mixed bed
ion exchange resin has a shelf life of 24 months. Do not use ion exchange resin that has been exposed to a tem-
perature of 0°C (32°F) or less.
220-31.252
All stock chemicals should be visually examined when received. Cloudy solutions or deposits in the bottom
of the bottle indicate deterioration. The caps of the liquid standards, by specification, must be sealed with plas-
tic to prevent evaporation of liquid, prior to use.
220-31.253 FORMS.
The following forms are used to record water conditions in a steam propulsion plant. The auxiliary boiler
forms are listed in Section 29. Forms may be obtained through normal supply channels in accordance with NAV-
SUP Publication 2002. Due to the limited use of NAVSEA 9255/8 (6-94), Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/
Log, it will not be available in the Navy stock system. Local reproduction of this log from Appendix A is autho-
rized.
SECTION 32.
WATER REQUIREMENTS FOR WASTE HEAT BOILER SYSTEMS (CHELANT TREATMENT)
220-32.1 INTRODUCTION.
This section provides water treatment procedures for the waste heat boilers. The waste heat boiler system
consists of three boilers, two condensate/feedwater tanks, and associated pumps and piping. These boilers utilize
the waste heat in the exhaust gas from the gas turbine generators to produce steam for the service steam system.
There are two types of waste heat boilers:
220-388
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-32.3
In general, the principles of water chemistry control given in section 21 apply to the waste heat boiler sys-
tem. The waste heat boilers use a chelant based boiler water treatment similar to that used on the propulsion boil-
ers. The chemicals are added into the feedwater inlet line via pump from the continuous injection tank. The
chemicals used in the continuous injection tank are trisodium EDTA, trisodium phosphate, and sodium sulfite.
Trisodium EDTA is used as the primary treatment chemical to prevent waterside deposits, refer to paragraph
220-21.78. Trisodium phosphate provides the alkalinity required to minimize corrosion and the phosphate used
as a back-up treatment in case of excessive contamination, see paragraph 220-21.82. Due to the lower pressure
of the waste heat boiler, sodium sulfite is used in place of hydrazine as the oxygen scavenger.
2Na 2 SO 3 +O 2 → 2Na 2 SO 4
220-389
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
an outlet header to the separator where the steam/water is separated by centrifugal action. The water drops to the
lower portion of the separator and the steam exits the top of the boiler.
220-32.7
The amount of steam produced by the waste heat boilers is dependent on the generator load rather than the
steam demand. When more steam is produced than is required, the excess steam is condensed and cooled by a
control condenser. The drains from the main steam system are condensed and cooled by a condensate cooler. The
condensate is then returned to the feedwater tank.
220-32.9
In a properly operating waste heat boiler system the distillate contains the highest level of contaminants.
Therefore, the makeup rate will determine the amount of contaminant that enters the boiler. High makeup rates
will cause the boiler water chloride and conductivity to increase, and lead to a higher usage of treatment chemi-
cals. This may cause sludge formation and result in deposits on the watersides. The makeup rate shall be main-
tained at a minimum by correcting all system leaks. On a properly maintained system the makeup rate should be
less than 900 gallons per day.
220-32.10 SEAWATER.
Seawater is the most common contaminant found in marine boiler systems. The usual source of intermittent
seawater contamination is the distillers, especially during light-off or securing of the distiller. Contamination to
the boiler system by the distillers can only occur if the salinity indicators or the dump valves malfunction or are
improperly operated. The distiller drains and final distillate are manually diverted to the bilge during light-off and
securing of the distiller until the salinity indicators read within limits. The evaporator watch shall notify the oil
king when contamination is suspected so that the boiler water may be tested. Contamination from the distiller air
ejector drains (after condensate) will cause a rapid, large increase in the boiler water chloride since the contami-
nation is brine (concentrated seawater). The cause of the contamination can be missed, since the feedwater will
quickly return to normal limits as the seawater is flushed to the boiler. A condenser tube leak will cause a con-
tinual increase in boiler water chloride. The source of the contamination can usually be found using the salinity
indicators. A functioning salinity indicating system will provide the first indication of contamination, pin point
the source, and allow the failed equipment to be rapidly secured which can greatly reduce the extent of the dam-
age. A small leak can be difficult to locate. Methods of testing for tube leaks are given in NSTM Chapter 254,
Condensers, Heat Exchangers, and Air Ejectors. The following summarizes the sources, detection methods,
affects, and corrective actions for seawater contamination:
1. Source
a. Distillate; dump valve malfunctioning or bypassed
b. Distiller air ejector or feedwater heater drains; tube leak or brine carryover to the air ejector (dump valve
malfunction or bypassed)
c. Condensate cooler; tube leak
d. Control condenser; tube leak
220-390
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
2. Detection
a. Salinity indicators
b. Feedwater chloride test
3. Effect on boiler water
a. Alkalinity decreases
b. Phosphate decreases
c. Conductivity increases
d. Chloride increases
4. Corrective action
a. Find, isolate, and correct source of contamination.
b. Sample and test boiler water as necessary to keep alkalinity and phosphate within limits.
c. Blowdown to remove contamination.
d. The most effective method to remove high levels of contamination from the boiler is to secure, cool, dump,
and flush.
1. Source
a. Hot water heaters; leaking steam coil
b. Scullery and laundry equipment
c. Shore source feedwater; contaminated
d. Shore steam; contaminated
e. DFT vent condenser; leak (chill water)
2. Detection
a. Condensate cooler and feedwater salinity indicator
b. Feedwater hardness test
3. Effect on boiler water
a. Alkalinity will increase
b. Phosphate will decrease
c. Conductivity will usually increase
d. Chloride will usually increase
4. Corrective action
220-391
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-32.12 OIL.
The steam can become contaminated with oil if a leak occurs at the fuel or lubricating oil heaters. Oil enter-
ing the feed system will coat the salinity cell electrodes causing erroneous low readings. The cells must be
cleaned in alcohol to remove the oil film until the contamination is corrected. The following summarizes the
sources, detection methods, affects and corrective actions for oil contamination:
1. Source
a. Fuel oil heater; leak
b. Lubricating oil heater; leak
2. Detection
a. Oily condensate in inspection tank
b. Oil in feedwater or the boiler water sight glass
c. Oil in feedwater or the boiler water samples
3. Effect on boiler water chemistry
a. No effect on the alkalinity, phosphate, conductivity, or chloride
b. May induce carryover
4. Corrective action
a. Find, isolate, and correct source of contamination.
b. Surface blow the CE boiler to remove contamination. Treat as necessary to keep alkalinity and phosphate
within limits if boiler is steaming.
c. Securing, dumping and flushing may remove oil contamination.
d. If contamination is severe, then clean boiler with an alkaline boil out in accordance with NSTM Chapter
221, Boilers.
220-392
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
3. Excessive water level in the DFT, flooding the steam atomizing valve.
4. Fluctuating steam supply pressure as a result of a malfunction of the steam control valve.
5. Insufficient steam demand, due to high feedwater inlet temperatures
1. Metal corrosion products and suspended solids. Corrosion products from the feedwater system are washed
to the boiler. To some extent erosion of the feedwater system metal surfaces also contributes suspended mat-
ter to the boiler water. These particles contribute to the formation of sludge in the boiler water. This will be
most noticeable after long idle periods and will be indicated by discoloration of the boiler water. Extra bot-
tom blowdowns or securing and dumping are required to remove the sediment from the boiler.
2. Preservatives. Metal preservative coatings are used to protect metal surfaces after manufacture. The preser-
vative is usually removed prior to installation aboard ship. Contamination from preservatives is usually found
only in new ships where the preservative has not been properly removed. Preservative contamination can also
occur when piping is replaced without removing the preservative from the new component. Preservative that
is washed to the boiler will bake onto the boiler tubes. Preservative contamination is removed by an alkaline
boil out in accordance with NSTM Chapter 221.
3. Dirt and Debris. Whenever the waste heat boiler system is open for repair or maintenance, care must be
taken to prevent dirt from entering the system. Dirt and debris that has entered the system will contribute to
the suspended matter in the boiler water and may increase the waterside deposits. The effects will be seen
when the generator is first lit off. The boiler water sample will be dark and may be difficult to test. The boiler
water chemistry may be affected. Extra bottom blowdowns or securing and dumping will be required to
remove the sediment.
220-32.16
The feedwater requirements for waste heat boilers are based on the actual values attainable for a properly
operated system. The feedwater limits are the maximum allowed. Whenever the feedwater test results exceed the
limits, either by salinity indicator or by chemical tests, the source of the contamination must be located and cor-
rective action taken. Sample and test any steaming boiler that could be affected by the contamination. The val-
ues should be maintained at the lowest levels for routine control of the boiler water. The limits are summarized
in Table 220-32-1.
220-393
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-32.18
Salinity indicators measure the conductivity of the feedwater. Under normal conditions, using distillate
derived from seawater and no unusual contamination, the conductivity of the feedwater can be related to the
chemical chloride level. Dividing the conductivity of the water by 145 will equal the epm chloride. If contami-
nation from other than a seawater source is present the chloride calculated based on the salinity indicator read-
ing will be higher than the chemical chloride test result.
220-32.19
Continuous monitoring of either boiler feedwater or all condensate contamination sources by salinity indica-
tors is required to ensure maintenance of boiler water quality. On CONSECO boilers, if the feedwater cell mal-
functions, the boiler water shall be sampled and tested every four hours. On CE systems the boiler shall be
sampled every four hours if the condensate cooler cell malfunctions. If the final distillate indicator malfunctions,
the distillate shall be directed to an isolated feed tank and tested for conductivity prior to use. Repair other cells
as soon as possible to facilitate determination of contamination source. Additional tests are not required since
down stream cells will alarm if contamination occurs.
220-394
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Supplier Requirements
Shore Source Feedwater Total Sus-
and Shore Steam (maxi- Conductivity Dissolved Silica pended Solids
mum) µtmho/cm Hardness epm ppm pH (range) ppm
Shore Steam/Condensate 25 0.10 0.2 8.0 to 9.5 0.10
Processed Feedwater 2.5 --- 0.2 --- ---
220-395
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
unsatisfactory and the indicator must be checked for malfunction (220-24.70). Check the salinity indicator for
malfunction if the reading is zero at all times. If the conductivity is above the limit, test the sample for chloride.
High chloride test results indicate seawater contamination. For condensate cooler and feedwater, if the chloride
is not out of limits test the sample for hardness. High hardness indicates shore potable water contamination. Other
sources of high feedwater conductivity are:
220-32.21
The comparison test is accomplished by sampling at a location near the cell. Many of the waste heat boiler
systems do not have a sample test connection at either the condensate cooler or the control condenser. Report
lack of sampling points to the TYCOM and NSWCCD. If this is the case, these cells shall be compared to a
feedwater tank sample. Do not perform the comparison using a feedwater tank sample while adding distillate to
the feedtank. During light-off of the waste heat boilers, the water level in the separator may increase until boiler
water overflows into the steam/condensate system causing high salinity indicator readings. This contamination
may also occur when the boiler is secured. Therefore, do not perform the comparison tests using the feed tank
sample within one hour after lighting off or securing.
220-32.22 DISTILLATE.
Distillate is continuously monitored by a salinity indicator at the discharge of the distilling unit. The conduc-
tivity limit is 10 µmho/cm. The indicator controls a solenoid valve that dumps the distillate to the bilge if the
limit is exceeded. The limits by chemical test for distillate discharging to feed are 0.07 epm chloride. Distillate
not meeting the requirements shall not be used as feedwater. The hardness test is not run on distillate.
220-396
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
test are 0.05 epm chloride and 0.02 epm hardness. The feedwater may be above the limits for about 1 hour after
a tank is placed on suction due to higher limit for feedwater in an idle tank.
220-32.30
The chelant treatment for waste heat boilers is primarily controlled by continuous injection of treatment
chemicals into the feedwater inlet to the boiler. Proper operation of the continuous injection system ensures that
sufficient EDTA is present to prevent waterside deposits. Boiler water conditions are controlled by maintaining
conductivity, alkalinity, phosphate, and chloride within specified limits. The chelant treatment of waste heat boil-
ers is designed to eliminate waterside deposits through the use of EDTA, minimize corrosion by maintaining the
water in an alkaline region, and minimize carryover by controlling the dissolved solids level. The same treatment
is used in all waste heat boilers. The waste heat boilers limits are given in Table 220-32-2.
220-397
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Table 220-32-2. Waste Heat Boiler Water Chelant Treatment Control Limits
Conductivity 600 µmho/cm maximum
Alkalinity 0.1 to 1.00 epm
Phosphate 10 to 60 ppm
Chloride 1.0 epm maximum
220-32.31
Normal control of the boiler water limits is by the continuous treatment system. Three chemicals are added
to the continuous injection tank: trisodium EDTA, trisodium phosphate, and sodium sulfite. The EDTA prevents
the formation of waterside deposits by forming soluble compounds with the scale formers and metal oxides from
the feedwater system. The trisodium phosphate is added to maintain the alkalinity within a prescribed region for
minimum corrosion and to provide some phosphate for protection against high levels of contamination. On the
CE boilers, the sodium sulfite eliminates the residual dissolved oxygen that remains after the deaerating feed tank,
thus preventing oxygen corrosion of the low-alloy steel boiler tubes. Sodium sulfite also prevents the decompo-
sition of EDTA by oxygen. Therefore, it is also used with CONSECO boilers. Use of the continuous treatment
system, with a daily blowdown, will maintain the alkalinity and phosphate within limits when good quality feed-
water is used. The chloride will be maintained within limits by the daily blowdown under normal conditions. The
conductivity is proportional to the concentration of all of the dissolved solids present in the boiler water due to
treatment chemicals and contaminants. The conductivity should remain within limits as long as the other test
results are within the proper range. A log of boiler water results shall be maintained in accordance with paragraph
220-32.86.
Normal control of the chemical levels is by the continuous treatment system. The batch treatment system is
used to provide an initial treatment and whenever the chemical levels are near or below the lower limits. The
batch treatment system will be required when the continuous system is not operating. The boiler water volumes
for chemical treatment purposes are:
CE 100 gallons DD-997, CG-47-CG-73
CONSECO 200 gallons DD-965-DD-992, DDG-993 - DDG -996
The required amount of treatment chemicals is weighed to the nearest gram. The chemicals are dissolved in
feedwater in the 2-1/2-gallon safety-dispensing bottle. Adding the chemicals to the feedwater will facilitate dis-
solving the chemicals; disodium phosphate in particular will cake if water is poured onto it. Disodium phosphate
dissolves more easily in warm feedwater; however, do not use water hotter than 50°C (122°F). The safety-
dispensing bottle is to be marked and used ″FOR BOILER WATER TREATMENT CHEMICALS ONLY″. The
chemicals shall be completely dissolved before adding to the treatment tank. Wear a face shield when mixing the
treatment chemicals and when pouring the chemical solution into the treatment tank. Additionally, goggles, rub-
ber or plastic gloves and an apron shall be worn when handling caustic soda. Caustic soda and trisodium phos-
phate are corrosive and cause burns to skin, eyes, and body tissues. If treatment chemicals or their solutions enter
the eyes, flush with cold water for 15 minutes, alternately lifting the upper and lower eye lids. Obtain immedi-
ate medical attention.
220-398
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Table 220-32-3. Initial Dosage for Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment
Boiler Water Volume for Chemical Treatment
(Gallons) Initial Treatment Trisodium Phosphate (Grams)
100 36
200 72
220-32.35
A waste heat boiler under hydrazine/morpholine lay up may be lit off without draining and flushing. Place
the initial dosage of treatment chemicals in the batch injection tank and light-off with the injection tank lined up
to the boiler. A boiler containing sodium nitrite solution must be dumped and flushed prior to being freshly filled
and treated.
220-32.38
The sampling requirements apply during casualty control drills. It is recommended that affected boilers be
tested before initiating the drill session to ensure boiler water is not contaminated. Monitor the salinity indicators
during the drill for signs of contamination. If an actual chemistry casualty occurs during the drill, control of the
chemistry casualty takes precedent over completing the drill.
220-399
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-400
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-32.40 Conductivity.
The conductivity level is controlled by blowdown. The conductivity should be within limits if the alkalinity,
phosphate, and chloride are maintained properly.
220-32.41 Chloride.
The chloride level of the boiler water is controlled by blowdown. When the feedwater quality is properly
maintained, a boiler water chloride of less than 1.0 epm can be achieved without difficulty. If the boiler water
chloride is difficult to maintain then the source of the contamination must be located and corrected.
220-401
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-32-2. Logic Chart for Treatment Action of Steaming Waste Heat Boiler (Chelant)
220-402
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-403
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Locate the column containing the boiler water alkalinity in Table 220-32-5.
2. Within the alkalinity column, locate the column containing the boiler water phosphate.
3. Read down to determine the required chemical and weight.
4. Weigh the chemicals to the nearest gram.
5. Completely dissolve the chemicals in feedwater in the safety-dispensing bottle.
6. Inject the chemicals according to Figure 220-32.1.
Table 220-32-5. Batch Chemical Dosages for Waste Heat Boiler Chelant
Treatment
Boiler Water Alkalinity epm 0 0.025 to 0.075 0.100 to 0.150 more than 0.150
Boiler Water Phosphate ppm 0 to 15 More 0 to 15 more 0 to 15 more less 10 to
than 15 than 15 than 15 than 10 15
Required Chemicals, grams
TSP CS TSP CS TSP CS DSP DSP
Boiler Water Volume for Chemical Treat-
ment, gallons
100 50 10 30 7 20 5 15 10
200 100 20 60 14 40 10 30 20
TSP
Trisodium phosphate
CS
Caustic soda
DSP
Disodium phosphate
220-404
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Significant Damage - causing rapid damage will occur if serious contamination deteriorates to any of these
conditions:
1. Alkalinity is zero.
2. Conductivity is greater than 2000 µmho/cm.
Moderate Contamination - defined as any test result, which is outside normal limits, but does not meet the
conditions of serious contamination or significant damage.
NOTE
Low alkalinity or phosphate in the after light off sample or when hideout or car-
ryover is occurring is not moderate or serious contamination unless other crite-
ria are met.
220-32.47 ACTION.
Serious contamination of boiler water is a major casualty that demands immediate corrective actions:
3. If treatment actions do not return the boiler water to a condition of moderate contamination or normal limits
within four hours, secure the boiler unless the Commanding Officer directs continued operation. If operation
must be continued, minimize the generator load.
NOTE
During serious contamination, the waste heat boiler systems may run out of
feedwater. When a ship is at sea, the shore source potable water is replaced by
ship’s distillate and the potable water quality approaches that of feedwater. Ship
distilled potable water may be used as emergency feedwater. Record the use of
emergency feedwater on the feedwater and the boiler water log. Test the boiler
water 30 to 60 minutes after the addition of potable water.
220-405
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-32.48
Securing the boiler will minimize damage from contamination. Do not remain steaming simply to treat the
boiler. If the boiler is secured prior to batch injection of chemicals, add the chemicals immediately after secur-
ing. Only one batch injection may be accomplished after securing, since further chemical additions will not be
effective due to inadequate circulation. Do not light off another boiler if the source of the contamination has not
been corrected. Serious contamination due to seawater or shore water, followed by chemical additions will gen-
erate large amounts of sludge. Use bottom blowdowns to remove the sludge and return the boiler to normal. The
most effective method of eliminating high levels of contamination is to secure, dump, and flush per paragraph
220-32.62.
220-32.49 REPORTS.
The cognizant activity (for example, ship, NAVSHIPYD, SUPSHIP) shall provide a detailed message report
within 24 hours to the Type Commander with an information copy to the ISIC, NAVSEA and NSWCCD-SSES
if any of the following conditions occur:
1. The boiler is steamed under conditions of significant damage for 8 hours or more.
2. The boiler is steamed under conditions of serious contamination for more than 24 hours.
3. CE boilers only: The boiler is steamed with feedwater dissolved oxygen of greater than 15 ppb for more than
24 hours after detection.
The report should include a description of the incident, the pertinent feedwater and boiler water data from
before the incident started until conditions are returned to normal, the source of the contamination, and the cor-
rective actions taken. Include the date and time of samples and boiler actions (LOF, SEC, etc), the amount of
chemicals batch injected, and test results. Samples of unknown contamination (high feedwater conductivity,
unusual boiler water results, etc.) may be sent to Naval Surface Warfare Center, SSES Code 622, Building 619,
5001 S. Broad St., Philadelphia, PA 19112-5083.
220-32.51 BLOWDOWNS.
Blowdowns are used to reduce high levels of treatment chemicals or contaminants. The chelant treatment
requires a daily blowdown to control the build up of chelated metals and sodium sulfate. The daily blowdown is
required once per calendar day, when the boiler is steamed for 24 hours. The daily blowdown should control the
conductivity and the chloride level within limits when good quality feedwater is in use. Normally, a separator
blowdown (CONSECO) or a surface blowdown (CE) is applied for the daily blowdown and to reduce moder-
ately high levels of treatment chemicals or contaminants. A bottom blowdown will meet the requirement for a
daily blowdown. Bottom blowdowns are used to control sludge buildup. A bottom blowdown is required weekly
(no more than 168 steaming hours between bottom blowdowns) and whenever the boiler is secured for more than
2 hours. A bottom blowdown is applied to reduce contamination and remove sludge when the boiler meets the
criteria for serious contamination. A bottom blowdown can be accomplished on waste heat boiler while steam-
ing. On a secured boiler, wait at least 1 hour, but no more than 24 hours after securing to allow any sludge to
220-406
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
settle. Steam blanket pressure of 15 psi is sufficient for blowdown. A bottom blowdown is not required after
securing, if the boiler is to be dumped. The blowdown procedures are:
CONSECO : The CONSECO boiler has three bottom blowdown connections: at the separator, the inlet
header, and the outlet header. The separator blowdown is normally used for the daily blowdown. The blowdown
procedures are:
220-32.52
The procedures given for a separator/surface blowdown will reduce the alkalinity, phosphate, conductivity,
and chloride of a steaming boiler by about 10%. If more than a 10% reduction is indicated, repeat the blowdown
cycle (step 3) as required. Wait 1 minute between each blowdown cycle for the water to circulate. The bottom
blowdown procedure will reduce the parameters by 20 to 30%. Do not blowdown a steaming boiler more than
50% at one time (five, 3-inch blowdowns on the CONSECO or 5 minutes on the CE). On a steaming boiler, a
sample is required within 1 hour prior to blowdown and 30 to 60 minutes after blowdown. Record the percent
blowdown for a steaming boiler on the boiler water log. The percent blowdown is determined by using the for-
mula:
220-407
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
CAUTION
No. 3 waste heat boiler is susceptible to freezing and tube damage during
extremely cold weather. Dry lay-up is required for No. 3 waste heat boiler in
periods when outside temperatures are expected to be extremely cold to pre-
vent boiler freeze up.
1. Do not add feedwater to the secured boiler after the bottom blowdown.
2. The steam blanket method on CE boilers is automatic, providing steam is available. The steam blanketing
system will maintain the steam pressure at 15 psig. The CONSECO boiler requires manual opening of steam
blanket valves.
3. A previously steamed boiler shall have been steamed for at least one hour prior to securing. The requirement
for feedwater dissolved oxygen level to be within limits does not apply.
4. Steam blanket may be applied to an empty waste heat boiler following dry lay-up or after draining.
a. Align steam pressure to the boiler.
b. Crack open vent and blowdown valves for about five minutes to purge air from the boiler.
c. Close the valves and allow steam to condense in the boiler. Maintain water level in sight.
220-408
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
d. In preparation for operating the boiler, place an initial dose of trisodium phosphate in the batch treatment
tank and leave the tank aligned to the boiler. Secure the batch injection tank when the after on line sample
is taken.
NOTE
Ships that experience low alkalinity or phosphate following steam blanket lay-up
of a previously steamed boiler may place an initial dose of trisodium phosphate
in the batch injection tank in preparation for operating the boiler.
220-32.58 Hydrazine/Morpholine.
This method is applicable for all waste heat boilers but is to be utilized by industrial activities only. Follow
paragraph 220-22.71 for lay-up procedures and precautions with the following exceptions:
1. Prepare sufficient hydrazine/morpholine treated water to fill the boiler and provide a reservoir approximately
double the steaming volume plus 50 to 100 gallons.
2. Maintain a positive pressure not in excess of the boiler operating pressure.
1. Prepare sufficient sodium nitrite solution to fill the boiler and provide a reservoir; approximately double the
steaming volume plus 50 to 100 gallons. Dissolve 1 pound of sodium nitrite per 100 gallons of feedwater
required in pierside tank or ship’s feed tank. Mixing is accomplished by dissolving the sodium nitrite in feed-
220-409
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
quality water (10 pounds will dissolve in 2 gallons of water), and then adding the dissolved chemicals to the
feedwater in the tank. The tank is then circulated for 30 minutes to mix the solution.
2. A head tank is the easiest and the preferred method of maintaining positive pressure. If a head tank method
is used, locate and pipe the head tank above the highest boiler vent.
3. Fill the boiler with sodium nitrite solution and maintain pressure using a head tank or feed pump.
The waste heat boiler is dumped and flushed due to high chemical levels or in preparation for dry operation
or lay-up. Dumping the boiler will zero the hours for bottom blowdown. To dump the boiler, secure the genera-
tor and allow the boiler pressure to drop to steam blanket pressure. Apply the steam blanket and open all the bot-
tom blow valves and allow the boiler to drain to the bilge. Secure the valves when the boiler is empty. Then open
each valve, one at a time, to assure all circuits are empty. To flush the boiler, fill with feedwater using the boiler
feed pump until water flows from the boiler vent. Operate the circulating pump for 5 minutes to circulate the
feedwater through the generating bank and then dump. The boiler feed pump must be operating while the circu-
lating pump is operating to provide a mechanical seal water supply to the circulating pump.
The chemical hideout seen in waste heat boilers is caused by boiler tube dry out. All of the water in one or
more tubes or circuits is converted to steam which results in the chemicals being deposited on the waterside sur-
faces. Hideout may occur at high generator loads due to the inherent design of these boilers. However, when
hideout occurs at all generator loads, a mechanical problem is indicated. The cause of this excessive hideout can
be low circulation flow rates, poor gas flow distribution or excessive waterside deposits. Low circulation flow
rates can result from backward rotation of the circulation pump or excessive wear of circulation pump impeller
and wear rings. A restriction in the circulating pump discharge piping, gate valve, flow control orifices (CG-47),
or restrictor plugs (DD-963) can also cause low flow rates. A gas lane can be created across the top of the tube
220-410
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
coil in a DD-963 class WHB due to excessive clearance between the cinch cover and the coil. This will increase
the gas flow around the top tube, resulting in transfer of more heat to the upper tube coils causing these tubes to
dry out.
220-32.65 Detection.
The symptoms of chemical hideout are a decrease in all of the boiler water parameters usually associated with
an increase in generator load. The chemicals return when the load is reduced. If hideout is suspected, secure the
boiler, allow the circulation pump to run for about 5 minutes, and then obtain a boiler water sample. If the
chemical level more than doubles, hideout is confirmed. If symptoms persist, seek TYCOM/NAVSEA/NWCCD-
SSES assistance.
220-32.66 Action.
Occasional incidents of hideout may occur when the generator is operating at high load. Reducing the gen-
erator load will stop the hideout. Do not continue to batch inject treatment chemicals if hideout is confirmed.
Maintain a minimum of at least 0.025 epm alkalinity and 5 ppm phosphate. Batch inject only if at or below these
limits using the normal dosage table. High chemical levels due to a decrease in generator load are controlled by
blowdown. When the boiler is secured, it shall be drained and flushed repeatedly until a sample of the flush water
shows chemical levels to be within limits. Excessive hideout requires that the mechanical problem be corrected.
Problems with poor circulation will not necessarily cause low discharge pressure. Examination of the pump and
valves is required. If excessive waterside deposits are suspected, the boiler watersides should be inspected to
determine the need for chemical cleaning. Report the inspection results to NAVSEA/NSWCCD-SSES for further
guidance.
220-32.67 CARRYOVER.
The amount of boiler water that leaves the boiler with the steam is given by the percent carryover. The waste
heat boilers are supposed to have less than 1 percent carryover; however, many of the waste heat boilers have
been found to have much higher levels of carryover. High levels of carryover allow boiler treatment chemicals
and any contaminants to enter the steam/condensate system. This can cause deterioration of the piping and for-
mation of deposits in the steam lines. As long as only one boiler is steaming the effects on the boiler water chem-
istry will be minimal. Most of the chemicals that leave the boiler will be washed to the feedwater tank and then
returned to the boiler. However, when two boilers are steaming that have different rates of carryover the chemi-
cals that leave the boiler will be mixed at the feedwater tank and fed to both boilers. The boiler with the higher
carryover rate will lose chemicals to the other boiler. The boiler with the higher carryover will require frequent
batch injections while the other will require frequent blowdowns. During the light-off of a waste heat boiler a
large amount of boiler water will carryover. Similarly, when a boiler is secured, boiler water can carry over or
drain back to the feedtank and contaminate the other boiler. These incidences during light-off and securing will
cause an increase in the chemical level of another boiler that is steaming.
220-32.68 Detection.
The effects of carryover can be seen in the boiler water logs. When two boilers are steaming, an increase in
the chemical levels in one boiler, while the other loses chemicals, is an indication of carryover. Carryover is
excessive when batch treatment of one boiler and surface blowdown of the other boiler is required daily. Each
of the boilers may carryover at different rates; therefore, when a different set of boilers is steaming the boiler that
was losing chemicals may gain chemicals. Excessive carryover will cause higher salinity indicator readings. The
detection of alkalinity in the condensate or the feedwater is also a sign of carryover (feedwater sample pink to
phenolphthalein).
220-411
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-32.69 Action.
The treatment procedures are designed to compensate for some carryover. Chelant treatment requires that the
continuous treatment system operate whenever a boiler is steaming. When excessive carryover is occurring, add
only EDTA and sodium sulfite to the continuous treatment system for the boiler with increasing chemical levels.
Allowing the boilers to operate at lower alkalinity and phosphate levels will reduce the effect of carryover on the
water chemistry. Less chemicals will migrate from the boiler with high carryover to the other online boiler. When
excessive carryover is occurring, reduce the lower limit for alkalinity to 0.025 epm and phosphate to 5 ppm.
Excessive carryover may cause the salinity indicator alarms to actuate, if this occurs for extended periods increase
the alarm setting to above the background conductivity. When contamination occurs, the boiler water chloride
will carryover and cause high chloride test results in the feedwater. It is more effective to blowdown the boiler
to reduce the contamination than to dump feedwater. Excessive carryover is caused by a problem with the steam
separator. Design of the CONSECO steam separator is very sensitive to material degradation. Any deterioration
of internal helix section welds, perforations of internal cylinder, or misalignment of baffle plates will significantly
increase the carryover rate. Problems with the CE separator are generally caused by steam blow-by at the inner
separator seal due to o-ring failure or erosion of seating surfaces. If symptoms of excessive carryover are persis-
tent seek TYCOM/NAVSEA/NSWCCD-SSES assistance.
220-32.71
Section 24 (Techniques of Quantitative Analysis and Troubleshooting) and Section 25 (Chemical Safety Pre-
cautions, Handling, and Storage) pertain to the waste heat boilers.
220-412
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Apparatus
a. Meter, conductivity, digital, 4-eletrode conductivity cell; with automatic temperature compensation. NSN
3N 6625-01A56-4423
b. Bottle, glass, square, 8 ounce, quantity 2, NSN 9G 8125-00-543-7699.
2 Reagents
a. Distilled water.
3 Interferences
a. Oil and suspended matter may coat the electrode making it inoperable.
b. Absorption of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere causes conductivity to increase.
4 Procedure
a. Rinse conductivity cell and test bottle with distilled water and then with sample.
b. Place cell in test bottle. Add sample water to cover slot in cell by 1/2 inch.
c. Set the conductivity range selector to 199.9 µmho/cm for feedwater or 1999 µmho/cm for boiler water. Use
mS/cm range for conductivity over 2000.
d. Turn on meter.
e. Move cell up and down several times to remove entrapped air bubbles. Repeat until there is no change in
the reading.
g. Read conductivity value in µmho/cm. Record the result in the log.
h. Turn off meter.
i. Rinse cell and test bottle with distilled water. Store cell in distilled water. Change distilled water daily.
5 Range of Error - the range of error of the test is ±1 percent.
NOTE
220-413
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
24.64. The above procedures are used to test standard solutions for conductivity, feedwater hardness, and boiler
water chloride. The alkalinity standard test procedure is given in 220-26.34.
220-32.77
The personnel responsibilities and the general information given in section 27 apply to the waste heat boil-
ers. There are five forms available for recording the necessary data used to assist in maintaining proper water
conditions in a waste heat steam plant. The records are:
220-32.78
A single Steam Plant Water Treatment Log Package shall be compiled each month. This package is retained
for 2 years and shall consist of:
220-414
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Enter the time the salinity indicator reading and the feedwater sample was obtained
2. Enter the location of the salinity indicator.
3. Enter the salinity indicator reading.
4. Enter the laboratory conductivity result.
5. Enter if the comparison is SAT or UNSAT.
6. If conductivity result is out of limits, test the sample for chloride and hardness as required to determine source
of contamination.
7. Oil King initials test results and notifies EOOW/EDO.
1. Enter the time the sample was obtained or the indicator alarmed.
2. Enter the source of the sample or the indicator location.
3. Enter the indicator reading and chemical test results as appropriate.
4. Oil King initials test results and notifies EOOW/EDO.
220-32.85 Remarks.
This section contains an explanation of each test result which is out of limits, a description of feed system
repairs, status of malfunctioning salinity indicators, unusual conditions, and results for shore source feedwater.
All remarks are accompanied by the time as appropriate. Insert additional pages for remarks as necessary.
220-32.86 WASTE HEAT BOILER CHELANT TREATMENT - BOILER WATER CHEMISTRY LOG.
( Figure 220-32-4, sheets 3 and 4). Initiate the daily log for each boiler by entering the boiler number, the
ship name and hull number, and the date.
220-415
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
1. Enter the time on a 24-hour clock basis and the appropriate code for:
a. Completion of boiler sampling.
b. Generator light-off (boiler steaming or dry).
c. Commencement of batch chemical addition.
d. Completion of blowdown.
e. Generator secured.
f. Completion of freshly filling the boiler.
g. Completion of draining the boiler.
h. Completion of flushing the boiler.
i. Commencement and completion of full lay-up conditions.
j. Other items of interest.
2. Record the test results for each sample.
3. Record the continuous injection tank level and generator gas inlet temperature for each sample when waste
heat boiler is steaming.
4. The analyst and the reviewing EOOW initial the log upon completion of the test.
220-416
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
3. Enter the conductivity before blowdown, the conductivity after blowdown, and the calculated percent blow-
down for a steaming boiler.
4. Enter the total percent blowdown on a steaming boiler for the day.
220-32.93
The Waste Heat Boiler Water Chemistry Worksheet/Log need not be prepared on a daily basis when the boiler
is idle. When no testing is required and no change in boiler condition is occurring, enter the inclusive dates on
the front of one log and enter the type of lay-up applied in the code column. Describe significant events occur-
ring during the idle period with date and time.
220-32.94
For every day that there is a log, the LCPO shall review and initial the log.
220-417
220-418
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-32.4. Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment - Feedwater Log (Sheet 1 of 4)
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-419
Figure 220-32.4. Waste Heat Bailer Chelant Treatment - Feedwater Log (Sheet 2 of 4).
220-420
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-32.4. Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment - Boiler Water Log (Sheet 3 of 4).
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-421
Figure 220-32.4. Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment - Boiler Water Log (Sheet 4 of 4).
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
220-32.96
The general information contained in section 28 also applies to waste heat boiler supplies. Specific material
recommendations for waste heat boilers are contained in Table 220-32-6.
220-32.97 FORMS.
The following forms are used to record water conditions in waste heat boiler systems. They may be obtained
through normal supply channels in accordance with NAVSUP Publication 2002. Locally prepared forms must
contain all of the required information. Until the new forms are available, prepare copies of the blank forms pro-
vided in this section.
1. NAVSEA 9255/6 (6-94). NSN 0116-LF-018-2300, Cover Sheet and Monthly Boiler Data.
2. NAVSEA 9255/New, Prepare locally, Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment Boiler Water Chemistry Log.
3. NAVSEA 9255/9 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-2600, Fuel and Water Report.
4. NAVSEA 9255/16 (6-94), NSN 0116-LF-018-3100, Boiler Water/Feedwater Test and Treatment Chemical
Inventory Log.
5. NAVSEA 9255/New, Prepare locally, Waste Heat Boiler Chelant Treatment - Feedwater Chemistry Log.
220-422
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Quantity
Item NSN Unit of Issue per Ship
Hardness indicator 9G 6850-01-390-4339 BT (100 g) 1
Hardness titrating solution 9G 6810-01-072-1978 GL 1
Isopropyl alcohol (2-propanol) 9G 6810-00-227-0410 GL 1
Mercuric nitrate 9G 6810-00-281-4163 BT(4oz) 4
Methyl purple indicator 9G 6810-00-142-9290 BT (12) 1
Nitric acid 9G 6810-00-270-9978 QT 4
Phenolphthalein indicator 9G 6810-00-223-7612 BT (100 g) 1
TREATMENT CHEMICALS
Caustic soda (lye, sodium hydroxide) 9Q 6810-00-270-8177 BT (500 g) 1
Desiccant, 1 LB bag or 9G 6850-00-264-6572 DR (150 bags) 1
Desiccant, 1/2 LB bag 9G 6850-00-264-6571 DR (300 bags) 1
Disodium phosphate anhydrous (sodium phos- 9G 6810-00-584-4298 DR (25 LB) 2
phate, dibasic, O-S-639)
Humidity indicator card 9G 6685-00-752-8240 CN (125) 1
Sodium Sulfite, anhydrous 9Q 6750-00-664-2100 DR (25 LB) 1
Trisodium EDTA, trihydrate 9G 6810-01-312-4076 DR (25 LB) 1
Trisodium phosphate dodecahydrate (sodium 9G 6810-01-082-5415 DR (25 LB) 4
phosphate, tribasic, dodecahydrate, O-S-642, Type
H)
SPARE EQUIPMENT
Aspirator bulb assembly (for filling burets) 1H 6640-00-291-1162 EA 2
Balance, triple beam 9G 6670-00-641-7341 EA 1
Bottle, dropper, 60 ml, plastic 9L 6640-01-077-2468 PG (12) 1
Bottle, polyethylene, screw cap, 1 qt 9G 8125-00-819-6085 EA 12
Bottle, reagent, 1 liter (nitric acid) 9L 6640-00-253-2495 EA 1
Bottle, reagent, 1 liter (mercuric nitrate) 9L 6640-00-702-2540 EA 1
Bottle, square, 8 oz 9G 8125-00-543-7699 EA 2
Bottle, wash, plastic, 500 ml 9L 6640-00-314-2097 EA 1
Buret assembly, automatic zero, 10 ml, for hard- 1H 6640-01-072-1980 EA 2
ness
Buret, automatic zero, 10 ml, for chloride, alka- 9L 6640-00-264-6951 EA 3
linity, and phosphate
Casserole, porcelain, white 9L 6640-00412-8400 EA 2
Clamp, utility 9L 6640-01-035-6515 EA 1/DFT
Comparator, 0-40 ppb oxygen 9L 6630-01-035-1864 EA 1/DFT
Cooler, sample, 1H 4420-00-376-1545 EA 1
Cylinder, graduated, 100 ml 9L 6640-00-420-0000 EA 3
Dipper, brass 9C 4410-01-077-2467 EA 4
Grease, ground glass joint, silicone 9G 9150-00-965-2408 TU (150 g) 1
Jerrican, plastic, 5 gal 9L 6640-01-083-9756 EA 2
Jug, safety, plastic, 2 1/2 gal 9L 6640-01-083-9755 EA 2
Meter, conductivity 3N 6625-01456-4423 EA 1
Rod, stirring, 7 in long 9L 6640-00-290-0154 PG of 10 6
Sampler, glass, dissolved oxygen 9L 6640-01-045-0821 EA 4/DFT
Scoop, plastic 9Q 7330-01-079-0694 DZ 1
220-423
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Quantity
Item NSN Unit of Issue per Ship
Snapper, dissolved oxygen 9Q 5120-01-090-5860 EA 5/DFT
Spatula, nickel-plated steel 9L 6640-00-171-5198 EA 2
Stopper, rubber, size 9 9L 6640-00-935-1108 PG (15) 1
Thermometer, metal, dial type (0 to 100°C) 9G 6685-00-663-8093 EA 2
Tubing, neoprene, 3/16 in ID, dissolved oxygen 9C 4720-00-529-5015 FT 3/DFT
220-424
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
APPENDIX A.
A-1
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-2
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-3
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-4
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-5
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-6
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-7
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-8
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-9
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-10
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-11
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-12
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-13
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-14
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-15
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-16
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-17
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-18
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-19
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-20
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-A-20 Boiler Water/Feedwater test and Treatment Chemical Inventory Log
A-21
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Figure 220-A-21 Boiler Water/Feedwater test and Treatment Chemical Inventory Log
A-22
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-23
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
A-24
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
GLOSSARY
Acidic State of a water solution which is acid. The pH (an expression for the hydrogen ion
concentration) of an acid solution is less than seven. The closer to zero the value of
pH, the more acidic the solution.
Alkaline State of a water solution which is alkaline. The pH of an alkaline solution is greater
than seven. The closer to a pH value of 14, the more alkaline the solution.
Alkalinity The quality or state of a solution in which there is an excess of alkali over acid.
Anion A negatively charged ion such as chloride (Cl- ) or phosphate (P04 3-
).
Anion-exchange resin
A material capable of the reversible exchange of negatively charged ions.
Blowdown The expelling of a portion of the boiler water from the boiler by using the boiler pres-
sure.
Bottom blowdown
The expelling of a portion of the boiler water from a lower unit of the boiler. A bottom
blowdown is performed on each unit individually, such as the water drum, side wall
header, division wall header, and so forth.
Carryover Boiler water carried out of the boiler with the steam.
Cation A positively charged ion such as sodium (Na+ ) or calcium (Ca2+ ).
Cation-exchange resin
A material capable of the reversible exchange of positively charged ions.
Chloride An indication of the seawater contamination of water aboard ship.
Concentration Of a solution, the relative content in dissolved material. Sometimes also applied to
undissolved (suspended) material in a solution.
Condensate Steam from the boiler that has been cooled and converted back to water in the con-
denser or by the use of the steam.
Conductivity The measurement of the capability of a solution to conduct an electric current. The
capability is expressed in a technical unit called micromhos per centimeter, which is
abbreviated µmho/cm. The capability of a water to conduct an electric current is directly
proportional to the dissolved solids content of the boiler water.
Constituent Any component of a mixture or a solution.
Contamination
An excessive concentration of seawater or shore water in distillate or any water com-
ponent of the boiler cycle. It also means any foreign material in the water such as fuel
oil, lube oil, or corrosion products.
Corrosion A gradual wearing away or alteration of metal by a chemical or electrochemical pro-
cess. Essentially, it is an oxidizing process such as the rusting of iron by the atmo-
sphere.
Corrosion, acidic
The dissolving of boiler tube metal caused by the acidic (low pH) boiler water. Gener-
ally exhibited by overall wall thinning.
Corrosion, caustic
The dissolving of boiler tube metal caused by high pH of the boiler water. It generally
occurs underneath waterside deposits at the lower bend of the screen tubes.
Gloss-1
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Gloss-2
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Hydrazine A slightly alkaline liquid chemical that is a strong reducing agent. A catalyzed form is
used as a feedwater dissolved oxygen scavenger. The stock solution is nominally 15
percent hydrazine (24 percent hydrazine hydrate).
Ion An atom or group of atoms that carries an electric charge. Salt, sodium chloride, when dissolved
in water, dissociates into two types of ions. Sodium (Na+ ) is one of the types of positively
charged ions called cations, while chloride (Cl- ) is a negatively charged anion type of ion. Other
ions of interest are magnesium (Mg2+ ), sulfate (S04 2- ), calcium (Ca2+ ), hydrogen (H+ ),
hydroxide (OH- ), phosphate (P04 3- ) and iron (Fe2+ or Fe3+ ). Some of the foregoing ions com-
bine to form the following compounds: water (H2 O), calcium sulfate (CaSO4 ), magnesium
hydroxide [Mg(OH)2 ], and calcium phosphate [Ca3 (PO4 )2 ].
Ion exchange resin
A mixed resin bed is a mixture of two compounds. One compound substitutes the
hydrogen ion for all the cations in a water. The other compound substitutes the hydrox-
ide ion for all the anions in the water. All of the cations and anions are removed from
the water. Supplied as small resin beads for ships’ demineralizers.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit used to express system operating pressure. One pound per square
inch of pressure is equal to 6.895 kilopascals.
Liter A liquid volume measurement consisting of 0.001 cube meter. One U.S. gallon is equivalent to
3.785 liters.
Makeup feedwater
Reserve feedwater that is supplied to the steam system to replace water losses.
Where mixed bed demineralizers are installed the effluent from the demineralizer is
termed makeup feedwater.
Microgram per liter (mg/l)
A metric unit expressing concentration. It is numerically equal to parts per billion (ppb).
Micromho per centimeter (µmho/cm)
The unit for reporting the specific conductance of a solution. The dissolved ionic solids
in solution are related to the conductivity. The metric unit is microsiemen per centime-
ter (µS/cm) and is numerically equal.
Microsiemen per centimeter (µS/cm)
The metric unit for specific conductance of solutions numerically equal to micromho per
centimeter.
Milli A prefix meaning 1-thousandth. For example, 1 milliequivalent equals 0.001 equivalent, and 1
milligram equals 0.001 gram.
Milliequivalent per liter (meq/l)
A metric unit expressing concentration. It is numerically equal to equivalent per million.
Milligrams per liter (mg/l)
A metric unit expressing solution concentration. It is numerically equal to part per mil-
lion.
Milliliter (ml) A liquid volume measurement consisting of 0.001 liter. It is a unit of volume measure-
ment performed with a buret or a graduated cylinder.
Morpholine An alkaline, easily volatilized chemical used to maintain the pH of the condensate/
feedwater system in the alkaline range in order to reduce preboiler system corrosion.
Normality A chemical concentration term. A one normal (1.0N) nitric acid solution would have one
equivalent weight (63 grams) of nitric acid diluted to 1 liter volume with distilled water.
Gloss-3
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
Gloss-4
S9086-GX-STM-020/CH-220V2R8
REAR SECTION
NOTE